Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."
Your Results - you searched for the keyword Resource Orientation 367 Results
1. 吉川 久史 , 市井 雅哉 [Yoshikawa Hisashi, and Ichii Masaya]. (2008). 児童養護施設に入所中の児童に対するRDIの効果 [Effect of RDI on children in children's home]. 発達心理臨床研究 14, 57-65 [Development and Clinical Psychology, 14, 57-65].
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Keywords: Children Orphanage RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
2. Lynn, B. (2000, September). Accessing pre-traumatic prenatal experience using EMDR: Uncovering a powerful resource of equanimity, integration, and self-esteem in the pre-traumatized self. EMDRIA Newsletter, 5(3), 6-7.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
This article is a preliminary report on the
remarkable results some of my clients
and I have been achieving using EMDR
to target prenatal trauma, with a focus on the
discovery of an experience of the self prior to
any trauma occurring and the enormous
healing power that derives from revisiting and
reactivating this extraordinarily positive pretraumatic
experience. It is with some hesitation
that I am reporting my experience with prenatal
trauma processing, as I do not wish to be seen
as on the fringe or even over the edge by my
colleagues. However, I realize that I was able
to overcome my prejudices -through
examination of the facts- about the nature of
prenatal experience, when memory begins, and
how it can be accessed. I have found there is a
body of scientific investigation and knowledge
on prenatal experience and trauma, and that
indeed we do experience and are influenced
by our environment in the womb. We can learn
from such experience, and therefore, can be
traumatized prior to birth. The prenatal self
can feel and record this experience. I refer the
reader to www.birthpsychology.com/resources/
index.html for a list of publications on this
matter. The various kinds of pre- and perinatal
trauma and the deep healing that results when
processed with EMDR will be the object of
other articles by myself and Dr. Heather
Pearson, who is also investigating this same
field. What I intend to focus on here is the
discovery of a pre-traumatic experience at the
embryonic stage, which I have found to be a
remarkably powerful internal resource for
healing, already developed and installed,
simply requiring reactivation. When I saw the
powerful healing results of reactivation of this
pre-traumatic experience in a number of
relatively “stuck” clients, I felt ethically bound
to report this immediately to other clinicians
using EMDR so that others may benefit.
Keywords: Prenatal
Accuracy Verified: Yes
3. Fisher, J. A. (2000, November). Adapting EMDR techniques in the treatment of dysregulated or dissociative patients. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Annual Meeting, San Antonio, Texas.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Since its inception, EMDR [Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing]
has been understood by both clinicians and patients as a powerful vehicle for processing
traumatic experience but one to be undertaken only when the patient has achieved some
degree of stabilization (Shapiro, 1992). In DID and DDNOS patients, that baseline
stability is also supposed to include a level of internal communication and consensus that
would permit cooperation between parts of self about how to tolerate the memory
processing and how to re-stabilize afterward. However, as any clinician who works with
this population knows, some dissociative disorder patients never achieve that degree of
internal coherence, and some have a long, rocky, tumultuous, exhausting road to travel
before they get there. Faced with the DID or DDNOS patient who cannot tolerate affect
or associations to traumatic memories; who cannot control switching, get grounded, or
resolve internal struggles over power and control; who is unable to manage selfdestructive
impulses; who cannot differentiate past and present experience; who is even
unable to tolerate Resource Development (Korn & Leeds, 2002) or create a Safe Place
inside—is there any way that EMDR can be helpful?
Keywords: Dissociation Dysregulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
4. Knipe, J. (2010, July). Adaptive information processing as a guiding framework for the treatment of addictive disorders and addictive behavior patterns. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Within our field, the term “addiction” has been used to describe not only chemical dependence but also entrenched, selfdefeating
behavior patterns. Either type of addiction may develop in the context of traumatic experience. An impulse to
engage in addictive behavior can be thought of as a part of a dysfunctionally-stored memory network connected with
traumatic events.
In this workshop, an Adaptive Information Processing model of addiction will be presented, including guidelines for
treatment planning, preparation, resource installation, urge reduction, and (when necessary) transformation of the addict
“identity.” The content of the presentation will be illustrated with video examples.
Keywords: Addictions Addictive Behaviors Addictive Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
5. Laliotis, D. (2000, September). Advance applications of cognitive interweave and resource development in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) enhance their ability to facilitate the client's processing with EMDR by broadening their repertoire of cognitive interweaves; 2) identify a variety of clinical situations where interweaves and resource development can be applied during the course of an EMDR session; 3) develop a greater understanding of the different kinds of cognitive interweaves that can be used in those clinical situations; 4) apply cognitive interweave and resource development to faclitate closure of an EMDR session and towards the creation of future templates; and 5) to develp a greater sense of how and when to intervene during a client's processing.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
6. Twombly, J. (2001, June). Advanced adaptations in the treatment of dissociative disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants of this workshop will learn how to incorporate EMDR adaptations within treatment stages of Dissociative Disordered clients. They will also learn how to facilitate stability, present time, and height orientation, set up a protective format for processing traumatic material, and applications to ego state work.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
7. Laliotis, D. (2001, June). Advanced applications of cognitive interweave and resource installation of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop offers a conceptual framework for systematically applying cognitive interweave. Special emphasis is placed on learning to identify clinical situations where interweaves and resource installation can be applied before, during, and after a session.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
8. Dworkin, M. (2008, September). Advanced clinical strategies for clients with complex PTSD and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with complex PTSD and dissociation present many challenges. The neurosciences have helped us to begin to understand and deal with them through a recent clarification of mirror neurons and associated neural structures in both the clinician and client. Concepts from the Boston Change Process Study Group and ego state therapy provide methods of analyzing and intervening in the “microprocesses” that occur in treatment. Hoppenwasser’s concept of “dissociative attunement” challenges thinking about the “multiple self states” both clinician and client operate from. Her ideas push us to rethink current conceptualizations of relatedness. Participants will learn how to deal with ruptures in positive empathy that may result in the history taking, assessment, and desensitization phases. In the preparation phase, participants learn to use the therapeutic relationship as an additional resource for containment. Concepts of dyadic regulation of affect, now moments and moments of meeting will be taught to deal with ruptures to the therapeutic relationship throughout treatment. Dealing productively with countertransference ruptures poses additional challenges. Participants will learn a strategy called the “relational interweave”. Its function is to restore EMDR processing when an interpersonal “event” has temporarily derailed the work. A practicum using Dworkin’s Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire will be held in the afternoon part of the workshop to enhance learning this strategy.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
9. Twombly, J. (2000, September). Advanced EMDR adaptations in the treatment of dissociative disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn how to incorporate EMDR and EMDR adaptations within the stages of treatment of Dissociative Disordered (DD) clients; 2) learn how to facilitate present time, and height orientation for clients with DDs; 3) learn how to set up a protective format for processing traumatic material with DD clients; and 4) learn how to apply EMDR adaptations in ego state work.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
10. Taylor, S. (2004, July). Advances in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Cognitive-behavioral perspectives.. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Company.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Are behavioral and cognitive-behavioral therapies sufficiently broad in their effects on trauma-related psychopathology and related factors? This volume considers many of the complexities in treating PTSD, and emphasizes evidence-based approaches to treatment. A useful resource for clinicians, trainees, as well as investigators doing research into the treatment of PTSD.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
11. Hartung, J. (2008, Novembro). Aplicações de EMDR para o desenvolvimento de recursos, melhoria de desempenho e treinamento [Applications of EMDR to resource development, performance enhancement, and coaching]. Apresentação no II Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasilia, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract: The traditional focus of psychotherapists (and their clients) has been on pathology and symptom reduction. Professional therapists are becoming increasingly interested in applications of psychotherapeutic principles to prevention, growth, and other examples of what is being generically called “positive psychology”. EMDR clinicians, like other psychotherapists, are seeking more positive ways to practice, both to increase the services they offer, and to redefine themselves professionally. A focus on performance enhancement and coaching are two examples of how clinicians can offer services beyond symptom reduction. A model for using EMDR in positive applications, pilot tested in several countries, will be presented and demonstrated. The EMDR phases will be reconsidered in light of this positive focus: history taking has a greater focus on solutions; the safe place will be discussed as a tool for developing more specific and relevant resources; the TICES acronym will be expanded to include behavior and the therapy relationship; and greater flexibility will be suggested between the parallel processes of desensitization (of the traumatic past) and installation (of the positive future). This last comment relies on the assumption that participants are already skilled in the use of EMDR as a preferred treatment of trauma. The model to be presented has been successfully field tested in several countries in Asia, Europe, and the Americas.
Keywords: Coaching Performance Enhancement Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
12. De Divitiis, A. M. (2010, June). Application of resource development and installation (RDI) in delivery preparation in order to prevent post partum depression. In Female issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
According to the latest statistical evidence Post-Partum
Depression develops in approximately 13% of women
during the second -third month after childbirth with symptoms
lasting between few weeks and a year and risks of relapse.
Unlike the Baby Blues (affecting 70% of mothers, with onset in
the 3'd - 6" day after delivery and spontaneous recovery within
approximately two weeks), likely to be caused basically by hormone
modifications in the immediate aftermath of childbirth.
PPD development would seem to be solely determined by psychological
factors: the experience of childbirth, the surfacing of
unresolved problems in the relationships with attachment figures,
the change in the woman's role both in the social sphere and
within the couple relationship, the fear of being unable to adequately
attend to the new responsibilities (both in terms of skills
and of the ability to cope with the additional workioad), etc.
Consequently, women experiencing childbirth as a traumatic
experience are more destabilized by the event, and therefore.
at a higher risk of developing PPD.
Childbirth requires the deployment of many personal resources.
A woman in labor must be able to bear the pain, while having
to "push", 1.e. contrast the automatic antalgic reaction (which
would close the delivery channel) and "meeting the pain", during
the "expulsion" phase. Considering that "Peak Performances"
require moving out of a person's comfort zone and
stretching a person's boundaries, childbirth experience can be
rightfully considered a "Peak Performance".
This work describes RDI application times and modes during Delivery
Preparation in order to strengthen the different personal
resources needed by pregnant women to experience her childbirth
as an ego syntonic experience. In this sense, RDI associated
with EMDR can be considered an actual Primary Prevention intervention,
capable of teaching women something positive about
themselves, thus effectively offsetting the onset of PPD. Furthermore
the results of the application of this technique collected
during the Post-Partum phase on 48 women will be discussed.
Learning objectives:
1 identification of the specific issues predisposing the development
of PTSD due to Childbirth and of Post-Partum Depression.
2. Framing Childbirth as a Peak Performance.
3 Learning RDI (Resource Development and Installation) application
through Bilateral Stimuli during Delivery Preparation Courses.
Keywords: Delivery Preparation Female Issues Resource Development and Installation RDI Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
13. Lansch, D. (2010, June). Application of the Four-Fields-Technique in treatment of a patient with dissociative disorder (case report). In Complex trauma. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The treatment of complex traumatized patients is difficult.
Especially during long term treatments it is not easy for
the chronically traumatized individuals to tolerate the exhausting
confrontation with the trauma during the EMDR standard
procedure. On the other hand they have often problems to
recognize the severity of what happened to them. Many have
problems with their compromised feelings of self-worth. Those
and other clinical problems are the reason to look for alternative
EMDR techniques. The Four-Field-Technique. one of the techniques of EMDR.
could be a good approach to solve some of these problems.
It was developed by Jarero et al, as a group protocol which
followed the 8 phases of the standard EMDR protocol (STDP).
Different from the STDP is that the moment of greatest distress
is drawn on a sheet of paper (after drawing a resource image
before and installing it with (bilateral: butterfly hugs. Different
from the group protocol patients some benefit greatly from the
individual application of the technique.
In this lecture the long term treatment of a patient with a dissociative
disorder is reported. Thereby the different phases of trauma
treatment will be demonstrated via spates of pictures. The four field-
technique itself will be explained as well as the difference to
the standard protocol of EMDR as the patient experienced.
Keywords: Case Report Dissociative Disorder Four-Fields-Technique Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
14. De Divitiis, A. M. (2008, Novembre). Applicazione dello sviluppo e installazione delle risorse (RDI) nella psicoprofilassi al parto finalizzata alla prevenzione delle depressione post partum (DPP) [Application of resource development and installation (RDI) in psychoprophylaxis geared to the prevention of postpartum depression(DPP)]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dagli ultimi dati statistici risulta che la Depressione Post Partum viene sviluppata da circa il 13% delle puerpere nel corso del secondo – terzo mese successivi al parto e la durata dei sintomi varia da qualche settimana ad un anno, con rischi di recidiva.
A differenza del Baby Blues (colpisce il 70% delle puerpere, insorge in III – VI giornata e si risolve spontaneamente nell’arco di un paio di settimane), imputabile essenzialmente alle fisiologiche modificazioni ormonali (calo degli estrogeni e progesterone) dell’im-mediato post partum, lo sviluppo della DPP sembrerebbe invece essere determinata da fattori di natura strettamente psicologica: l’esperienza del parto, il riemergere di problematiche irrisolte nelle relazioni con le figure di attaccamento, il cambiamento di ruolo della donna sia nell’ambito sociale che all’interno della coppia, il timore di non essere in grado di attendere adeguatamente alle nuove responsabilità (sia sul piano delle proprie capacità, che del nuovo carico di fatica fisica), ecc.
Le donne che hanno vissuto il parto come esperienza traumatica risultano essere maggiormente destabilizzate da tale evento e quindi maggiormente esposte allo sviluppo della DPP.
Il parto richiede alla donna il reclutamento di molteplici risorse personali. Nel corso del “travaglio” la donna deve riuscire a contenere il dolore, mentre nella fase dell’“espulsione” le viene richiesto inoltre di “spingere”, ossia di contrastare una reazione antalgica automatica (che chiuderebbe il canale da parto) per andare invece “incontro al dolore”. Se consideriamo che le “Prestazioni di Picco” si caratterizzano per essere “al di fuori” del proprio ambito di sicurezza, di agio e di conforto, nel tentativo di oltrepassare il limite estremo delle proprie capacità, l’esperienza del parto può essere inscritta a pieno titolo nelle “Prestazioni di Picco”.
Nel presente lavoro vengono descritte le modalità e i tempi di applicazione del RDI nel corso della Preparazione al Parto, finalizzata al rafforzamento delle diverse risorse personali di cui ogni gestante ha bisogno per poter vivere il parto come esperienza egosintonica. In tal senso l’RDI, tramite EMDR, è da considerarsi un vero e proprio Intervento di Prevenzione Primaria, in grado di insegnare alle donne qualcosa di positivo riguardo sé stesse, contrastando efficacemente l’insorgere della DPP. Verranno esposti, inoltre, i risultati dell’applicazione di tale tecnica su 48 gestanti, raccolti nella fase del Post Partum.
The latest statistics show that postpartum depression is developed by about 13% of mothers during the second to third months after delivery and the duration of symptoms varies from few weeks to a year, with risks of recurrence. Unlike the Baby Blues (affects 70% of mothers, occurs in III - VI day and resolves spontaneously within a couple of weeks), largely because of the physiological hormonal changes (decline in estrogen and progesterone) of IM-mediated post-partum, the development of the DPP seems to be determined by factors strictly psychological: the experience of childbirth, the resurgence of unresolved issues in relations with attachment figures, the changing role of women both in social the couple, the fear of not being able to wait adequately to new responsibility (both in terms of its ability, that the new burden of physical labor, etc.). Women who have experienced childbirth as a traumatic experience become more undermined by this event and, therefore, at greater risk of developing the DPP. The birth of the woman requires the recruitment of many personal resources. During the "Labor" the woman must be able to contain the pain, while in phase the 'expulsion' is the also required to "push", i.e. a reaction to counter analgesic automatic (which close the channel by birth) to go instead "to meet the pain." If we consider that "Peak Performance" are characterized by being "outside" the extent of its security, ease and comfort, in an attempt to go beyond the bounds of their abilities, experience delivery can be fully inscribed in the "peak performance". The present paper describes the methods and timing of application of RDI during the preparation for childbirth, which aims to reinforce the various personal resources which each pregnant woman needs to live the experience of childbirth as ego syntonic. In this sense, the RDI, through EMDR is considered true primary prevention interventions that can teach women something positive about themselves to effectively counter the rise DPP. Will be exposed, in addition, the results of applying this technique on 48 pregnant women, collected at the stage of post-partum.
Keywords: Postpartum Depression RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
15. Villa, M., & Sangiovanni, L. (2008, Novembre). Applicazione dell’EMDR ad una nuova popolazione: I pazienti posturali con dolore cronico e con deficit percettivi [Applying EMDR to a new population: Patients postural with chronic pain and perceptual deficits]. Presentazione al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Lo studio riguarda l’applicazione dell’EMDR ai Pazienti affetti da “Sindrome da deficit posturale” (Da Cuña). Il problema coinvolge il 10% della popolazione, di cui il 15% è sintomatico. È di difficile inquadramento, dato che i sintomi somatici che presenta coinvolgono tutti e tre i versanti delle regolazioni automatiche: dolori muscolo-scheletrici migranti, derivanti da disordini posturali; pseudovertigini, da deficit di localizzazione spaziale; disturbi cognitivi (fino alla dislessia), da alterata integrazione percettiva. Le modalità compensatorie a tali deficit possono investire la sfera psicologica (senso profondo di inadeguatezza, ansia, depressione...), sviluppare atteggiamenti strategici di evitamento (agorafobia da deficit di orientamento spaziale), spingere a interpretare reazioni fisiche come se fossero psicologiche (attacchi di panico, enuresi notturna…). Proprio il sottile intreccio tra aspetti somatici e psicologici rende complessa la diagnosi; può capitare infatti che un paziente con problemi di questa natura si rivolga a un terapista somatico (posturologo, osteopata…), che non coglie il problema. Abbiamo così messo a punto un sistema diagnostico che riconosca se l’aspetto psichico sia conseguenza di un vero disturbo somatico o se invece sostenga una serie di somatizzazioni tendenzialmente derivanti da traumi. Nell’uno o nell’altro caso, l’utilizzo dell’EMDR può essere risolutivo: evidentemente sul versante traumatico, ma pure per la desensibilizzazione delle convinzioni negative derivate dalle strategie psicologiche reattive al deficit somatico. Metodi. La valutazione diagnostica e le variazioni sintomatologiche sono state effettuate con DSMIV, SWAP-200, SCL90-R, TAS 20, VAS, anamnesi posturologica, kinesiologia, posturodinamica, riflessi primitivi e sensoriali, valutazione osteopatica, Maddox, stabilometria basale e con challenges). Risultati. Gli interventi su misura hanno ridotto la sintomatologia, come è rappresentato dalle rilevazioni effettuate e dai feedback dei pazienti. La conoscenza integrata, sia che il primo approccio sia psicologico o posturale, consente una diagnosi accurata e dunque una strategia terapeutica sinergica efficace che permette di sbloccare terapie cronicizzate.
The study concerns the application of EMDR in patients with "postural deficiency syndrome" (Da Cuna). The problem affects 10% of the population, of which 15% are symptomatic. It is
classification difficult, because the somatic symptoms presenting involving all three sides automatic adjustments: musculoskeletal pain migrants from postural disorders; pseudovertigini, spatial localization deficit, cognitive problems (up to dyslexia), from altered perceptual integration. The methods compensatory these deficits can invest the ball psychological (deep sense of inadequacy, anxiety, depression ...), develop attitudes strategic avoidance (agoraphobia deficit spatial orientation), push to interpret physical reactions as if they were psychological (panic attacks, nocturnal enuresis ...). Just the subtle interplay between somatic and psychological aspects makes it difficult to diagnose and can in fact happen that a patient with problems of this nature, please ask a somatic therapy (Posture, osteopath ...), who misses the problem. We have thus developed a diagnostic system that recognize if the appearance is the result of a true mental disorder or whether it supports somatic a series of somatization tendency resulting from trauma. In either case, use EMDR can be resolutely on the side obviously traumatic, but also for desensitization of the negative beliefs derived from psychological strategies responsive to deficit somatic. Methods. The diagnostic evaluation and symptom changes are were made with DSMIV, SWAP-200, SCL90-R, TAS 20, VAS, history Posture, kinesiology, posturodinamica, primitive reflexes and sensory evaluation osteopathic, Maddox, stabilometry baseline and challenges). Results. Tailored interventions have reduced symptomatology, as represented by the surveys conducted and feedback from patients. The integrated knowledge, whether the first approach is psychological or postural, allows a diagnosis accurate and therefore a therapeutic strategy that allows you to unlock synergistic effective therapies chronic.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Perceptual Deficits
Accuracy Verified: Yes
16. Britt, V. J., Diepold, J., & Bender, S. (2008, September). Applying energy psychology methods in the preparation phase of the EMDR eight step protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will explore and provide an additional means of stabilization and resource for the EMDR preparation phase, as well as expand therapeutic strategies to resolve treatment blocks and stuck processing. Using concepts such as correct polarity and methods like muscle-testing, which come from the emerging field of energy psychology, compromised psycho-energetic activity at the mind-body interface will be demonstrated. These methods can be incorporated into the EMDR preparation phase without compromising the 8 phase protocol.
Keywords: Energy Psychology Preparation Phase
Accuracy Verified: Yes
17. Tardy, J., & El Farricha, M. (2007, Juin). Approache Ericksonienne du traumatisme psychique et thérapie EMDR [Ericksonian approach of trauma]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Les techniques d’hypnose éricksonienne sont des outils très utiles au cours d’une psychothérapie, spécialement avec les personnes ayant connu des traumatismes répétés dans l’enfance. En effect, par le biais d’une dissociation thérapeutique, patient et thérapeute on accès à la mémoire traumatique neurobiologique et psychologique et le patient pourra (ré)experimenter la confiance dans ses propres forces naturelles.
Cependant, manié avec peu de précaution l’hypnose risqué d’aggraver la dissociation pathologique. L’association des techniques éricksoniennes et du protocole de la thérapie EMDR augmente les capacitiés de l’espirt et du corps et offre au paitent un meilleur contrôle émotionnel et un amélioration del la (ré)orientation à la réalité.
Le travail des auteurs est a situé dans le cadre de la psychothérapie brève des victimes et s’appuie sur une approche éricksonienne du traumatisme psychique et la thérapie EMDR en tant que novelle méthode thérapeutique efficace pour l’ESPT.
Mohammed El Farricha et Josette Tardy psychologues cliniciens, présenteront un apercu d’un programme de traitement psychothérapique expérimenté avec des patients en ambulatoire ces dix dernières années.
Dans cet atelier l’accent sera plus particulièrement mis sur l’apport des techniques d’hypnose éricksonienne qui semblent cliniquement efficaces et peuvent venir renforcer le protocole EMDR au cours des phases: evaluation et terminaison.
Il s’agira par exemple de démontrer comment, lors de l’évaluation, guider la personne vers la concentration interne nécessaire à une desensitisation complete? Ou encore comment mieux projeter le patient dans un future <
Ericksonian hypnosis techniques are useful tools in the course of psychotherapy, especially with people who have experienced repeated trauma in childhood. In effect, through a separation treatment, patient and therapist is memory access neurobiological and psychological trauma for the patient to (re) experiment confidence in its own natural forces.
However, handled with some caution hypnosis risked aggravating the pathological dissociation. The combination of Ericksonian techniques and EMDR protocol extends the capabilities of espirt and body and offers better paitent emotional control and improvement del (re) orientation to reality.
The authors' work is situated in brief psychotherapy of victims and an approach based on Ericksonian of psychic trauma and EMDR as an effective therapeutic method novella for PTSD.
Mohammed El Farricha and Josette Tardy clinical psychologists, will present an overview of a program of psychotherapy experimented with outpatients in the last ten years.
In this workshop the emphasis will be placed on the contribution of Ericksonian hypnosis techniques that seem clinically effective and can reinforce the EMDR protocol in phases: evaluation and termination.
Some examples demonstrate how, during the evaluation, guide the person towards the internal concentration required for a complete desensitisation? Or how to better plan the patient in a future <> limitations of trauma?
Accuracy Verified: Yes
18. Sautai, G. (2007, Juin). Approche des patient poly-traumatisés par immersion EMDR [Approach of poly traumatised patients with EMDR immersion]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Certains patients présentent "traumatisme poly» ou «empoisonnement psychique» tel que décrit par Jacques Roques dans «Guérir Avec l" EMDR. "Souvent, il s'agit d'un environnement socio culturel a commencé pendant l'enfance. Sur la base de l'hypothèse formulée par Francine Shapiro que le traumatisme peut engendrer des «bloqué les réseaux neuronaux," nous supposons une mise en forme "pourrait se produire au cours de la petite période d'apprentissage.
Exposés à un traumatisme insidieux et répétitifs, un jeune cerveau Virgin Stores réseaux neuronaux liés à la vulnérabilité des enfants en tant que mécanisme de défense. Cela pourrait être obstrué par des perturbations répétitives créer une souffrance psychologique. En tant qu'adulte, ce réseau neuronal inhibiteur, stimulée par déclenchement d'exprimer des comportements excessifs et une forte émotion que nous avons appelé le «non adapté en forme» (NAF).
Nous savons combien il est difficile de prendre ce type d'intoxication »en charge des séances de thérapie EMDR traditionnels en raison de l'interférence des composants multimodal. Habituellement, ils participent émotions mixtes liés à la sécurité, l'estime de soi et le libre choix. Par conséquent, nous avons développé une modalité particulière: EMDR immersion qui est un cours intensif de 10 jours consécutifs de traitement par le patient. «L'objectif clinique est de traiter les dimensions de la croissance personnelle et le développement ainsi que l'élimination de plus de la souffrance» (Francine Shapiro).
Notre expérience comprend 24 patients avec un niveau élevé de troubles psychologiques liés à la NAF. Seuls les patients avec expérience dissociative échelle score inférieur à 25 ont été considérés.
Nous utilisons l'approche thérapie EMDR suivant les 8 étapes du protocole standard.
Nous recevons toute l'histoire chronologique du patient, «de la naissance à aujourd'hui», permet nous permet d'identifier une moyenne de sept objectifs principaux.
Pour être capable de transmuer la NAF à une résolution d'adaptation, nous introduisons un des noms de ressources notamment l '«archaïsme», définie comme «la partie de l'être humain en charge de Live principe de préservation."
Nous l'accès au réseau d'information dysfunctionally stockée par le biais des objectifs.
Nous stimulons le système de traitement de l'information et de la maintenir en forme dynamique avec tactiles et autres additifs stimulations bilatérales. Nous passons l'information par le suivi du processus de libre-association et de lancement des procédures pour s'assurer que la cible transmue à une résolution adaptative.
Comme mesure psychométrique et méthode d'évaluation, nous utilisons l'échelle PCL-S sur les traumatismes exprimé par le patient au début de MED immersion. Le score moyen est de 70 degrés avant l'immersion elle à 28 deux mois plus tard et à 26 six mois plus tard.
En ce qui concerne les résultats encourageants, nous décidons de partager l'expérience afin de mettre à jour.
Some patients present with “poly traumatism” or “psychic poisoning” as described by Jacques Roques in “guérir avec l”EMDR.” Often it is a socio cultural environment started during childhood. Based on the hypothesis formulated by Francine Shapiro that trauma could engender “blocked neuronal networks,” we assume a “formatting” could occur during the childhood learning period.
Exposed to insidious and repetitive trauma, a virgin young brain stores neuronal networks related to the child vulnerability as defense mechanism. That could get blocked by repetitive disturbances creating psychological pain. As an adult, this blocker neuronal network, stimulated by trigger express excessive behaviors and strong emotion we called the “Non Adapted Formatting” (NAF).
We know how difficult it is to take this “poisoning” in charge with traditional EMDR sessions because of the multimodal components interfering. Usually, they involved mixed emotions related to security, self esteem and free choice. Therefore, we developed a particular modality: EMDR Immersion that is an intensive, 10 consecutive days of therapy with the patient. “The clinical goal is to address the dimensions of personal growth and development along with the elimination of over suffering” (Francine Shapiro).
Our experience includes 24 patients with a high level of psychological disturbance related to the NAF. Only patients with Dissociative Experience Scale score less than 25 were considered.
We use EMDR therapy approach following the 8 phases of the standard protocol.
We receive the complete chronological story of the patient, “from birth to now,” allows allows us to identify an average of seven main targets.
To be able to transmute the NAF to an adaptive resolution, we introduce a particular resource names “Archaism” defined as “Part of the human being in charge of Live Principle Preservation.”
We access the dysfunctionally stored information network through the targets.
We stimulate the information-processing system and maintain it in dynamic form with tactile and additive alternative bilateral stimulations. We move the information by monitoring the free-association process and initiating procedures to make sure that the target transmutes to an adaptive resolution.
As psychometric measurement and method evaluation, we use PCL-S Scale on the traumatisms expressed by the patient at the beginning of MED Immersion. The average score is at 70 before Immersion it degrees to 28 two months later and to 26 six months later.
Regarding the encouraging results, we decide to share the experiment in order to upgrade it.
Keywords: EMDR Immersion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
19. Solomon, R. M. (2007, June). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic emotions, often involved the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in talking therapy, utilize resource installation, or provide an interweave to lower the level of intensity. While this can, at times, be appropriate and helpful, often it is counter indicated and a perceived resolution may be short lived and/or needlessly circumscribed. It is important to recognize the markers of treatment, and what choices are appropriate. Ironically, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotion.
The hallmark of EMDR is “staying out of the way” if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client’s natural healing patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) – though often useful – can interfere with the client’s own internal processing and take the client away form their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client one’s therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing, c) using different rate, speed and tempo to control emotional intensity of the processing, d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to “stay out of the way.”
This workshop will focus on:
a) Assessment of client readiness
b) Therapeutic clinical presence and attunement skills
c) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing and control intensity
d) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and “staying out of the way."
Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).
Keywords: Abreactions Intense Affect
Accuracy Verified: Yes
20. Solomon, R. M. (2006, September). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic memories, often involves the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in verbal interventions (e.g. interweave, resource installation, talking therapy). While this can indeed be appropriate and helpful, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of & client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotions. The hallmark of EMDR is "staying out of the way" if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An
inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural
processing and the client's natural patterns. Assuming client readiness and
preparation to deal with emotional material, an
interweave (which elicits other neural networks),
or resource installation (which initiates a state
change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an
interpersonal process) - though often useful - can
interfere with the client's own internal processing and take the client away from their natural and
unique resolution and integration. The therapist
can enable the client to process intense material
utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the
client in one's therapeutic presence, b) recognition
of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate, and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing c) using different rate, speed, and tempo to control emotional intensity of processing; d) and knowing when to verbally
intervene and when to "stay out of the way". Hence,
more important than the mechanics of bilateral
stimulation is the way EMDR is delivered. EMDR
is a "dance" between client and therapist with the
therapist interacting through bi-lateral stimulation
even more than through verbal communication.
This workshop will focus on dealing with intense
affect with EMDR (the dance) and include
discussjon of 1) How to assess client readiness for
dealing with intense material, both before and during
EMDR processing. 2) Therapist clinical presence
and attunement skills. 3) Detecting behavioral
manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral
stimulation to the client in order to maximize
processing, and control intensity of processing. 4)
Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal
interventions and "staying out of the way". Demonstration and video tapes will be used to
illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be
aware that the videos have intense emotional content).
Keywords: Abreactions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
21. Greenfield, R. (2010, October). The assessment and psychotherapy of a dissociateve adult man with complex PTSD. Presentation at the 27th Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper presents the assessment and four year
psychotherapy of a Hispanic man with Complex PTSD
and Dissociative Disorder NOS. The patient’s history of
childhood sexual abuse caused significant disruptions
in normative developmental processes causing what
van der Kolk (2005) posits as a Developmental Trauma
Disorder. Based on Shapiro’s (2001) adaptive information
processing paradigm, the patient’s memories of extensive
childhood sexual victimization became blocked from
resolution from adaptive memory networks, becoming
embedded in the emotional brain and activated by the 9/11
tragedy. This stimulated an array of PTSD and Dissociative symptomatology. In treatment he verbalized and chronicled
his experiences of 9/11 and memories of severe childhood
sexual abuse, establishing a narrative of victimization,
helplessness, and confusion about his sexual orientation
(Gardner, 1999). Furthermore, there were episodes of
dissociation revealing the possibility of alters. Attempts
to access adaptive networks using EMDR protocols were
thwarted by intractable defenses. The patient’s desire
to return to work was offset by his entitlement to Social
Security Disability that was initially denied. Working through
my concordant countertransference (Racker, 1968), I
ultimately accepted his wish for SSD, which he obtained
on appeal based upon my symptom-specific evaluation.
The patient transferred to a clinic that accepted SSD.
Participants will be able to :
♦♦ identify the developmental derailing
effects of childhood sexual abuse on
normative developmental processes.
♦♦ assess how childhood trauma(s) that are
repressed or dissociated are invoked by
trauma(s) in adulthood through associative
memory networks causing Complex PTSD.
♦♦ apply methods of working with patients
dissociative defenses in psychotherapy.
Keywords: Case Study Developmental Trauma Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
22. van der Kolk, B. A. (1999, November). Assessment and treatment of complex PTSD. Specialty training course presented at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While most research on PTSD has studied subjects exposed to single
trauma, in clinical practice the vast majority of treatment seeking
patients have histories of multiple traumas, usually interpersonal,
abuse. This gives rise to complex clinical pictures, of which
PTSD is just one dimension. The Trauma Center in Boston is a
large, multidisciplinary, developmentally focused Clinic which specializes
in the treatment of traumatized children and adults. Our
clinic uses a developmentally based assessment tool which helps in
the staging of appropriate treatment interventions. Special emphasis
is placed on providing patients with skills to deal with complex
trauma-based symptoms, such as dissociation, by teaching stablization with DBT techniques, psychoeducational groups, resource
installation, SIT, and body-oriented methods, in which patients are
taught skills to increase their internal locus of control. We will
review the rationale for various psychopharmacological interventions
and the role of groups to enhance the capacity for mutual
relationships. All treatment occurs on the foundation of continuity
of care with one individual therapist who follows the patient’s
progress,explores life issues, helps deal with re-enactment behaviors,
and does trauma-specific treatment, such as EMDR or CBT
for alleviation of trauma-specific symptoms. This conference will
explore these issues in depth and discuss in detail the staging and
applications of various treatment techniques in clinical practice.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PSTD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
23. Saint Paul, N. V. (2002, May). Aus der fülle ... Ressourcen- und Korperorientierung in der traumatherapeutischen arbeit [Out of the abundance ... Resource and body orientation in trauma therapy]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper describes how trauma therapy including body awareness
can reduce the impact of the traumatic memory and can efficiently
prevent retraumatization. The goal is to achieve the ability to self-regulate
activation of the autonomic nervous system and hence, to attain access to
states in which patients can maximize their resources. This procedure is
based on neurobiological findings and exemplified with case studies. The
approach complements other trauma therapeutic interventions, regardless of
the theoretical orientation, and can be combined with techniques like, for instance,
EMDR.
Keywords: Neurobiology Psychotherapy Psycho Trauma Resource Orientation Selective Mutism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
24. Saint Paul, N. V. (2008). Aus der fülle ... Ressourcen- und körperorientierung in der traumatherapeutischen arbeit [Out of the abundance ... Resource and body orientation in trauma therapy]. Interdisziplinär, 16(3), 166-175 .
Language: German
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
In diesem Beitrag wird beschrieben, wie Traumatherapie unter Einbeziehung der Körperwahrnehmung schonend gestaltet und so einer Retraumatisierungsgefahr wirksam begegnet wird. Ziel ist das Erlangen der Fähigkeit, den Aktivierungszustand des autonomen Nervensystems zu regulieren und auf diese Weise Zugang zu ressourcenvollen Ich-Zuständen zu erlangen. Das Vorgehen wird durch neurobiologische Erkenntnisse begründet und anhand von Fallbeispielen veranschaulicht. Der Ansatz wird als Ergänzung zu anderen traumatherapeutischen Verfahren, gleich welcher Schule, verstanden und lässt sich gut mit speziellen Methoden, wie beispielsweise EMDR, verbinden.
Summary: This paper describes how trauma therapy including bodyawareness can reduce the impact of the traumatic memory and can efficiently prevent retraumatization. The goal is to achive the ability to self-regulate activation of the atuonomic nervous system and hence, to attain access in states in which patients can maximize their resources. This proceedure is based on neurobiological findings and exemplified with case studies. The approach compliments other trauma therapeutic interventions, regardless of the theoretical orentation, and can be combined with techniques like, for instance, EMDR.
Keywords: Neurobiology Psychotherapy Psycho Trauma Resource Orientation Selective Mutism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
25. Mueller-Schwefe, R. (2010, June). Back into life - EMDR with primary withdrawal after trauma. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
“Where I am? I am somewhere between heaven and
earth, but I don't know where exactly." "My therapist waited
for my anger, but it just isn't there...nowhere” – “I can't imagine
anything helpful when I feel bad, I just don't have the
energy... it's all too much for me." – “I just want to give up...”
Reaction to traumatic events can vary a lot. This is true even
when a PTSD has been diagnosed. Contrary to the 'classical'
hyper-arousal response to traumatic memories there is also a
different pattern of response that is characterized by a lack of
an increase in heart rate, and very different pattern of neural activations,
despite having a severe case of acute and subsequent
PTSD'[l] and may go along with (peri- and posttraumatic) dissociation,
emotional numbness, exhaustion, withdrawal and
depression. The above statements belong to people with this
pattern of response who have experienced subsequent difficulties
already in the stabilization phase of their trauma-therapy.
First, I will present an understanding of this symptomatology,
the hypothesis being a predominance of the dorsal vagal system
(see: Polyvagal Theory [2] and activation of the early withdrawal
reflex (or: fear-paralysis reflex). This goes along with
particular cognitive and especially emotional and physical features.
Second, I will present a way to work with this condition, taking
into account that the completion of "interrupted action." In this
case does not imply an outward (fight or fight response) but an
inward orientation withdrawal).
EMDR with an adjusted protocol and tactile bilateral stimulation
provides the way to process and pull through this interrupted
(or unsatisfied) organismic withdrawal and the fear mostly associated
with this process. Returning from this deep and primary
withdrawal from life brings back the energy and the patient
turns back towards life; vagal predominance subsides and the
stuck impulse to withdraw releases.
1. Ruth A. Lanius, James W. Hopper, Ravi 5. Menon, Individual
Differences in a Husband and Wife Who Developed PTSD After
a Motor Vehicle Accident: A Functional MRI Case Study. Am J
Psychiatry 160:4. April 2003, p. 668.
2. Porges. S.W. (2001). The Polyvagal Theory: Phylogenetic
substrates of a social nervous system. International Journal of
Psychophysiology, 42, 123-146.
Learning objectives:
1. Recognize dorsal vagal predominance and primary withdrawal
after trauma,
2. Understand the different orientation of interrupted action/
trauma scheme, 3. Know how to help withdrawal-patients to stabilize and
process with adjusted EMDR-protocol and tactile or auditory
bilateral stimulation.
New and unique: Identifying this withdrawal-type of traumatic
reaction and scheme, understanding it with the help of Polyvagal
Theory and development of EMDR- adjusted protocol and
way to process this.
Keywords: Primary Withdrawal Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
26. Zangwill, W. (1995, June). Beyond the basics: Conceptual issues and advances in using EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is designed for those comfortable with the basics of using EMDR. We shall discusses the importance of developing
a conceptual framework in which to view the patient and his/her life experiences. Though any framework could potentially be used,
the one we shall use is that of Jefiey Young's Schema-Focused Cognitive therapy. This workshop is too brief to go deeply into
Jeff's work so let me give you some references. (Books: 1)Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders: A Schema Focused Appoach,
Professional Resource Exchange, Sarasota, F1, (813) 366-7913 Or 2) Reinventing Your Life, Young and Klosko. Jeff can be reached
at the CTC of NY (212) 717-1052). I would like to begin by presenting an overview of how I see the case conceptualization
enhancing the effectiveness of EMDR. Next I want to present a case illustrating the points I am going to make. Then, for the
remaining two thirds of the presentation, I would like us to share our experiences of cases using either this or your own framework.
Why conceptualize the case? Why not just treat the trauma directly? Because I assume that it is the interaction of the events a
person has experienced and the way in which they have interpreted, experienced and stored them that is most important in
determining the amount and kind of pain that remains. If you took a group of 100 people who had been in serious accidents, were
assaulted, etc. They will not all respond the same to the experience. Thus, I think that it is vitally important to "map" each patient's
own idiosyncratic set of vulnerabilities, his/her schemas or life themes.
One of the ways I do that is by attempting to combine all of the information that I obtain in the first few sessions. This would
include history taking, any paper and pencil measures I use, e.g., Lazarus' Multimodal Life History Questionnaire (Research Press,
Champagne, IL.); Young's Schema Questionnaire (Jeffrey Young, Cognitive Therapy Center of New York), and my experience of
the client in session. My assumption is that we all have specific vulnerabilities. In Young's system such issues as Emotional
Deprivation - the feeling that we shall never receive the kind of caring we need - Abandonment, Mistrust/Abuse, Defectives,
Vulnerability, Subjugation, Entitlement, etc., are assumed to be organizing themes around which memories and experiences are
stored. (Use 'Types of Fruit' metaphor here.)
Once you have identified these underlying vulnerabilities and life themes, educating patients as to the role of these early maladaptive
schemas in their present life difficulties is quite usefull in a variety of ways. First, is its explanatory power. One of the problems
clients often present is the pain of the event itself their subsequent reactions. How many of us have heard from our clients
variations on the theme of "What's wrong with me that this is still bothering me? It happened years ago; how come I'm still
overreacting?" Explaining that often the event was/is so painful because it taps into a whole series of memories (the childhood file
folders that Francine talks about in Level I), frequently increases clients' ability to understand their emotional reactions and reduces
their tendency to blame themselves. Second, it alerts you and the client to look for other examples in the past that might be
thematically connected and to be aware of situations in the future that might be troublesome. For example, imagine a client who
suffered a tremendous loss as a chlld through the death of a parent, divorce, etc. Through your interviews and data collection, you
realize that the issue of abandonment is a very pow& for them. Naturally, you would want to use EMDR to clean out any past
experiences connected to abandonment. However, you should anticipate that situations involving future separation will need to be
addressed. How will they react when their spouse goes on a business trip? The conceptualization around this theme alerts you and
the client to be aware of these issues. Also, it can be very helpfull in your couples work.
Take the example of the spouse that gets upset about over his wife's upcoming business trip. (Knowing that sometimes the upset
shows itself prior to the trip and sometimes it is only after they return that the spouse feels punished). Without knowledge of these
underlying schemas and life themes, the wife might interpret the husband's upset as a result of jealousy at her success, fear of her
growth, and as being a part of his controlling nature. With these interpretations, her anger and frustration would be understandable.
How differently might she respond if she saw his difficulty in her leaving as reflecting his fear of losing her and being abandoned
once again. Might this interpretation allow both of them to respond in ways helpful to the relationship?
With this brief background, let me present a case and show you how these issues fit together and how by conceptualizing the case
accurately I was able to provide better treatment. After if I finish this presentation, I want to open the floor to your comments and
questions. I would then like to propose that we take the remaining time for you to present your own cases that illustrate either the
usefulness of the conceptualization you did or the problems you ran into when you didn't.
Case # 1
Case discussion. Case presentations and discussion by participants.
Keywords: Conceptual Issues
Accuracy Verified: Yes
27. Rost, C. (2010, June). Bridging the gap between stabilisation and trauma confrontation. Pre-conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
When processing trauma material during the EMDR session, we often see the spontaneous appearance of resource material. This helps patients to come to terms with the traumatic memory. With complex traumatized patients, this material appears far less frequently, and the EMDR process can be much harder. We can support the process by activating specific resources, both before and during the EMDR session.
During this workshop, specific resource techniques will be presented and practiced which can help to stabilize complex traumatized patients and which can also be combined with the EMDR standard protocol: Position of Power, Power Animal, Body Resource, CIPOS, and a protocol for early childhood memories.
Keywords: Body Resource CIPOS Position of Power Power Animal
Accuracy Verified: Yes
28. Laliotis, D. (2009, August). Building on the basics: An EMDR refresher course. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This course is for EMDR therapists who would like to deepen their understanding of EMDR principles, protocols and procedures. Whether you feel the need for a review because you haven’t been using EMDR recently or you would like to enhance your active EMDR practice, this course is for you. From the three-pronged approach to applications of resource installation and cognitive interweave, you will come away from this course more confident in your ability to integrate EMDR into your clinical practice. You will see videotapes of real cases and will have an opportunity to discuss, in depth, case conceptualization and treatment planning issues and how to incorporate the informational plateaus of responsibility, safety and choices throughout the course of treatment. We will also address the unique demands of being an EMDR therapist and how to successfully navigate the inherent challenges of a powerful and effective psychotherapy approach.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
29. Gertner, K. (2008). Butterfly hug: An explanation of EMDR for children. emdrresources.com.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
A valuable resource for trained EMDR therapists. Butterfly Hug educates and familiarizes children in therapy (and their parents) with the EMDR process prior to actual use of the protocol. Butterfly Hug gives both the history of the approach as well as sharing an inviting story line from a child's own healing experience with EMDR.
Keywords: Butterfly Hug Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
30. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009, August). Case conceptualization: Decision points in EMDR with children for attachment, dissociation, and concurrent diagnosis including OCD, ADHD, and PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on illustrating decision points in EMDR in case conceptualization with children involving complex diagnoses. Videotapes will include sessions with young children diagnosed with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), attachment traumas, Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI), dissociation and other diagnoses. This is an interactive workshop where participants are encouraged to bring questions about the protocol and challenging issues in practice. Areas to be discussed: how attachment affects the progression of EMDR, at what point does dissociation impact the protocol, and at what point does the therapist consider installing mastery, resource development, or the Inverse Protocol.
Keywords: ADHD Attachment Disorders Attention Deficity Hyperactivity Disorder Case Conceptualization Children Dissociation Inverse Protocol Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
31. Smith, T. (1993, Spring). A case study. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(1), 19-20.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Following my Level I training, I had a long laundry list of issues that I wanted to tackle with EMDR. Bear in mind that I have received approximately three years of one- to tow-times-per-week talk therapy from three different clinicians ranging in orientation, as well as a complete psychoanalysis four times per week for 4.5 years.
Keywords: Case Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
32. Wesselmann, D. (2013, April). Changing the lives of children with reactive attachment disorder behaviors through EMDR treatment. Keynote presented at the Congress EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, the Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many children exhibit severe and challenging behaviors such as aggressive outbursts, arguing and defiance, lying, stealing, and sexualized behaviors due to very early life relational trauma. EMDR Integrative Team Treatment involves family therapy and EMDR. With intervention from family therapy and EMDR Attachment Resource Development, parents can provide better emotional support, allowing their children to open up emotionally. As the EMDR therapist implements therapeutic attunement, storytelling, empowerment interweaves, and role-plays, hurt children can find healing and hope. Videos will supplement this presentation.
Keywords: Children Reactive Attachment Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
33. Zangwill, W., Kominksy, P., & Browning, C. (2003, September). Choosing the right EMDR for the right client at the right time: A systematic approach to more effective EMDR implementation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Substantial variation exists in how, when, and with which clients' clinicians use EMDR. Some clinicians use EMDR early in their work with clients, others spend considerable time on affect management and resource development prior to using standard EMDR. Those in favor of more rapid
implementation argue that for many clients' delays in starting EMDR is an unnecessary waste of time and resources. Other EMDR clinicians worry that clients may be harmed by undertaking EMDR processing without extensive
prior stabilization. This workshop presents a systematic, comprehensive model to help EMDR clinicians best determine what factors to evaluate in deciding when and how to proceed.
Keywords: EMDR Implementation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
34. Knipe, J. (2008, June). The CIPOS method -- procedures to therapeutically reduce dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It is well documented (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002) that the 8-phase EMDR model is highly effective for clients who
are troubled by disturbing memories. However, clients who are dissociative often have great difficulty in
maintaining present orientation and the "dual attention" that is a necessary condition for processing. Dissociative
clients are highly vulnerable, during the EMDR Preparation, Assessment and Dissociation Phases, to becoming
disoriented and overwhelmed by the surprising intrusion of dissociated parts that bring intensely disturbing
images and other information. Since, with these clients, there is a greater risk of non-therapeutic dissociative
abreaction, it is very important to counter this risk with an increased emphasis on safety and containment of
affect. In this presentation, I will describe two procedures that can be helpful in making the healing power of
EMDR available to clients who have this kind of vulnerability. One is the BHS (Back of the Head Scale), a
procedure that can be useful in assessing a client’s moment-to-moment level of dissociation during a traumafocused
EMDR session. The other is the CIPOS (Constant Installation of Positive Orientation and Safety)
procedure, which is a method of slowing down processing, and carefully containing and controlling the
emergence of potentially overwhelming post-traumatic material. These methods will be illustrated with video
segments of a therapy session.
Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale BHS CIPOS Method Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety Emotional Safety Psycholgical Defenses Targeting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
35. Rost, C. (2008). CIPOS: Constant installation of present orientation and safety. In C. Rost (Hsrg.) Ressourcenarbeit mit EMDR, bewährte techniken im uberblick [Resources working with EMDR. Proven techniques at a glance: From survival to life] (pp.69-85). Paderborn: Junfermann.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Keywords: CIPOS Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety
Accuracy Verified: Yes
36. Leeds, A. M., & Korn, D. L. (1998, July). Clinical applications of EMDR in the treatment of adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper was co-presented with with Deborah L. Korn, Psy.D. In my portion of this presentation I introduced Alan Schore's research on the neurobiological correlates of early trauma and abuse and with implications for treatment stragegy. The presentation covered the use of EMDR, Resource Development and Resource Installation methods across the entire treatment plan. Dr. Korn reviewed treatment principles and adaptations to the EMDR trauma protocol for this population.[Author abstract]
Participants will learn how to: 1) apply specific EMDR protocols in each of the three strategies of recovery: stabilization and safety, trauma focused processing, and reconnection and identify development; 2) integrate ego strengthening strategies into a comprehensive EMDR based treatment plan for clients who have limited affect tolerance and self-capacities; 3) apply cognitive interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs and fears about the treatment process; and 4) use EMDR to address maladaptive schemas commonly seen in this population.[Conference Program Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Neglect Sexual Abuse Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
37. Korn, D. (2001, June). Clinical applications of EMDR in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into a phase-oriented recovery plan in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. EMDR applications with the full range of trauma-related syndromes, including simple and complex PTSD, Borderline Personality Disorder and Dissociative Disorders, will be addressed. Treatment planning and pacing will be discussed in view of presenting problem, attachment style, defenses, and self-capacities. In recognition of clients' rigid, maladaptive schemas, poor impulse control, dissociative tendencies and limited affect tolerance, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored, Significant attention will be devoted to integratring EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.
Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder Child Abuse Dissociative Disorders Ego Strengthening Neglect Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
38. Wizansky, B. (2007). A clinical vignette: Resource connection in EMDR work with children. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(1), 57-61. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.1.57 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
A vignette is a brief case report that makes a contribution to the literature, but which has used only EMDR's standard protocol measures. This vignette describes a procedure for drawing on and strengthening a child's resources in all phases of EMDR treatment. The procedure facilitates the connection to more authentic and meaningful inner resources that come directly from the child's world, thus strengthening the positive memory networks so that these are available for the child to access when processing his/her traumatic material. Three separate cases are described to illustrate the application. [Author Introduction]
Keywords: Israelis Psychotherapeutic Processes School Age Children Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
39. Grandison, P. (2007). A combined approach: Using EMDR within a framework of solution focused brief therapy. Educational and Child Psychology, 24(1), 56-64.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This paper reports on a qualitative, exploratory
study that creatively combined two therapeutic approaches: eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) and solution focused brief therapy. It was expected that the use of techniques drawn from solution focused brief therapy could help children to facilitate and enhance the use of techniques within EMDR. In particular, techniques focusing on current and future positive resource installation were utilised. Five primary school children age 9 to 11 years were identified by class teachers and parents as presenting as shy, anxious and lacking self-confidence. The group intervention took place in school over six sessions. Within the group setting, the children targeted their own individual area that they wished to improve. Data were collected during and after each session and post-intervention. Increases in children’s self confidence and an improvement in targeted areas were reported by children, parents and teachers. Children found the intervention helpful and were able to identify particular aspects of solution
focused brief therapy and EMDR that were useful.
Keywords: Anxiety Brief Psychotherapy Children's Techniques Educational Psychology Empirical Study Group Intervention Group Psychotherapy Primary School Children Problem Solving Psychotherapeutic Techniques Qualitative Study Self-Confidence Shyness Solution Focused Brief Therapy Timidity
Accuracy Verified: Yes
40. Leeds, A. M., & Korn, D. L. (2012). A commentary on Hornsveld et al. (2011): A valid test of resource development and installation? Absolutely not. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(4), 170-173. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.4.170.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Researchers have published evidence supporting both the “working memory“ and the “REM/Orienting Response“ hypotheses as mechanisms underlying the documented treatment effects of EMDR on patients with posttraumatic stress disorder. Hornsveld et al. (2011) provide additional evidence of the impact of eye movements (EMs) on aspects of positive memory recall, but overstate their findings relevance to resource development and installation (RDI: Korn & Leeds, 2002) and to the interhemispheric interaction hypothesis (Propper & Christman, 2008). Most likely multiple mechanisms underlie the observed effects of EMDR and RDI. The needed RDI test is to randomly assign patients with Disorders of Extreme Stress not Otherwise Specified with measured coping difficulties to alternate conditions: one an RDI procedure without bilateral (or other distracting) sensory stimulation and one with bilateral EMs.
Keywords: RDI REM/Orienting Response Resource Development and Installation Working Memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
41. Leutner, S., & Cronauer, E. (2012, June). Complex trauma in mind and body [Trauma complejo en mente y cuerpo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It will be shown how to get into touch and how to work with traumatic and
somatic ego-states by simultaneously activating resourceful ego-states in mind and
body. The work will be resource integrating from top to bottom. In the body it will be
from bottom to top.
Two different experiential protocols will be given and respective videos will be shown:
the resource integrating protocol and the bottom-up protocol
The neurological background of balancing work with traumatic memories and
resources will be discussed. It lies in promoting effective and permanent links
between the neuronal trauma network and one or more corresponding resource
networks. The integration of resources can greatly accelerate processing. It is
imperative, however, that the use of these resources is not random, rather orients
itself to the specific needs of the client at that specific point in time with attention
given to how much resource or trauma is activated.
Participants will be informed about the impact of complex trauma in mind and body.
They will learn how to apply EMDR combined with Claire Frederick's and Maggie
Phillip's Conflict Free Image as well as Gendlin's Focusing and Levine's Somatic
Experiencing. By those means complex traumatized clients are enabled to broaden
their windows of tolerance.
Participants will be able to supply their clients with a powerful tool for self healing.
Se mostrará cómo ponerse en contacto y trabajar con los estados del yo
traumático y somático mediante la activación simultánea de estados del yo
recursivo en la mente y el cuerpo. El trabajo será de integración de recursos desde
arriba hacia abajo. En el caso del cuerpo, será desde abajo hacia arriba.
Se darán dos protocolos experienciales distintos y se presentarán vídeos
pertinentes de los protocolos respectivos: el protocolo de la integración de
recursos y el protocolo desde abajo hacia arriba.
Se hablará de los antecedentes neurológicos del trabajo de equilibrio con
recuerdos traumáticos y recursos. Estriba en favorecer vínculos efectivos y
permanentes entre la red neuronal del trauma y una o más de las redes de
recursos correspondientes. La integración de recursos puede acelerar en gran
medida el procesamiento. Sin embargo, es imperativo que el empleo de estos
recursos no sea aleatorio, si no que se oriente hacia las necesidades específicas del
cliente en ese momento concreto con atención prestada a la cantidad de recursos o
el trauma activado.
Se les informará a los participantes sobre el impacto que tiene el trauma complejo
en la mente y en el cuerpo. Aprenderán a aplicar EMDR en combinación con la
“imagen libre de conflicto de Claire Frederick y Maggie Phillip”, así como con al
“Focusing de Gendlin” y la “Experimentación somática de Levine”. Con estos
medios los clientes con trauma complejo son capaces de ampliar sus ventanas de
tolerancia.
Los participantes podrán ofrecer a sus clientes con una herramienta potente para
la auto-curación.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
42. Schmidt, S. J. (2008, September). Connecting to a team of resource ego states to prepare for EMDR trauma processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Sometimes it is difficult to assess readiness for emotionally taxing EMDR trauma processing. The first half of this workshop will cover a protocol for helping clients connect with three Resource ego states – a Nurturing Adult Self, a Protective Adult Self, and a Spiritual Core Self. Clients with sufficient ego strength for trauma work will readily connect to these Resources. Clients with poor ego strength often encounter blocks when connecting to Resource ego states. The second half of the workshop will cover an ego strengthening intervention for clearing such blocks. This intervention can help prepare clients to tolerate trauma work.
Keywords: Ego States
Accuracy Verified: Yes
43. Lohrasbe, R. S. (2010, April/May). Connecting to a team of resource ego states to prepare for EMDR trauma processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It can be difficult to assess readiness for emotionally taxing EMDR trauma processing. The first half of this workshop will cover a protocol for helping clients connect with three resource ego states – a Nurturing Adult Self, a Protective Adult Self, and a Spiritual Core Self. Clients with sufficient ego strength for trauma work will readily connect to these resources. Clients with poor ego strength often encounter blocks when connecting to resource ego states. The second half of the workshop will cover an ego-strengthening intervention for clearing such blocks. This intervention can help prepare clients to tolerate trauma work.
Keywords: Resource Ego States
Accuracy Verified: Yes
44. Prattos-Spongalides, T. A. (2001, June). Connotation difficulties encountered in the application of the EMDR protocol in one’s native language. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The goal of this workshop is to determine connotation difficulties encountered in the application of important EMDR components like Safe Place, Negative Cognition, and VoC into one's native lnaguage; identify successful solutions already used in non-English speaking countries; share and demonstrate how cultural differences and value may alter/cloud the content of protocol components; develop a list of flexible alternative phrasings for use with novice EMDR therapists in non-English speaking countries as a resource aid and relief to the strain stemming from the unavoidable adaption of the EMDR protocol into one's native language.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
45. Leeds, A. (2006, September). The consensus model. In criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development & installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes (A. Leeds). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.
Keywords: Complex PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder C-PSTD Consensus Model Resource Development & Installation RDI Treatment Criteria
Accuracy Verified: Yes
46. Horne, B. (2010, September/October). Contain the case: Set a clear path to recovery. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide simple and specific tools for constructing a file so that it becomes a powerful clinical tool. It will teach, through live demonstration, a case illustration through all 8 Phases, and practice activities, how to take, record and summarize client-information on one-page Genograms, Trauma Recovery Plans and Resources Records, for ready access at any moment. This documentation system is informed by the AIP, as demonstrated by the neuroscientists, who show us why we need to take a good history from conception including both “T” traumas and “t” disturbing life events, as well as resources and developmental factors.
Keywords: File Genograms Resource Records Trauma Recovery Plans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
47. Murray, K. (2011). Container. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(1), 29-32. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.1.29 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Question: Is there a script that I can use to teach my
clients to use a “container” resource? When and how
might I use this with my clients?
Keywords: Container Exercise
Accuracy Verified: Yes
48. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The courage to feel: The power of emotional competency within the EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Much of affect education is focused on managing and tolerating emotions. What is missing on the in this is an emphasis on the positive reasons for having feelings and how they work (objective #1). We need to be able to sell our clients on the importance of emotional expertise and honesty if they are to heal. They need to develop the courage to feel, but won’t do this if feelings don’t make sense.
Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our clients, there is also a need for a map, a hands-on practical guide that clients can refer to when learning how to do this “feeling things.” For this I have developed the Four Steps to emotional competence, very teachable and very learnable (Objective #2).
Specific skills are needed to implement the Four Steps. These include the practice of awareness (the sine qua non of any therapy), breath work, visualizations, resource development and anchoring, grounding techniques, trance busters and the L.I.D.S. strategy for managing strong feelings(Objective #3). Many of these will be practiced during the workshop.
Finally, it is important for the therapist to have a trauma treatment phase model in mind in order to know where this affect education fits in and when it may need to be revisited (Objective #4). The use of EMDR to reinforce learning will be demonstrated and/or practiced during the learning of the seven skills (Objective #5).
Accuracy Verified: Yes
49. Gomez, A. M. (2006, September). Creative approaches to motivate, prepare, and guide children to use EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is intended to teach specific ways to use storytelling, metaphors and play therapy
techniques within the context of the EMDR protocol. Participants will learn play therapy techniques to use during the target identification phase. Techniques such as the "mixed up box", "My yucky bags" among others, will provide a playful approach
to assist children in identifying EMDR targets as
well as to provide an opportunity for containment.
Safe place, as well as other types of resource
development, will be addressed using alternative ways to cue the child, such as olfactory stimulation. Participants will learn metaphors and stories to help children understand what happens in the mind and body when trauma occurs. These metaphors are intended to motivate children that are reluctant to embrace the memories associated to the trauma. By
using stones and metaphors, children can also
maintain emotional distance from their own
struggles. One of the main goals of this workshop
is to help clinicians learn to communicate more
effectively with children by using metaphors, stones and play. How to talk to children about EMDR and
how to prepare children for the outcome of EMDR
will be addressed. By making the process more
predictable, the likelihood of children stopping the
process when they experience the difficult feelings
associated with the trauma might be minimized.
Participants will also learn to use creative, fun and
playful ways to assist children in understanding and using the measure scales of the EMDR protocol
(SUDS and VOC).
Keywords: Children Metaphors Play Therapy Storytelling Targets
Accuracy Verified: Yes
50. Leeds, A. (2006, September). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of Resource Development & Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes
emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before
and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation
(RDI) has been reported to be a potentially
effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published
descriptions and case reports of RDI including a
summary in the standard reference text on EMDR.
The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained
clinicians has been followed by reports indicating
that a significant number of patients with
posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet
standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength
and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical
situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which
patients and clinical situations RDI should be
offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate
stabilization methods should be considered; and
for which patients RDI should not be offered but
where standard EMDR reprocessing should be
offered without delay. An overview of RDI
procedural steps will be presented to clarify its
use. Strategies will be offered to address technical,
clinical and countertransference issues that may
be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical
vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.
Keywords: Consensus Model RDI Resource Development and Installation Treatment Criteria
Accuracy Verified: Yes
51. Leeds, A. M. (2007, June). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development and installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories (Brown, Scheflin, & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999; Hart, Nijenhius, Steele, 2006). Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been described in a series of published case reports as an effective stabilizing intervention for adult survivors of adverse childhood experiences (Korn & Leeds, 2202; Leeds, 1997, 1998, 2001b; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000; Popky, 2005). These clinical case reports of RDI have been described observed decreases in intense shame, depersonalization, angry outbursts, self-injurious behaviors, compulsive eating, obsessive self-critical thoughts, persistent negative emotional states (misery), sexual acting out, and substance abuse. There are now several published procedural descriptions (Korn & Leeds, 2002; Leeds, 2001; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000) and a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR (Shapiro, 2001).
The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with post traumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been persistently offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. EMDR has been shown to produce stable, enduring treatment effects for symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder. RDI has not. Until recently (Korn et al, 2004; Leeds, 2005, 2006; Shapiro, 2004) little attention has been given to assuring appropriate use and avoiding misuse of RDI. This presentation will describe serious clinical and professional issues in continuing to offer RDI over repeated treatment sessions to patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet or achieve readiness criteria for standard EMDR reprocessing and in failing to offer or in excessively delaying EMDR reprocessing.
This presentation will clarify and review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients (1) and clinical situations (2) the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations (3) RDI should be offered cautiously, if at al, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients (4) RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR processing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented (5) to clarify its clinical application. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may b associated with misuse or excessive use of RDI. A series of ten clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
52. Leeds, A. (2010, July). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development and installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate
stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation
(RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient stabilization. There are now several
published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing
use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with
posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered
RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for
which patients (1) and clinical situations (3) the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations (4) RDI should
be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients (2) RDI should
not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps
will be presented (5) to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues
that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical
cautions and misuse of RDI.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD RDI Resource Development & Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
53. Renner, W., Banninger-Huber, E., & Peltzer, K. (2011). Culture-sensitive and resource oriented peer (CROP) - Groups as a community based intervention for trauma survivors: A randomized controlled pilot study with refugees and asylum seekers from Chechnya. Australasian Journal of Disaster and Trauma Studies, 2011-1, 1-13.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Asylum seekers and refugees frequently suffer from post-traumatic stress and culturally sensitive methods towards reducing symptoms should be taken into account. The aim of the work reported here was to examine the effectiveness of Culture-Sensitive and Resource Oriented Peer (CROP) - Groups for Chechen asylum seekers and refugees towards reducing post-traumatic symptoms, anxiety, and depression. Some ninety-four participants were randomly assigned to 15 sessions of CROP - or Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT) - Groups, to 3 single sessions of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), or to a Wait-List (WL). The results indicated that CROP was significantly superior to WL, and was equally effective as CBT in reducing post-traumatic symptoms, anxiety, and depression. Improvements still were present at three and six month follow-up occasions. EMDR yielded negative results. According to this pilot study, CROP-Groups pose a promising, culturally sensitive alternative to psychotherapy with Chechen migrants.
Keywords: Asylum Seekers Chechnya Community-Based Intervention CROP Culture-Sensitive and Resource Oriented Peer Pakistan Pilot Study Psychological Trauma Randomized Control Trial RCT Refugees Survivor Trauma Treatment Center Treatment Response Violent Situation in Pakistan
Accuracy Verified: Yes
54. Mazorati, C., & Bonardi, A. (2008, Novembre). Dal DSM IV all’EMDR: Dalla diagnosi psichiatrica alla relazione di aiuto: riflessioni e ipotesi di integrazione [From DSM IV to EMDR: From diagnosis to report psychiatric help: Ideas and assumptions of integration]. Poster presentato al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Le autrici ,una psichiatra e una psicologa riflettono sulla loro esperienza con EMDR. Prendono lo spunto da due casi di abuso sessuale in famiglia vissute da bambine da due loro pazienti, anche se il motivo iniziale della richiesta di aiuto era stato un altro.
Nel primo caso la paziente si era presentata su richiesta del suo medico curante per la presenza di una sintomatologia depressiva vissuta dalla stessa come “pesante”, “invalidante” e che la portava a voler uscire in fretta dalla situazione depressiva. Rispetto alla sintomatologia si è lavorato in termini di psicoeducazione della depressione come sindrome si è mantenuto un atteggiamento di ascolto e di attenzione ai vari disagi lamentati dalla paziente. Tale modalità nella relazione terapeutica ha permesso alla paziente di “prendere coraggio” e di raccontare il segrete che si portava dentro di un tentativo di abuso che in famiglia era stato negato. Si è quindi Utilizzato l’EMDR per aiutarla a liberarsi dai fantasmi del passato.
Nel secondo caso, la richiesta era di aiuto psicologico per un disagio relazionale non ben identificato, ma che aveva prodotto nella paziente un graduale impoverimento delle risorse, un atteggiamento “depressivo” nei confronti della propria esistenza e nella coppia problematiche sessuali. E’ stata quindi presa in carico la coppia, associato ad un trattamento individuale alla paziente e utilizzando l’EMDR quale strumento atto a risolvere le angosce delle molestie subite.
In entrambe le pazienti, dopo trattamento con EMDR, si è assistito ad cambiamento significativo del tono dell’umore, un aumento della stima si sé , un aumento della loro capacità difensiva e del rispetto verso se stesse, ma soprattutto si è notato una accettazione del passato che, proprio perché ormai le rendeva libere finalmente di vivere il presente con il proprio sé.
The authors, a psychiatrist and a psychologist reflect on their experience with EMDR. Taking the cue from two cases of sexual abuse in the family experienced as children by two of their patients, even if motive of the request for aid was another. In the first case the patient had presented at the request of his doctor to the presence of depressive symptoms experienced by herself as "heavy", "disability" and that led to want to exit quickly from depressive situation. Compared to the symptoms you have worked in psychoeducation for depression as a syndrome has maintained an attitude of listening and attention to the various inconveniences complained of by the patient. This mode in the therapeutic relationship has enabled the patient to "take courage" and to tell the secret that was within an attempt to abuse in the family had been denied. Was then used EMDR to help get rid of ghosts of the past. In the second case, the request was for a psychological relationship distress is not well identified, but the patient had produced a gradual depletion of resources, a attitude "depression" to its own existence and problems in the couple orientation. It 'was then taken over the couple, combined with individual treatment to patient and using EMDR as a tool to resolve the anxieties of the harassment. In both patients, after treatment with EMDR, there has been significant change mood, increased self-esteem is an increase in their defensive ability and respect for themselves, but mainly it was noted that an acceptance of the past, precisely because now finally made them free to live the present with the self.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
55. Rana, M. (2010, July). Dealing with psychotrauma in war against terror: East meets West through EMDR. Symposium (Samin Karim, Chair) conducted at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The ‘War on Terror’ on the borders of Pakistan and Afghanistan has committed almost two hundred thousand troops on
either side with more than five million civilians directly affected by terrorist acts, bombings, blasts, drone attacks, and air
strife. Children, women, and men of all ages report to health facilities in hundreds with psycho trauma ranging from acute
stress reactions, posttraumatic stress disorders, dissociation, depression, anxiety and Medically Unexplained Symptoms
(MUS). The health professionals with hardly any training in handling of psycho trauma are clueless about how to deal with
these cases.
A handful of mental health professionals trained by EMDR UK and EMDR Europe experts, through a humanitarian assistance
programme are the only trained human resource currently available to deal with these massive numbers of survivors. A
strategic placement of this grossly limited number of trained EMDR human resource ( four females, six males), in the war zone
has helped scores of soldiers to return to the battlefield, hundreds of children to return to their schools, dozens of families to
return to normality and many adults to return to work. The elementary yet devoted and dedicated EMDR services in the war
torn regions of Swat, Wazirastan, Kohat and tertiary care services at Rawalpindi are a result of a timely collaboration between
EMDR trainers from West providing training in EMDR to psychiatrists, psychologists, nurses and social workers of Pakistan;
indeed a fine example of ‘Building Bridges between East & West through EMDR’.
Keywords: Psychotrauma Symposium: Terror War
Accuracy Verified: Yes
56. McCammon, S. L., & Allison, E. J. (1995). Debriefing and treating emergency workers. In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Compassion fatigue: Coping with secondary traumatic stress disorder in those who treat the traumatized (pp. 115-130). New York: Brunner/Mazel.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Chapter 6 emphasizes the importance of promoting trauma resolution and healthy coping strategies in emergency workers. Strategies that can be implemented before, during, and after a traumatic event are summarized. Pretrauma interventions include the use of a stress audit, training regarding stress and its management, and policy development.During a traumatic event, interventions include orientation to the trauma site, on-scene support, demobilization, and debriefing. Common elements among the several debriefing models described include the structuring of opportunities to review the events of the traumatic situation and to ventilate feelings, the learning of skills for integrating and mastering the event, and obtaining assistance in identifying, enlisting, and accepting help from one's support system. Post-trauma activities include individual follow-up sessions, the use of experimental procedures such as eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and attention to anniversaries of traumatic events. A decade of anecdotal reports testifies to the effectiveness of debriefing and provides helpful insights into working with emergency responders. Currently, research efforts are under way to assess systematically the impact of debriefing. Future research should address the mediating effect of emergency workers' coping behaviors and cognitions. [Introduction, p. xix]
Keywords: Adults Critical Incidence Stress Debriefing CISD Education Medical Personnel Prevention Emergency Personnel Self-Help Techniques Vicarious Traumatization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
57. Curry, S. (2006, June). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR: What, when and who. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Following EMDR training, clinicians experience a steep learning curve when they attempt to implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal evidence points to a significant reduction in numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis. EMDR is much more complex than it first appears; therefore those who use the protocol only occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective application. There is a need, even for experienced EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured way of identifying the decisions we make both before and as we proceed through the protocol. A growing body of researcs exists to back up our decisions; however, some choices are made based on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise); why we sharpen our phone skills up-front; rationales for tightening up intake and case conceptualization; decisions during preparation, safe place, resource development, assessment, desensitization, and later phases of the protocol; decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and decisions regarding time management and flexing a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged to sharpen their thinking about how they do EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying the most important "forks in the road" before and during treatment; be able to name at least one decision point pertaining to each of the Phases covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves Preparation Phase Time Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
58. Curry, S. (2006, September). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR: What, when, and why. Presentation at an annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: F
ollowing EMDR training, clinicians experience
a steep learning curve when they attempt to
implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal
evidence points to a significant reduction in
numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually
utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis.
EMDR is much more complex than it first
appears; therefore those who use the protocol only
occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective
application. There is a need, even for experienced
EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured
way of identifying the decisions we make both
before and as we proceed through the protocol. A
growing body of researcs exists to back up our
decisions; however, some choices are made based
on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will
include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise);
why we sharpen our phone skills up-front;
rationales for tightening up intake and case
conceptualization; decisions during preparation,
safe place, resource development, assessment,
desensitization, and later phases of the protocol;
decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and
decisions regarding time management and flexing
a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged
to sharpen their thinking about how they do
EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying
the most important "forks in the road" before and
during treatment; be able to name at least one
decision point pertaining to each of the Phases
covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments. 8
Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves Preparation Phase Time Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
59. Schmidt, S. J., & and Hernandez, A. (2007). The developmental needs meeting strategy: Eight case studies. Traumatology, 13(1), 27-48. doi:10.1177/1534765607299913 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This study investigates the merits of the Developmental Needs Meeting Strategy (DNMS), a relatively new ego state therapy. The DNMS is based on the assumption that many presenting problems are due to wounded ego states stuck in childhood because of unmet developmental needs. DNMS protocols endeavor to identify and heal the wounded child parts most responsible for a presenting problem. When internal Resource ego states, which serve as competent caregivers, meet the wounded ego states' developmental needs, the wounded ego states become unstuck and heal. Eight participants were recruited from the private practice caseloads of 3 DNMS therapists. All participants reported significant improvement in the targeted problems, with gains maintained at follow-up. These findings suggest that the DNMS has therapeutic potential. [Sage]
Keywords: Developmental Needs Developmental Needs Meeting Strategy Ego State Therapy Introjects Psychodynamic
Accuracy Verified: Yes
60. Bambach, S. (2003). Die 5-4-3-2-1-Übung [The 5-4-3-2-1-Exercise]. Institut fur Traumatherapie.
Language: German
Format: Other
Abstract:
Die Ausbildung in EMDR (Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing) führte
mich über längere Zeit zu einer intensiven
Auseinandersetzung über die Vereinbarkeit
von EMDR mit meiner bisherigen traumatherapeutischen
Arbeit. Diese war und ist
stark geprägt durch die lösungs- und ressourcenorientierte
Therapie, wie ich sie
von Steve de Shazer, Insoo Kim Berg,
Yvonne Dolan und später in anderer Form
von Gunther Schmidt erlernt habe. Zentrale
Elemente der Arbeit mit traumatisierten
Menschen nach lösungsorientierten Konzepten
sind u. a. die aktive Unterstützung
der Klienten1 bei der Entwicklung einer
positiven Zukunftsvision, bei der Identifikation
der individuellen Kriterien für Therapieerfolg
und der kleinstmöglichen, aktiv
zu unternehmenden Schritte in diese Richtung.
Diese konsequent ressourcen- und
lösungsorientierte Arbeitsweise schien im
Widerspruch zur Traumafokussierung als
zentralem Moment von EMDR zu stehen.
The training in EMDR (Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing) led
for a longer time to intensive
Arguments on the compatibility
traumatherapeutischen of EMDR with my previous
Work. This was and is
strongly influenced by the solution-and resource-
Therapy, as I
by Steve de Shazer, Insoo Kim Berg,
Yvonne Dolan and later in another form
I learned by Gunther Schmidt. Headquarters
Elements of the work with traumatized
Solution-oriented approaches to human
are amongst the active support
the Klienten1 in developing a
positive vision for the future, in the identification
the individual criteria for treatment success
and the smallest, active
steps to be taken in this direction.
This resource consistently and
solution-oriented way of working seemed
Focusing as a contradiction to the trauma
to be central moment of EMDR.
Keywords: 5-4-3-2-1 Exercise
Accuracy Verified: Yes
61. Rost, C. (2009). Die arbeit mit dem positivien - Ressourcenorganization mit EMDR [Working with the positive - Resource installation with EMDR]. In R. Plassmann (Hg.), Im eigenen rhythmus, die EMDR-behandlung von essstörungen, bindungsstörungen, allergien, schmerz, angststörungen, tinnitus und süchten (pp. 143-147). Giessen, Germany: Psychosozial-Verlag.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
62. Rost, C. (2007, Herbst). Die arbeit mit dem positivien - Ressourcenorganization mit EMDR [Working with the positive - resource organization with EMDR]. Psychotherapeutishches Zentrum Kitzberg-Klinik Bad Mergentheim.
Language: German
Format: Other
Keywords: Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
63. Rost, C., & Novy, M. (2008). Die rolle des korpers in der traumaterapie - Der korper als ressource in EMDR [The role of the body in the traumaterapie - The body as a resource in EMDR]. In C. Rost (Hsrg.) Ressourcenarbeit mit EMDR, bewährte techniken im uberblick [Resources working with EMDR. Proven techniques at a glance: From survival to life] (pp. 39-51) Paderborn: Junfermann.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Body
Accuracy Verified: Yes
64. Edalatian-McCain, N. (2009, August). Distal-proximal process interweave for treatment of sexual trauma in DID clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn an extended interweave strategy to reduce the likelihood of re-traumatization in DID clients processing sexual trauma within the EMDR protocol. This strategy, Distal-Proximal Process interweave, involves an orientation phase to encourage and help the “host” to stay present during processing--even at the expense of not dealing with details of a trauma that are held in alters with limited range. The implementation phase involves using the Rescue Express Merge tactic to help the client process with empowerment. The client is helped through the trauma several times, each time handling more details until he/she can process the trauma in its entirety without needing interweaves.
Keywords: DID Dissociative Identity Disorder Distal-Proximal Process Interweave Sexual Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
65. Samec, J. R. (2005, December). Dorothy's dilemma: A patient with an insecure base for treatment. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net 12/27/2008.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
A traumatized adolescent, sensitive to rejection and exposed to real threat by the perpetrator who caused past traumatisation, would seem to have an insecure base for therapeutic treatment. Such a patient may have difficulty developing resources according to the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR)-resource installation procedure and accepting EMDR-cognitive interweaves. Treatment of such a patient demonstrates that therapy is possible, if the patient is given the possibility to confront the perpetrator in an imaginary anticipatory situation and process that event with EMDR, even though not all past and current issues have been completely treated.[Author abstract]
Keywords: Adolescents Client Readiness Cognitive Interweave Resource Installation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
66. Samec, J. R. (2005, Februari). Dorothys dilemma, När en patient inte har en trygg bas för behandling [Dorothy’s Dilemma: A patient with an insecure base for treatment]. EMDR Tidningen.
Language: Swedish
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
James R. Samec, leg. psykoterapeut med privat verksamhet i Stockholm och Norrtälje. Han är
också verksam vid barn- och ungdomspsykiatriska mottagningen i Norrtälje. Artikeln är en
omarbetad version av den som publicerades i EMDR-tidningen i februari 2005. Författaren tackar
också leg. psykoterapeut Lotta Landerholm för hennes ovärderliga och insiktsfulla observationer.
Hur gör man när en patient vägrar att berätta om vad hon har varit utsatt för, vem som utsatt henne
för det och hotar henne i hennes aktuella liv? Denna artikel illustrerar hur psykodynamisk
psykoterapi med Eye Movement Densensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) ger möjlighet att
bearbeta ett trauma utan att psykoterapeuten vet vem och vad patienten har varit utsatt för och hur
en omvänd applicering av EMDR kan hjälpa en patient som fortfarande är utsatt för den förövaren
som orsakade traumatiseringen.
A traumatized adolescent, sensitive to rejection and exposed to real threat by the perpetrator who caused past traumatisation, would seem to have an insecure base for therapeutic treatment. Such a patient may have difficulty developing resources according to the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR)-resource installation procedure and accepting EMDR-cognitive interweaves. Treatment of such a patient demonstrates that therapy is possible, if the patient is given the possibility to confront the perpetrator in an imaginary anticipatory situation and process that event with EMDR, even though not all past and current issues have been completely treated.
Keywords: Adolescents Client Readiness Cognitive Interweave Resource Installation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
67. Herbert, C. (2010, June). Do‘s and don‘ts in trauma therapy: Strategies for enhancing the work with trauma of different levels of complexity – a positive growth approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with traumatized clients can be overwhelming
for the therapist, especially when the trauma is complex, involves
dissociative symptoms or different personality states, fragmented
memories or client affect is intense and poorly regulated. My
experience as a supervisor of EMDR practitioners has shown that
it is not uncommon for therapists, in an attempt to be helpful to
the traumatized clients, to unintentionally use strategies, which
are experienced as re-traumatizing or which lead to an increase
in their clients’' survival based coping strategies, including the
further strengthening of the ANP (Apparently Normal Personal-
~ t y- van der Hart, Nijenhuis and Steele. 2006). This workshop
highlights different therapeutic challenges, which often arise
for therapists when working with trauma and introduce strategies
that EMDR practitioners can use in their work with such
clients. This workshop embeds the principles of Positive Growth
Therapy (PGT - Herbert, 20071, which encompasses combined
knowledge from a variety of disciplines, including positive psychology,
information-processing theory, neurobiology, somatic
psychology, developmental psychology and attachment theory,
mindfulness and others. These strategies, designed to nurture
growth rather than dysfunction, are linked to specific therapeutic
factors relevant to the work with trauma, such as different types
of trauma, the nature of dissociation, the therapeutic pathway
toward integration. the concept of safety, the importance of resource
installation, individual pacing of therapy and the window
of tolerance, different types of processing, and the integration of
rational and experiential processing systems and others, which
will be explored in the course of this workshop
This workshop offers opportunities for both, EMDR therapists,
who are fairly new to the trauma field and would like to enhance
and deepen their knowledge base, and those already experienced in the trauma field who would like to use this workshop
as an opportunity to re-view, further refine or validate
their current ways of working.
The specific learning objectives for this workshop are:
1. To find out about specific therapeutic factors that is relevant
to the work with trauma.
2. To learn about strategies to avoid and strategies, which are helpful for trauma clients. 3. To increase therapist confidence in working with traumatized clients of varying levels of complexity.
This workshop is unique in the way in which it transcends specific
(and sometimes too narrowly defined) therapeutic modalities or psychiatric diagnoses and instead offers solutions to
EMDR practitioners of all modalities by providing deeper understanding of specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma of different complexities.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
68. Manfield, P. (2013, May). Dyadic resourcing: Creating a foundation for treating early trauma [La dyade comme ressource: Créer une base solide pour traiter les traumas de la petite enfance]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing
of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of
this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child
relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing,
including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical
videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be
provided.
Learning Objectives:
• Explain why cognitive interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders
• List 15 possible sources of resource figures a client might have that the client can feel a present affective
connection to.
• List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource.
• Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly
identifying with their child selves.
• Describe how the “morphing” process minimizes a client’s resistance to feeling nurtured.
Cet atelier présente la dyade comme ressource, une approche conçue pour faciliter le retraitement en EMDR pour
les traumas de la petite enfance chez des clients qui ont été sévèrement négligés dont ceux avec un trouble de
l’attachement. L’objectif de ce processus est d’aider le client à se connecter au niveau affectif à une expérience
intérieure d’être dans une relation nourrissante parent-enfant. Cet atelier portera sur les principes de base et
les processus centraux de cette forme de ressourcement incluant les 5 étapes pour établir cette ressource. Le
processus sera illustré à l’aide de vidéos de transcription sur les ressources et une démonstration en direct. Il
fournira aussi des ‘’liens’’ afin d’avoir accès gratuitement à des formations sur les ressources.
Objectifs d’apprentissage:
• Expliquer pourquoi les tissages cognitifs ne sont pas aidant pour les clients ayant un trouble de l’attachement
• Une liste de 15 figures ressourçantes pour le client et pour lesquelles il peut ressentir une connexion sur le
plan affectif.
• Une liste de 8 techniques qui peut être utiliser afin d’aider le client à se sentir de plus en plus connecter à une
ressource.
• Décrire 4 indications que le client n’adopte pas une position d’observateur mais plutôt qu’il soit vraiment
identifié avec leurs ‘’soi’’ d’enfant.
• Décrire comment le processus de ‘’morphing’’ peut diminuer la résistance au sentiment d’être nourrit
affectivement
Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing Morphing Resource Figures
Accuracy Verified: Yes
69. Manfield, P. (2011, August). Dyadic resourcing: EMDR with difficult clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be provided.
Keywords: Difficult Clients Dyadic Resourcing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
70. Temple, M. (2011, October). Eating disorders and EMDR. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on EMDR in eating disorders, particularly Anorexia Nervosa, commencing with a review of the evidence base particularly in relation to EMDR and perspective on aetiology / causations. The discussion will focus on physical risks and need for combined multi-disciplinary working for safe management with a specific focus on published EMDR work and the importance of the preparatory / resource phase. Target areas for using EMDR including identified trauma, attachment / abandonment issues, fear of need / emotion, specific experiences of the anorexia itself and symptom areas such as body image distortion will all be considered leading to a possible overall ‘EMDR and Eating Disorders’ model. (Author abstract)
Keywords: Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
71. Ichii Masaya (2003, September). Effect of RDI for ameliorating depression in college students. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: College Students Depression RDI Resource Development Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
72. Yarosh, D. (2002, June). Effective EMDR for high-functioning clients with intimacy problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
To treat high-functioning clients who suffer from intimacy problems EMDR must be integrated into a necessarily long-lerm treatment where
issues of relationship and attachment are paramount. Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into existing long-term treatments or to create new comprehensive treatment plans with the cooperation of the client. Participants will learn to use Greenwald's Motivational Interview to set goals, a Trauma History to prioritize EMDR targets, and the interweaving of Resource Development and Installation into the ongoing treatment. Special interweaves helping clients integrate the successful parts of their
lives lnto the parts where they are developmentally immature will be illustrated. Issues of timing and ego stabilization will be discussed.
Keywords: Motivational Interview Resource Installation Trauma History
Accuracy Verified: Yes
73. Yarosh, D. (2003, September). Effective EMDR for high-functioning clients with intimacy problems (Expanded with new cases). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into the longer-term treatment that is necessary where issues of attachment and relationship are paramount. Trauma treament of these clients involves an understanding of their unique personality characteristics, a comprehensive treatment plan that engages their cooperation, a Motivational Interview to set goals, and a Trauma History to prioritze EMDR targets. Specific techniques that will be demonstrated are the interweaving of Resource Development and Installation into the ongoing treatment, and body-focused interweaves to promote client safety when working with strong abreaction. Special interweaves helping clients integrate the successful parts of their lives into the parts where they are developmentally immature will be illustrated.
Keywords: Attachment Intimacy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
74. Choi, K. M., Min, J. A., Park, G. H., Lee, S.-H., & Chae, J.-H. (2011). The effects of horizontal eye movement on mental health indices and psychophysiological activities in healthy subjects. Korean Journal of Biological Psychiatry, 18(3), 148-158.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Objectives: The eye movement (EM) has been reported to play a role in enhancing the retrieval of episodic memories and reducing effects of fearful episodes in the past and worries for the futures. However, it is still unclear in the mechanism of EM in normal subjects. We examined the horizontal eye movement (HEM) effect using an aiding apparatus on mental health indices including negative and positive psychological factors, and psychophysiological measures such as heart rate variability and quantitative electroencepaholography (qEEG) in healthy subjects.
Methods: Twenty eight healthy subjects were recruited and randomly allocated into two groups : active HEM group and control group. The active HEM group conducted the HEM training with usual stress management audio-intervention using the apparatus inducing eye movement once a day for 14 days. The control group also conducted the same training once a day for 14 days, however, the saccadic eye movement was not included in this training. Psychological measurements, neurocognitive function tests, heart rate variability measurement and qEEG were conducted before and after the training in both groups.
Results: In the active HEM group, sleep status using Sleep Quality Scale (SQS) positive factors significantly increased after the training. By contrast, scores on the negative items of Psychological Well-Being Scale (PWBS), and negative items of the Life Orientation Test-Revised (LOT-R) were significantly decreased after the training. The percentage of delta amplitude (1-3 Hz) in qEEG significantly decreased after the HEM training. The percentage of alpha amplitude (8-12 Hz) significantly increased after HEM training. The change of delta amplitude in the active HEM group was positively correlated with the change of sleep satisfaction of Visual Analogue Scale (VAS), and the change of alpha amplitude was negatively correlated with depression of VAS, anxiety of VAS and Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI).
Conclusions: The HEM training improved sleep quality and well-being, and sense of optimism. The HEM training also increased alpha amplitude and decreased delta amplitude in qEEG. The qEEG changes were well correlated with subjective improvement of mental health indices in healthy subjects. These results suggest some evidences that HEM training using the apparatus that induces EM would be helpful in improving subjective mental health in healthy subjects. Further study with larger samples size would be needed.
Keywords: Horitzontal Eye Movements
Accuracy Verified: Yes
75. Ebner, F., & Rost, C. (2008). Einleitung: Ressourcenaktivierung mit EMDR [Introduction: Resource activation with EMDR]. In C. Rost (Hsrg.), Ressourcenarbeit mit EMDR, bewährte techniken im uberblick (pp. 7-30). Paderborn: Junfermann.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
76. Tripolt, R. (2012, June). EMDR in Motion. Using movement and body oriented therapeutic interweaves for complex trauma and dissociative symptoms [EMDR en movimiento. Usar el movimiento y la terapia orientada al cuerpo para traumas complejos y síntomas disociativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
"The
Body
Keeps
the
Score"
(B.
v.d.
Kolk,
1996)
Clients
who
suffer
from
traumatic
stress
are
often
afraid
about
disturbing
and
painful
somatic
symptoms.
Structural
dissociation
alienates
from
body
reactions.
Nevertheless
it
is
the
body
that
"holds"
the
discomfort
and
painful
memory
of
neglect
and
violence.
Trauma
Survivors
tend
to
perceive
their
body
as
hostile.
They
suffer
from
Alexithymia
deficiency
of
interpreting
the
meaning
of
body
reactions
and
muscle
activation.
Trauma
Survivors
are
easily
irritated
and
tend
to
react
with
rage
on
very
slight
provocations
and
freeze
when
they
are
frustrated.
Even
minor
problems
cause
fear
and
helplessness.
The
Polyvagal
Theory
(S.
Porges
2010)
proves
the
neurological
aspect
of
behavioral
patterns.
Neurozeption
describes
how
we
perceive
others
in
a
neurological
way.
Certain
behavioral
patterns
are
established
through
life
experiences.
This
research
underlines
Francine
Shapiros
AIP
model
and
confirms
the
importance
of
a
body
orientated
approach.
We
know
that
experiencing
the
effect
of
eye
movement
-‐
and
other
bilateral
stimulation,
is
a
gentle
and
powerful
way
to
bring
the
voice
of
the
body
into
the
therapeutic
space.
EMDR
helps
to
integrate
cognitive,
emotional
and
body
sensations.
Using
movement
and
body
orientated
skills
in
difficult
processes
f.e.
with
severely
and/or
early
traumatised
clients,
even
enhances
the
effect
of
EMDR.
Content
of
the
Workshop:
Short
theoretical
implications:
Polyvagal
Theory
and
AIP
Model.
Stabilisation
and
Movement
-‐
creating
a
„Moving
Container“:
How
to
create
a
safe
place
of
relationship
and
attachment
between
the
client
and
the
therapist
by
using
movement
and
bodywork?
The
body
is
the
most
powerful
resource:
How
to
use
movement
to
access
this
power.
How
to
recognize
and
dissolve
dissociation
by
body
and
movement
awareness.
EMDR
Process
and
Movement
:
How
to
widen
the
„window
of
tolerance“
by
using
movement
and
deeper
levels
of
body
consciousness.
Adding
a
fourth
level
of
attention
to
the
EMDR
process:
cognition
-‐
emotion
-‐
body
scan
-‐
movement.
Movement
and
reflex
feedback
as
interweave
technique
in
difficult
processes.
Methods
used
in
the
Workshop:
Lecture
and
Video
Presentation.
Practical
demonstration
of
some
movement
orientated
techniques.
Discussion.
“El
cuerpo
lleva
la
cuenta”
(B.
v.d.
Kolk,
1996),
los
clientes
que
sufren
de
estrés
traumático
tienen
a
menudo
miedo
sobre
sus
síntomas
somáticos
preocupantes
y
dolorosos.
La
disociación
estructural
aliena
las
reacciones
del
cuerpo,
sin
embargo
es
el
cuerpo
el
que
“mantiene”
el
disconfort
y
el
recuerdo
doloroso
de
negligencia
y
violencia.
Los
supervivientes
a
un
trauma
suelen
tender
a
percibir
su
propio
cuerpo
como
hostil.
Sufren
de
Alexitimia,
deficiencias
para
interpretar
las
señales
corporales
y
la
activación
muscular.
Son
fácilmente
irritables
y
tienden
a
reaccionar
con
ira,
con
leves
provocaciones
y
se
“congelan”
cuando
están
frustrados.
Incluso
problemas
de
fuerza
menor
causan
miedo
y
desesperanza.
La
teoría
polivagal
(S.
Porges
2010)
prueba
el
aspecto
neurológico
de
los
patrones
de
comportamiento.
La
neurocepción
describe
cómo
percibimos
a
los
otros
desde
un
punto
de
vista
neurológico.
Ciertos
patrones
de
comportamiento
están
establecidos
a
través
de
las
experiencias
vitales.
Esta
investigación
se
basa
en
el
modelo
SPIA
de
Francine
Shapiro
y
confirma
la
importancia
del
enfoque
orientado
al
cuerpo.
Sabemos
que
al
experimentar
el
efecto
de
la
estimulación
ocular,
y
otras
estimulaciones
bilaterales,
es
un
camino
poderoso
y
suave
para
traer
la
voz
del
cuerpo
dentro
del
espacio
terapéutico.
EMDR
facilita
la
integración
cognitiva
emocional
y
corporal.
Usar
el
movimiento
y
las
habilidades
orientadas
al
cuerpo
en
los
procesos
difíciles
con
clientes
traumatizados,
severamente
o
tempranamente,
incluso
amplifica
el
efecto
terapéutico
del
EMDR
Contenido
del
taller:
Implicaciones
teóricas:
Teoría
Polivagal
y
modelo
SPIA
Estabilización
y
movimiento
–
Crear
un
“recipiente
de
movimiento”
Cómo
crear
un
lugar
seguro
en
relación
al
apego
entre
el
cliente
y
el
terapeuta
usando
movimiento
y
trabajo
corporal.
El
cuerpo
es
el
recurso
más
poderoso:
Cómo
usar
el
movimiento
para
acceder
a
este
poder.
Cómo
reconocer
y
disolver
la
disociación
en
el
cuerpo
y
la
atención
al
movimiento.
Procesamiento
EMDR
y
movimiento:
Cómo
ampliar
la
"ventana
de
tolerancia"
mediante
el
uso
de
movimientos
y
niveles
más
profundos
de
la
conciencia
del
cuerpo.
Añadir
un
4
nivel
de
atención
al
procesamiento
de
EMDR:
Cognición-‐Emoción-‐
Escáner
corporal-‐movimiento.
Keywords: Body Oriented Therapeutic Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
77. Schubbe, O. (2001). EMDR - Supervision. Institut für Traumatherapie.
Language: German
Format: Other
Abstract:
Angeregt durch meine eigene Supervisionserfahrung und meine Rolle als Ausbilder für EMDR möchte ich meine Form der Supervision der therapeutischen Arbeit mit EMDR vorstellen. Ich wünsche mir, durch einen kollegialen Austausch zu neuen, und weiter verbesserten Konzepten zu gelangen. Die Grundhaltung der Psychotherapie mit EMDR spiegelt sich auch in der Supervision dieser Tätigkeit:
•im transparenten professionellen Rahmen,
•im ressourcengeleiteten Ansatz und,
•im strukturierten Vorgehen. Der Inhalt der EMDR-Supervision unterscheidet sich von üblicher Fallsupervision durch den hohen Stellenwert:
•von traumaspezifischer Gegenübertragung,
•der Notwendigkeit von Burnoutprävention, und
•der Wiederholung von Ausbildungsinhalten.
Nach einer Darstellung des äußeren Rahmens und des ressourcenorientierten Vorgehens schildere ich in der EMDR-Supervision besonders häufig angesprochene Themen.
Inspired by my own supervision experience and my role as trainers of EMDR, I would like to introduce my form of supervision of therapeutic work with EMDR. I want to go through a collegial exchange of new concepts and further improved. The stance of the psychotherapy with EMDR is also reflected in the supervision of this activity: • in transparent professional framework, • ressourcengeleiteten approach and, • the structured approach. The content of the EMDR supervision differs from the usual case supervision by the high priority: • from specific traumatic countertransference, burnout • the need for prevention, and • the repetition of course content. After a description of the outer framework and the resource-oriented approach I describe in the EMDR Supervision particularly common issues raised
Keywords: Supervision
Accuracy Verified: Yes
78. Fernandez, I. (2008). EMDR after a critical incident: Treatment of a tsunami survivor with acute posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(2), 156-159. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.2.156.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Research indicates that EMDR is effective for the treatment of PTSD, with numerous studies showing a high percentage of symptom remission after 3 sessions. The case of a tsunami survivor with acute PTSD is presented. Treatment for overt trauma symptoms was completed within 3 sessions, including all 8 phases and the 3-pronged protocol (i.e., past, present, future targets). One EMDR session was sufficient to process the trauma and alleviate the related symptoms, while another session was necessary for re-evaluation and processing present triggers and future templates. Resource installation was particularly helpful to prepare him for those future situations that had been generating anxiety as a result of his traumatization. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Brief Psychotherapy Case Report Disaster Disaster-Response Indian Ocean Tsunami Italians Males Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Recent Events Survivors Trauma Tsunamis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
79. Shapiro, F. (2009, December). EMDR and adaptive information processing: Applications to individual and family therapy. Presentation at the 6th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR directly addresses the physiologically stored
memory networks that underlie both psychological problems
and mental health. This orientation to both case conceptualization
and treatment will be explored to address
diverse clinical applications, including attachment issues,
body image, chronic pain, substance abuse, sexual dysfunction,
personality disorders, and other presenting complaints.
The Integration of EMDR with family therapy
practices will also be discussed.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
80. Ostacoli, L. & Bertino, G. (2010, June). EMDR and drawing: A tool to integrate post-traumatic dissociation and overwhelming emotions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The difficulty of the management of overwhelming
emotions aid dissociative reactions are challenging for any EMUR
therapist dealing with complex traumas. As a complement
to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to
The inner representations of the trauma, objectivizing it Thus the
person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but
rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent
and modify In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial
reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate
the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure
the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that
suffers those experiences in a condition of Impotence and passivity
The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory
language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool
enables us t0 access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative
reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and
setting a distance from pan by objectivizing . A protective space
is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering.
p i n g a voice to the inner child. The patient is offered the possibility
of drawing what is occurring in the self's here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the
drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what
has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description
without interpretation. The represented Image is treated
as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patent is
asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and
on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral
stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked
what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person
now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person
may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of
image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets,
an adaptive drawing emerge5 that may be installed as a resource.
The report presents the use of the tool in various psychopathological
conditions, with the support of video and graphic materials,
particularly focusing on how to manage dissociation.
Learning objectives:
1.To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through
graphic and video material of clinical cases.
2. To recognise the indications in which it provides added value
to the classical protocol.
3. to learn its use in various psychopathological conditions,
with particular emphasis on dissociative states.
The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR
protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising
it, and creates a bridge of communication between the
self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return
to desensitizing and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.
Keywords: Dissociation Drawing Emotion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
81. Grand, D. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: Experiential learning through video and audience participation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn technical complexities, knowledge base and experiential learning in synthesizing EMDR and Ego State Therapy; 2) learn to assess why, how, and when there is value in introducing ego state work in a client's EMDR process; 3) learn preparatory activation of ego state for resource installation purposes with pre-EMDR clients; and 4) learn calling out ego states as an interweave during desensitization phase, when clients are stuck or looping, and skillful use of egaging ego states helps both in identifiying and untangling treatment-impeding conflicts.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
82. Schmidt, S. J. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: A resource-focused protocol using client art. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn a resource-focused protocol which integrates EMDR, art therapy, and ego state therapy; 2) learn how to elicit clients' drawings of resource ego states and traumatized ego states; 3) learn ways to use these drawings for ego state strengthening; 4) learn how to use ego state drawings as focal points for eye movements; 5) learn sample dialogues to facilitate understanding and cooperation between ego states drawn; and 6) learn ways to use ego state drawings to titrate overwhelming affect.
Keywords: Art Therapy Ego State Therapy Resource-Focused EMDR
Accuracy Verified: Yes
83. Twombly, J. (2008, April). EMDR and EMDR adaptions in the treatment of dissociative disorders. Presentation at the 1st Bi-Annual European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop offers ways to incorporate Eye Movement Desensitization and
Reprocessing in the treatment of clients with Dissociative Identity Disorder, Dissociative
Disorder Not Otherwise Specified and ego state work. Used carefully, EMDR and EMDR
adaptations can accelerate the treatment process. A liability is that its incorrect use can
accelerate decompensation in clients with complex trauma and attachment disordered
histories. This workshop offers suggested uses of EMDR and EMDR adaptations to
facilitate stabilization, orientation to the present, decrease some negative transferences
and to provide a protective format for processing traumatic material.
Learning objectives:
1. Participant is able to identify stages of treatment of dissociative disordered clients
where EMDR and EMDR adaptations can be used.
2. Participant is able to use EMDR adaptations to orient dissociated parts of the mind
to present time.
3. Participant has knowledge of how to develop a controlled process of using EMDR
for trauma processing.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
84. Curran, L. A. (2009, January). EMDR and EMDR related techniques for effective trauma treatment. Wayne State University, School of Social Work, Center for Social Work Practice Policy and Research, Fort Washington, PA.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Beginning in the 1990s, Francine Shapiro had discovered and began researching a new neurophysiological technique for treating traumatic material. This technique, alternating bilateral stimulation, was quickly subsumed by Shapiro’s psychotherapeutic orientation known as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). After many years of rigorous empirical studies demonstrating its uses and effectiveness in trauma treatment, EMDR has become one of only three approved treatments recommended by the veteran’s administration for the treatment of PTSD.
Through didactic illustration and explanation; videotaped demonstrations; and experiential exercises, this seminar provides clinicians the basic principles of EMDR and EMDR- related techniques and how each would be incorporated into their personal therapeutic orientation and practice.
Goals
1. Participants will gain understanding of neuroscience’s trauma paradigm
· Biological nature of trauma
· Specific trauma symptoms and their order of appearance
· Primary treatment issues in trauma therapy.
2. Participants will gain understanding of trauma’s cognitive and somatic impact and how to effectively treat its sequelae including:
· Hyperarousal
· Affect dysregulation
· Dissociation
· Body memories and “flashbacks”
3. Participants will learn the theory of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and EMDR-related techniques for initial resourcing of clients, followed by desensitizing and cognitive reprocessing of traumatic material.
Objectives
1. Participants will identify the biological nature of trauma; how trauma is stored in the body and limbic system, creating physical and psychological symptoms.
2. Participants learn to identify the symptoms of trauma- hyperarousal; affect dysregulation; dissociation, body memories and “flashbacks”.
3. Participants will learn the Adaptive Information Processing Model and clinical research associated with EMDR
4. Participants will learn how EMDR and EMDR-related techniques are used as an adjunct to psychotherapy.
5. Participants will identify and demonstrate the eight 8 Phases of EMDR protocol.
6. Participants will describe the differences between eye movement, auditory and tactile stimulation.
7. Describe the process for resourcing a client prior to actual processing traumatic material.
8. Describe the process of employing tactile alternating bilateral stimulation for the processing traumatic memories.
Accuracy Verified: No
85. Sittig, K. J. (2008, September). EMDR and hypnotherapy: Integration of EMDR and hypnotherapy. An innovative, highly- efficient, resources – based method for PTSD - treatment [EMDR und hypnotherapie]. Preconference presentation on EMDR at the European Congress of Hypnosis, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Treat the trauma without treating the trauma
The common opinion is that you can not resolve a trauma simply by installation of resources. Resource activation effectuates the stabilization of the patient before starting the trauma treatment. But if the resources are tailored exactly fitting the trauma–action–system that decreases the trauma arousal (SUD) or even resolves it completely.
The author could find this to be true in many cases in his psychotherapeutic work. The patients feel secure in their private sphere, because it is neither necessary to describe the traumatic experiences absorbed nor to experience them again!
This method is based on the target–focused sensitization of Resources–Ego-States (SUR–scale) exactly consistent with the trauma experience. Therefore it is necessary to define a new paradigm and a new scale: EMDR generates or reinforces resource– action–systems. To measure the arousal of the resources use the
SUR–scale, Subjective Units of Resources.
The author shortly describes and explains his model of hypno–systemic trauma therapy, the psycho–physiological and the neuro–physiological model. The integration of EMDR and hypno–systemic trauma therapy effectuates another benefaction: The therapist activates his own resources in his everyday work!
Previous knowledge is not necessary.
Keywords: Hypnotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
86. Cole, M. (2010, July). EMDR and metacognitive therapy: Same destination, different language. Poster presented at the 38th Annual Conference of the British Association for Behavioural and Cognitive Therapies, Manchester, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The information processing model has been described in many different ways and is potentially the underlying
process that describes the psychotherapy change process, regardless of orientation. In this poster I will briefly
compare Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing and Meta-Cognitive Therapy in light of this information
processing model and conclude that although they may use different language to describe their theories, a
unifying information processing model describes both paradigms. Human beings are meaning making machines
(Robbins, 2009). We give meaning to the world, the deeds we do and the interactions we have, as well as the
more fundamental senses we experience (Frankl, 2004). Information arises either from external stimulus or
internal process’s and this information goes through our filters where we delete, distort and generalise this
information based on the rules created in our information processing unit (Fig 1). This information processing
mechanism gives meaning to this filtered information and generates a response, this response interacts with this
information and the cycle then repeats in a self regulatory manner. This process is repeated for everything we do;
we are and continues until we die. Mental health issues arise when this self regulatory system fails to make a
useful functional meaning of the information. Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) was
developed by Francine Shapiro (1989) for the treatment of trauma memories and associated emotions, changing
the meaning the person gives to their experiences. Metacognitive Therapy (MCT) was developed by Wells and
Matthews (1984) as a way of defining the processes that underpin a range of psychological disorders.
One of the features of psychological disorders such as anxiety or depression is that thinking becomes difficult to
control and biased in particular ways that lead to a worsening and maintenance of emotional suffering. Many
clients report that they feel that they have ‘lost control’ over their thoughts and behaviours. Another important
feature is that the persons thinking and attention becomes fixed in patterns of brooding and dwelling on the self
and threatening information. Both EMDR and MCT describe an information management/processing system that
organises and carries out various tasks such as how to open a door, how to get dressed, how to be anxious, how to
respond to a trauma memory Both therapies appear to change this system / process to something that is much
more adaptive for the client, as if they change the master information management control programme that runs
this system, in the same way a conductor influences the orchestra and the music they produce. Both models
describe the same process, although they utilise different language to describe this change process.
Perhaps a change of focus for the development of pychotherapy towards more process change models rather than
content change interventions.
Keywords: Metacognitive Therapy Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
87. Zaccagnino, M. & Cussino, M. (2012, June). EMDR and parenting: A case-report [EMDR y crianza de los hijos: Un informe de caso]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment
research
has
investigated
the
role
of
parents’
attachment
representation
on
the
quality
of
attachment
developed
by
their
children
(George,
Kaplan
e
Main,
1984/1985/1996;
van
Ijzerdoorn,
1995).
Past
research
on
children
has
shown
that
there
is
an
association
between
problematic
care-‐giving,
attachment
insecurity
and
psychopathology
(e.g.,
Greenberg,
1999;
O’Connor,
Marvin,
Rutter,
Olrick,
&
Britner,
2003;
Rutter,
2006).
On
the
other
hand,
secure
attachment
in
childhood
and
adulthood
is
typically
associated
with
a
history
of
involvement
in
supportive
and
sensitive
care
giving
relationships
(Cairns,
2002;
Mikulincer
&
Shaver,
2007).
The
results
lead
to
the
hypothesis
of
the
intergenerational
transmission
of
attachment
identified
by
van
Ijzendoorn
(1995).
These
studies,
however,
failed
to
explain
why
insecure
attachment
in
the
parent
does
not
necessarily
lead
to
an
insecure
attachment
pattern
of
the
child,
nor
why
children
can
develope
insecure
patterns
of
attachment
even
in
the
case
of
positive
attachment
experiences
with
caregivers
(Solomon
e
George,
2000).
In
the
light
of
these
considerations,
and
recovering
an
aspect
sharpened
by
Bowlby
(1969),
George
and
Solomon
(1999;
Solomon
e
George,
2000)
proposed
a
different
approach
to
the
study
of
parent-‐child
relationship,
point
up
the
differences
between
the
attachment
system
and
the
caregiving
system,
despite
the
mutual
influences
due
to
their
complementarity.
These
authors
have
proposed
to
investigate
the
specific
characteristics
of
the
system
of
caregiving,
paying
more
attention
to
the
current
relationship
between
child
and
parent.
Their
hypothesis
is
that
the
characteristics
of
that
relationship
may
affect
the
link
between
past
attachment
experiences
of
the
caregiver
and
attachment
pattern
developed
by
the
child,
representing
a
significant
element
for
understanding
the
behavior
and
the
quality
of
the
care
of
the
caregiver.
Therefore,
the
IWM
of
the
parent
would
be
the
most
important
predictor
of
the
quality
of
attachment
developed
by
the
children,
as
capable
of
driving
the
mental
state
of
the
caregiver
to
him
(Solomon
e
George,
1996).
Given
these
assumptions,
it
is
clear
that
traumatic
experiences
in
the
parent,
stored
in
a
dysfunctional
way,
can
be
reactivated
in
the
parent’s
caregiving
system,
defining
an
IWM
of
attachment
system
of
the
child
that
holds
the
memory
traces
of
such
traumatic
events.
In
this
regard,
a
series
of
tools
such
as
the
Child
Attachment
Interview
(Target
et
al.
2007)
and
the
Parent
Development
Interview
(Slade
et
al.
1993)
which
constitute
a
needful
resource
for
the
assessment
of
IWM
of
attachment
and
caregiving
system
will
be
presented.
A
clinical
case
in
which
mother
in
EMDR
treatment
had
an
indirect
positive
effect
on
mother-‐child
relationship
and
on
the
child’s
wellbeing
will
be
reported.
The
results
have
been
documented
and
show
clear
changes
in
the
mental
representations
of
the
caregiving
system
measured
with
PDI.
The
results
will
be
shown.
La
investigación
sobre
el
apego
ha
proporcionado
representaciones
del
rol
del
apego
parental
en
función
de
la
calidad
del
apego
desarrollado
por
sus
hijos
(George,
Kaplan
e
Main,
1984/1985/1996;
van
Ijzerdoorn,
1995).
Investigaciones
anteriores
han
mostrado
que
existe
una
asociación
entre
los
cuidadores
problemáticos
y
el
apego
inseguro
y
la
psicopatológica
(e.g.,
Greenberg,
1999;
O’Connor,
Marvin,
Rutter,
Olrick,
&
Britner,
2003;
Rutter,
2006).
Por
otro
lado,
el
apego
seguro
en
la
infancia
y
la
etapa
adulta
es
asociado
con
una
historia
de
participación
activa
y
sensible
de
las
relaciones
de
los
cuidadores
(Cairns,
2002;
Mikulincer
&
Shaver,
2007).
Los
resultados
nos
llevan
a
la
hipótesis
de
transmisión
intergeneracional
del
apego
identificada
por
Van
Ijzendoorn
(1995).
Estos
estudios,
sin
embargo,
fallaron
a
la
hora
de
explicar
porqué
el
apego
inseguro
de
los
padres
no
desembocaba
necesariamente
a
un
patrón
de
apego
inseguro
en
el
niño,
no
debido
a
que
los
patrones
inseguros
del
apego
del
niño
pueden
llegar
a
desarrollarse
incluso
con
unas
experiencias
positivas
de
apego
con
sus
cuidadores
(Solomon
e
George,
2000).
En
línea
con
estas
investigaciones
y
recuperando
un
aspecto
propuesto
por
Bowlby
(1969),
George
e
Solomon
(1999;
Solomon
e
George,
2000)
(1969),
los
cuales
propusieron
un
enfoque
diferente
en
el
estudio
de
las
relaciones
padres-‐
hijo,
señalando
las
diferencias
entre
el
sistema
de
apego
y
el
sistema
de
cuidados,
debido
a
las
influencias
entre
ambos
debido
a
que
son
complementarios.
Estos
autores
se
propusieron
investigar
las
características
específicas
del
sistema
de
cuidado,
prestando
más
atención
a
la
relación
entre
el
niño
y
el
cuidador.
Nuestra
hipótesis
es
que
las
características
de
dicha
relación
pueden
afectar
al
enlace
entre
las
experiencias
pasadas
de
apego
del
cuidador
y
los
patrones
de
apego
desarrollados
por
el
niño,
representando
un
elemento
importante
para
el
entendimiento
del
comportamiento
y
la
calidad
del
cuidado.
Sin
embargo
el
IWM
del
padre,
puede
ser
uno
de
os
predictores
más
importantes
a
la
hora
de
estimar
la
calidad
del
apego
desarrollada
por
el
niño,
capaz
de
conducir
el
estado
mental
del
cuidador
al
suyo
propio
(Solomon
e
George,
1996).
Tomando
estas
afirmaciones,
está
claro
que
las
experiencias
traumáticas
en
los
padres,
almacenadas
de
manera
disfuncional,
pueden
ser
reactivadas
en
el
sistema
de
cuidado
de
los
padres,
definiendo
un
IWN
de
sistema
de
apego
del
niño
que
guarda
trazas
de
memoria
de
dichos
eventos
traumáticos
En
relación
con
esto
presentaremos
una
serie
de
herramientas
como
la
“Child
Attachment
Interview
(Target
et
al.
2007)
y
la
“Parent
Development
Interview”
(Slade
et
al.
1993),
que
constituyen
un
recurso
necesario
para
la
asignación
del
IWN
de
apego
y
sistema
de
cuidado.
Mostraremos
un
caso
clínico
en
donde
la
madre
realizo
EMDR
y
tuvo
un
efecto
indirecto
positivo
en
la
relación
madre-‐hijo
y
en
el
bienestar
del
niño.
Los
resultados
han
sido
documentados
con
un
claro
cambio
de
la
representación
mental
del
sistema
de
cuidado
medido
con
el
PDI.
Se
mostrarán
los
resultados
Keywords: Parenting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
88. Leeds, A. M., & Shapiro, F. (2000). EMDR and resource installation: Principles and procedures for enhancing current functioning and resolving traumatic experiences. In J. Carlson, & L. Sperry (Eds.), Brief therapy with individuals and couples (pp. 469-534). Phoenix, Arizona: Zeig, Tucker & Theisen, Inc..
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter presents an overview of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a research-validated treatment for PTSD, and a related set of procedures known as resource development and installation (RDI), which have been reported to be useful in ego strengthening and stabilization. First, the extant research on EMDR, its theoretical model, and the 8 phases of its treatment are summarized (patient history and treatment planning, preparation, assessment, desensitization, installation, body scan, closure, and reevaluation). The 5 main elements of memory networks in EMDR are: image, thoughts and sounds, affect, sensation, and self-appraisal. The principles and theoretical foundations of RDI are then discussed. Then, 2 case examples are given. The 1st case illustrates a simple application of resource development and installation to supplement the standard EMDR PTSD protocol in the brief treatment of a marital crisis. The 2nd case summarizes the brief, strategic use of RDI to stabilize a patient with complex PTSD who was referred for collaborative treatment and to build a foundation for comprehensive EMDR treatment. [Adapted from Text, p. 469] [Pilots]
Keywords: Brief Psychotherapy Clinical Case Study Empirical Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
89. Levine, L. (1998, July). EMDR and sex therapy. Prresentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn how to identify cultural messages about sex that can have a negative impact in the belief system of a client, and use there internalized messages to identify potential targets for EMDR; 2) learn and understand how EMDR can reprocess the negative effects of small "t" trauma; 3) learn and understand how EMDR can be used to generate new pathways for positive sexual templates that will result in successful sexual experiences; 4) learn and understand how EMDR can reinforce newly achieved successful sexual experiences; 5) learn and understand why it is important to take a psychosocial sexual history; and 6) learn and share relevant resource materials on sexuality for clients and clinicians.
Keywords: Sex Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
90. Settle, C. (2010, July). EMDR and the art of psychotherapy with children. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The presenter will use the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) Model to explain how to creatively change the language
of EMDR to meet the child’s developmental needs. Participants will learn how to develop a comprehensive treatment plan
that includes the three-pronged approach. Demonstrations with pictures and a short video will show ways of getting the
targets and the NC and PC through mapping, while still remaining true to the eight-phase model. Innovative child-oriented
methods for Resource Development Installation (RDI) and Cognitive Interweaves (CI) will be explained.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
91. Carvalho, E. R. (2009, August). EMDR and the pillars of life: Celebrating what works. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: This presentation will highlight the Pillars of Life, a resourcing technique adapted from the work of Dr. Carlos Raimundo, an Argentine-Australian psychodramatist. Utilized in the preparation phase, it targets resources through the use of the positive cognitions and the VoC scale. The Pillars of Life can be used at the onset as a diagnostic tool, assessing the patient’s inner resources, as well as to augment the necessary resources required during therapeutic work. Oftentimes, it can be utilized as an interweave in cases of complex PTSD when resource pendulation is required during phase 4.
Keywords: Pillars of Life
Accuracy Verified: Yes
92. Korn, D. L. (2011, August). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan in working with adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Individuals with histories of chronic victimization often struggle with extreme vulnerability and shame, heightened dissociative tendencies, and limited affect tolerance. In considering their unique needs, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored. Fears and blocking beliefs commonly seen in this population will be discussed, along with suggestions for effective cognitive interweave interventions. In addition, significant attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment. This program will include lecture, videotape presentations, and case discussion.
Keywords: C-PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
93. Korn, D. L. (2009). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD: A review. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(4), 264-278. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.4.264.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) covers a wide range of conditions, ranging from patients
suffering from a one-time traumatic accident to those who have been exposed to chronic traumatization
and repeated assaults beginning at an early age. While EMDR and other trauma treatments have been
proven efficacious in the treatment of simpler cases of PTSD, the effectiveness of treatments for more
complex cases has been less widely studied. This article examines the body of literature on the treatment
of complex PTSD and chronically traumatized populations, with a focus on EMDR treatment and research.
Despite a still limited number of randomized controlled studies of any treatment for complex PTSD,
trauma treatment experts have come to a general consensus that work with survivors of childhood abuse
and other forms of chronic traumatization should be phase-oriented, multimodal, and titrated. A phaseoriented
EMDR model for working with these patients is presented, highlighting the role of resource development
and installation (RDI) and other strategies that address the needs of patients with compromised
affect tolerance and self-regulation. EMDR treatment goals, procedures, and adaptations for each of the
various treatment phases (stabilization, trauma processing, reconnection/development of self-identity) are
reviewed. Finally, reflections on the strengths and unique advantages of EMDR in treating complex PTSD
are offered along with suggestions for future investigations.
Keywords: Childhood Trauma Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD DESNOS Psychotherapy Research Review
Accuracy Verified: Yes
94. DiGiorgio, K. E., Arnkoff, D. B., Glass, C. R., Lyhus, K. E., & Walter, R. C. (2004, September). EMDR and theoretical orientation: A qualitative study of how therapists integrate eye movement desensitization and reprocessing into their approach to psychotherapy. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 14(3), 227-252. doi:10.1037/1053-0479.14.3.227.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This study examined how 3 therapists from differing theoretical orientations (psychodynamic, humanistic, and cognitive–behavioral) integrate eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) into their work with clients. The consensual qualitative research method was used to analyze interview responses from each of the therapists. All of the therapists deviated from the standard EMDR protocol to some degree, and their decisions to either add to or leave out various aspects of the protocol were greatly influenced by their theoretical orientation. They reported that the integration of EMDR into their usual therapy styles varied depending on their clients. The present study expands on previous psychotherapy integration research because it provides detailed descriptions as to how therapists actually use a specific method with clients. Findings may be particularly useful for researchers and therapists interested in the practice of EMDR, as well as the process of assimilative integration.
Keywords: Assimilative Integration Cognitive Behavior Therapy Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy Empirical Study Humanistic Psychotherapy Integrative Psychotherapy Humanistic Therapy Psychodynamic Psychotherapy Psychodynamic Therapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Psychotherapy Integration Qualitative Study Treatment Outcomes
Accuracy Verified: Yes
95. Donovan, L. (2002, June). EMDR and traumatized children/adolescents: Systemic affect regulation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Developmental and systemic perspectives support incorporating the caregiver/family in EMDR treatment of children and adolescents to
maximize efficacy and minimize risks. Participants will learn to: 1)
identify multiple options, risk factors, and guidelines (eg, for timing,
sequencing, identifying the need for EMDR/RDI in the traumatized parent/caregiver as well as the child); 2) identify strategies to maximize vicarious
processing, and promote resource development and affect regulation in
the caregiver/family; 3) define with the family ways to provide safety,
take rerponsibility and guide choices; and 4) utilize the nartural relational
context to develop affect regulation in the child/adolescent.
Keywords: Adolescents Affect Regulation Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
96. Wipson, E. C. (2001, June). EMDR applications in addictive disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) explain addictive brain process; 2) list two client readiness safety issues; 3) list two client resources for Resource Installation with addictions; 4) know standard and addictive EMDR protocol; 5) describe one negative cognition and positive cognition example for "urge" desensitization; 6) list two blocks to processing; and 7) list three "disturbances" connected with Addictive Illness suitable for EMDR processing.
Keywords: Addictive Disorders Client Readiness Resource Installation Safety Issues Urge
Accuracy Verified: Yes
97. Lawrence, M. (1998, July). EMDR as a special form of ego state psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) use the ego state bridge technique in order to have more complete knowledge of what issues and experiences may manifest during the EMDR processing; 2) use the ego state bridge technique to access hidden ego states which are not presenting clearly in the course of repeated EMDR sets; 3) work with a patient to formulate the patient's ego state system; 4) identify and access protector ego states which may not want the ego state system to change and which are blocking the EMDR processing; 5) combine EMDR and ego state therapy techniques to get blocking protector ego states to join the therapeutic process; and 6) identify and access appropriate resource ego states which can be used in an ego state interweave to facilitate movement of a patient out of a stuck ego state.
Keywords: Ego State Bridge Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
98. Lawrence, M. A. (1999, June). EMDR as a special form of ego state psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to use the ego state
bridge technique in order to have more compete
knowledge of what issues and experiences may
manifest during the EMDR processing; 2) be able to use the ego stale bridge technique to access hidden ego states which are not presenting clearly in the course of repeated EMDR sets (e.g., when SUD level is not subsiding); 3) know how to work with a patient to formulate the patient’s ego state system; 4) be able to identify and access protector ego states which may not want the ego state system to change and which are blocking the EMDR processing; 5) be able to combine EMDR and ego state therapy techniques to get blocking protector ego states to join the therapeutic process; 6) be able to identify and access appropriate resource ego state which can be used in an ego state interweave to facilitate movement of a patient out of a stuck ego state; and 7) be able to use a variety of general and specific EMDR techniques and strategies more effectively by using ego state psychotherapy principles as a guiding metamodel.
Keywords: Ego State Bridge Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
99. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR behandeling bij volwassenen met een verleden van incest en verwaarlozing. Het herstellen van ontwikkelings tekorten en het beschadigde ‘zelf’ [EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In deze workshop zal er worden ingegaan op het integreren van EMDR in een algemeen behandelingsplan voor volwassenen die incest en verwaarlozing in hun jeugd hebben meegemaakt.
De workshop is een verdieping van de keynote van het congres. De werkwijze zal gedetailleerd worden uitgelegd en zal worden geïllustreerd aan de hand van videopresentaties en bespreking van casuïstiek.
In eerste instantie wordt uitgelegd hoe de ontwikkelings- en hechtingsbehoeften van de cliënt onderzocht kunnen worden en hoe een betekenisvolle beschrijvende diagnose kan worden ontwikkeld om tot een geïntegreerd, logisch opgebouwd behandelingsplan te komen.
Bij deze groep cliënten, waarbij er sprake is van beperkte affect tolerantie, kwetsbaarheid voor hyper- en hypoarousal, en dissociatieve kenmerken, kan het standaard EMDR protocol worden aangepast met specifieke strategieën. Daar zal uitvoerig op worden ingegaan.
Ook zal er veel aandacht besteed worden aan het integreren van specifieke EMDR technieken, zoals diverse ego-versterkende protocollen en hulpbron installatie (RDI), in alle fasen van de behandeling.
Tevens zullen er technieken besproken worden die cliënten helpen om hun disfunctionele afweermechanismen los te laten, waardoor het veranderen van schema’s met hun kenmerkende kerngedachten en kernaffecten mogelijk wordt
Deelnemers aan deze workshop zullen leren om pathogene gevoelstoestanden, (zoals schaamte, wanhoop, onverdraagelijke eenzaamheidsgevoelens), angsten en ‘blocking beliefs’, ego state conflicten te herkennen, zodat de meest effectieve interweaves en hulpbron opties kunnen worden toegepast.
Verder zullen er strategieën voor herstel, zoals het verduidelijken van verantwoordelijkheid, het vaststellen van veiligheid en keuze, en het verwerken van rouw, verlangen en woede, worden besproken.
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced.
The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies.
Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment.
In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail.
Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment.
Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten
Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied.
Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.
Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest
Accuracy Verified: Yes
100. ter Heide, J. J. (2011, August). EMDR bij getraumatiseerde vluchtelingen [EMDR with traumatized refugees]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 39(3), 180-185. doi:10.1007/s12483-011-0036-2.
Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
While EMDR is treatment of choice for traumatized adults with PTSS, its efficacy has not been validated with traumatized refugees. As long as no evidence is available for EMDR with this population, EMDR with refugees should be informed by theoretical approaches to treatment of PTSS in adults. Four approaches are discussed: the phased approach that advocates stabilization before EMDR; the multimodal approach that advocates combining EMDR with other interventions; the trauma-focused approach that advocates offering EMDR to all adults with PTSS, including refugees and, the transcultural approach that advocates a culturally sensitive administration of EMDR. Several pilot studies on EMDR with traumatized refugees, randomized controlled trials of EMDR with multiply traumatized populations, and a trial of EMDR in a non-western setting may further inform EMDR-therapists working with traumatized refugees. Suggestions are made for combining the four approaches and scientific evidence in treatment planning and execution of EMDR with this population. The EMDR protocol itself prescribes several interventions for treating multiply traumatized patients, such as resource development and installation, clustering of traumatic experiences, and cognitive interweaves. Additionally, culturally sensitive interventions may enable the refugee to actively partake in the treatment process by increasing motivation for trauma processing, by diminishing language barriers, and by facilitating the formulation of culturally congruent meanings to trauma. The question remains whether EMDR, which offers an individualistic approach to trauma, is sufficiently suited to address the collective traumatization of victims of war and organized violence.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
101. Withers, D. (2001, June). EMDR bilateral movement groups for children with ADHD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will teach experientially how to run therapy groups for children. Specifically, it will teach Resource Installation through Dance/Movement Therapy techniques utilizing EMDR protocol, how to deal with disruptive behaviors by empowering children to come up with their own coping strategies for themselves and each other; and how to identify, locate, and regulate feelings in their bodies.
Keywords: Bilateral Children Dance Movement Therapy: Groups Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
102. Manfield, P. (2010, June). EMDR clinical skills: Dyadic resourcing. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop introduces 'dyadic resourcing,' a form of
resourcing designed to facilitate the processing of very early trauma
with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment
disorders. The goal of this process is to help a client connect
affectively to the experience of being in a nurturing relationship
Through this process clients experience both roles, the role of the
adult who loves them and the role of the child who is lovable
and loved. These roles become increasingly real to them and clients
come away with access to a loving non-judgmental view of
themselves as a child. Clients whose original trauma was a result
of or exacerbated by a lack of a strong connection to a nurturing
caregiver will benefit from a variety of resources, but the resource
that is essential is access to a secure internal nurturing relationship,
which this process provides. This procedure is particularly
useful for clients who think they were bad or worthless as children,
who think the abuse or neglect they suffered chronically
was deserved, who are overwhelmed by the intensity of their
pain from early childhood experiences, or who cannot view their
child selves in an accepting nurturing way. In other words, this
type of resourcing is ideal for some of the most difficult EMDR
clients, and helps to prepare them for trauma processing.
Once developed, these resources allow the EMDR clinician to
utilize cognitive interweaves in which the adult client is able
to support the child self. Dyadic resourcing is typically a five step process: identifying a nurturing adult resource, make the
resource real for the client, formulating a parent-child relationship involving the resource, intensify the client's experience of
that relationship, and helping the client to have the experience
of both the child and adult in the resource dyad. This workshop
will address each of these steps, covering the basic principles
and processes central to this form of resourcing. The process
will be illustrated using clinical videos, transcripts, and a live
demonstration. Techniques borrowed from Eidetic Psychotherapy,
Neuro-Linguistic Programming, Gestalt Therapy, hypnotic
phrasing and other disciplines will be addressed Links to free
downloadable explanatory material from the presenter's book.
EMDR Clinical Skills: Case Conceptualization and Dyadic re^
sourcing will be offered for those interested in sharpening their
skills in this useful resourcing approach.
Learning objectives: Participants will be able to
- Explain why cognitive Interweaves are often not helpful to
clients with attachment disorders
-List 15 possible sources of resource figures
- List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more
intensely connected to a resource.
- Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside
observer role and are instead overly identifying with their
child selves.
Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing Keynote
Accuracy Verified: Yes
103. Costa, C. S. (2012, Novembro). EMDR como recurso para a elaboração de laudo pericial [EMDR as a resource for the preparation of expert report]. In EMDR e memórias. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Por meio de relato de caso clínico, objetiva-se mostrar a possibilidade da do uso do EMDR para a elaboração de laudo pericial. O caso foi enviado por uma Casa de Acolhimento Institucional, órgão público vinculado à Delegacia de Defesa da Mulher, de um município da Grande São Paulo, devido à suspeita de abuso sexual da criança pelo genitor, uma vez que outros laudos profissionais, como o psicodiagnóstico de Rorscharch e o exame clínico por perito legista não foram aceitos como conclusivos pelo juiz que autorizou a visita do pai. Diante disso, o Órgão de Proteção à Criança encaminhou o caso para nova avaliação. Após as entrevistas com a criança, que se mostrava bastante resistente às perguntas feitas pela psicóloga, aplicaram-se os seguintes recursos do EMDR: identificação da imagem, crença e emoção (ICE); som bilateral; desenhos e identificação do grau de desconforto (SUDs), que lhe possibilitaram exteriorizar a situação que a incomodava, reforçada nos vários desenhos. Encaminhados os resultados ao Órgão que solicitou a avaliação foram considerados conclusivos em relação ao abuso sofrido pela criança, o que significou seu afastamento do genitor, pelo juiz, e investigação para apurar os fatos visando a proteger a vítima. Isso permite concluir que o EMDR pode ser um instrumento auxiliar para a elaboração de laudo pericial nos casos de estresse pós-traumático, como no abuso sexual de crianças.
Through clinical case, the objective is to show the possibility of the use of EMDR for the preparation of an expert report. The case was sent by a House of Hospitality Institutional, public agency linked to the Women's Police Station, a town in Greater São Paulo, due to suspicion of child sexual abuse by parent, since other reports professionals, as psychodiagnostic of Rorschach and clinical examination by forensic expert were not accepted as conclusive by the judge who authorized the visit of his father. Thus, the Child Protection Authority referred the case for further evaluation. After the interviews with the child, that proved quite resistant to the questions asked by the psychologist, we applied the following features of EMDR: identifying the image, belief and emotion (ICE); sound bilateral; drawings and identify the degree of discomfort (SUDs ), which enabled him to externalize the situation that bothered him, strengthened in various designs. Forwarded the results to the Board requesting the evaluation were considered conclusive regarding the abuse suffered by the child, which meant being away from the parent, the judge, and investigation to ascertain the facts in order to protect the victim. This indicates that EMDR can be an auxiliary tool for the development of expert opinion in cases of post-traumatic stress, such as the sexual abuse of children.
Keywords: Expert Report Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
104. Koempel, G. (2012, April). EMDR et psycho-dynamique: Une belle entente! Deux langages pour un traitement intégré et efficace [EMDR and psychodynamic: A great deal! Two languages for an integrated and efficient treatment]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Par la présentation détaillée d’un cas de burn-out, nous découvrirons ensemble comment une approche intégrée en psycho-dynamique et en EMDR enrichit la compréhension et le traitement du client et le travail du thérapeute. Nous insisterons sur l’alliance thérapeutique, la compréhension du client de sa propre psycho-dynamique comme une ressource et sur l’importance de la liste des évènements perturbateurs. Nous préciserons certains concepts psychanalytiques et rappellerons les concepts fondamentaux de l’EMDR afin d’identifier facilement leur utilisation lors de la présentation de cas. Attention! Il s’agit bien d’un cas de thérapie EMDR, infiltrée par une pensée psycho-dynamique.
Objectifs d’apprentissage:
1. Intégrer l’approche psycho-dynamique au traitement en EMDR (particulièrement lors de la phase 1 à 4)
2. Redécouvrir l’importance de dresser la liste des évènements perturbateurs avec tous les clients.
3. Établir comme nouvelle ressource la compréhension par le client de son propre enjeu psycho-dynamique.
4. Envisager l’alliance thérapeutique comme ressource principale pour le bon déroulement de la thérapie EMDR.
5. À travers l’exposé détaillé de séances de thérapie, suivre les 8 phases du traitement EMDR illustrant l’efficacité du modèle TAI.
For a detailed presentation of a case of burnout, we will discover together how an integrated psychodynamic and EMDR enhances the understanding and treatment of the client and the therapist's work. We will emphasize the therapeutic alliance, understanding the customer's own psycho-dynamics as a resource and the importance of disrupting the event list. We will specify certain psychoanalytic concepts and recall the basic concepts of EMDR to easily identify their use during the presentation of cases. Caution! It is indeed a case of EMDR, infiltrated by a psycho-dynamic thinking.
Learning Objectives:
1. Integrate the psychodynamic approach to treatment in EMDR (particularly in Phase 1 to 4)
2. Rediscover the importance of listing the disruptive events with all clients.
3. Establish as a new resource for understanding the customer's own stake psychodynamic.
4. Consider the therapeutic alliance as a key resource for the success of EMDR therapy.
5. Through the detailed presentation of therapy sessions, follow the eight phases of EMDR treatment model illustrating the effectiveness of TAI.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
105. Korn, D. L., Zangwill, W., Lipke, H., & Smyth, M. J. (2001, January). EMDR fidelity rating scale. Author .
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
EMDR Fidelity Rating Scale: Rating of introductory phases of treatment (history and treatment planning, preparation, safe place exercise; rating of resource development and installation protocl (part of the preparation phase; and rating of the trauma-processing phases of treatment (reevaluation, assessment, desensitisation, installation, body scan, closure.
Keywords: Fidelity Rating Scale
Accuracy Verified: Yes
106. Burzynski, S. (2010, July). EMDR for anger management. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The presentation examines a single case study of an indigenous Australian, diagnosed with trauma based borderline
personality disorder experiencing peremptory anger. Anger within the PTSD context and ‘survival mode’ of operation are
discussed. Treatment incorporated EMDR within a paradigm of Structural Dissociation. A targeted anger laden EP is integrated
with the ANP and results discussed. The role of time orientation (presentification) and coconsciousness (personification) in
treatment are also examined.
Keywords: Anger Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
107. Woller, W. (2003). EMDR in der psychotherapie von persönlichkeitsstörungen [EMDR in the treatment of personality disorders]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie und Psychologische Medizin (ZPPM), 1(3), 17-24.
Language: German
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Behandlung psychotraumatischer belastungsstörungen mit EMDR
Die Arbeit stellt dar, (1) welche Modifikationen oder Einschränkungen sich für die Behandlung Posttraumatischer Belastungsstörungen mit EMDR durch die Präsenz komorbider Persönlichkeitsstörungen ergeben und (2) welche Möglichkeiten EMDR darüber hinaus für die Behandlung von Persönlichkeitsstörungen ohne die Symptomatik einer PTBS bieten kann. Beim Vorliegen einer Persönlichkeitsstörung muss EMDR in einen Gesamtbehandlungsplan integriert werden, der neben umfassender Stabilisierung, Symptomkontrolle und Ressourcenaktivierung die Modifikation verzerrter interpersoneller Wahrnehmungsmuster und maladaptiver Interaktionsmuster umfasst. Probleme der therapeutischen Arbeitsbeziehung können die Stabilisierungsphase schwierig und zeitaufwändig gestalten. Die EMDR-Technik muss entsprechend dem Typ der Persönlichkeitsstörung, der Abwehrstruktur und der symptomatischen Komorbidität modifiziert werden. Zusätzlich zur Behandlung von Traumatisierungen kann EMDR zur Bewältigung aktueller und künftiger Stressoren und zur Ressourcenstärkung eingesetzt werden.
EMDR has been shown to be an effective treatment method in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). There is a marked comorbidity between PTSD and personality disorders, some of which have been found to be long-term sequelae of cumulative childhood physical and sexual traumatization. Personality disorders are also included in the concepts of "complex PTSD" and "DESNOS". The paper discusses (1) modifications and limitations of EMDR technique required for treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder with comorbid personality disorders, and (2) further applications of EMDR in the treatment of personality disorders without PTSD. If comorbid personality disorder is present, EMDR has to be integrated into a complex treatment plan which includes stabilization, symptom control, resource installation, identification of distorted interpersonal perceptions, and modification of maladaptive interpersonal interactions. Because of the central role of generalized negative beliefs in maintaining cyclical maladaptive patterns, EMDR is regarded a valuable tool to modify negative beliefs along with processing traumatic memories and body sensations. Problems of therapeutic alliance due to transference phenomena and acting-out can make stabilization difficult and time-consuming. EMDR technique should be subjected to important modifications depending on personality disorder subtype, defence structure and symptomatic comorbidity. Structural dissociations of the personality (e.g. as in dissociative identity disorder) call for a consideration of all ego-states of the personality system before planning EMDR treatment. In addition to unresolved trauma, current and future interpersonal stressors can be chosen as EMDR targets.
Keywords: Personality Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
108. Plassmann, R. (2005, September). EMDR in der stationaren therapie der essstorungen[EMDR in the inpatient treatment of eating disorders]. Vortrag auf der 13th International Conference on Eating Disorders, Innsbruck, Österreich.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Die stationare Essstorungstherapie lasst sich in vier Phasen unterteilen: Die Stabilisierungsphase, die Ressourcenorganisation, die Exposition und die Neuorientierungsphase. Fur diese Behandlungsphasen lassen sich Methoden der modernen Traumatherapie sinnvoll nutzen. Diese beruhen im Kern auf selbstorganisatiorischen Prinzipien, also der Arbeit mit dem psychischen Selbstheilungssystem. In Weiterentwicklung der Methodik der modernen Traumatherapie wurde fur die stationare Essstorungstherapie in der Stabilisierungsphasedas Konzept der akitiven Selbstailisierung entwickelt und fur die Ressourcenorganisation und Exposition die Technik des bipolaren EMDR. Durch Einfuhrung dieser Stategien haben sich die Behandlungsergebnisse erheblich verbessert. Der Vortag stellt die Arbeitwiese dar und die Behandlungsergebnisse an 176 Fallen stationarer Psychotherapie von Patientinnen mit Anorexie und Bulimie dar.
The steady Essstorungstherapie let be divided into four phases: the phase of stabilization, resource organization, exposition and reorientation phase. Treatment for these phases can be methods of modern trauma therapy sensibly. These are based on the core principles selbstorganisatiorischen, so working with the psychological self-healing system. In developing the methodology of modern trauma therapy for the steady Essstorungstherapie in Stabilisierungsphasedas concept of akitiven Selbstailisierung developed and resources for the organization and exposition of the art bipolar EMDR. By the introduction of this State Gien the results of treatment have improved significantly. The talk is the work area and represents the results of treatment in 176 cases of sta-tionary psychotherapy patients with anorexia and bulimia.
Keywords: Anorexia Bulimia Eating Disorders Inpatient Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
109. Tripolt, R. (2010, June). EMDR in motion: Enhancing the effect of EMDR by using elements of movement therapy, dance and body orientated therapeutic interweave techniques. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
'The Body Keeps the Score' (Bessel van der. Kolk 1996).
Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid of disturbing
and painful symptoms. Structural Dissociation alienates
from the body reactions. Clients tend to perceive the body as
hostile.
As we know from eye movement and other bilateral stimulations,
using movement is a gentle and powerful way, to bring
the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. To expand the
movement and body orientated skills either in difficult processes
for example in the therapeutic work with complex traumatised
clients enhances the effect of EMDR.
Content of the Workshop:
How to install the body as resource where the EMDR process
can 'take place'.
How to dissolve dissociation by associating body and movement
awareness.
How to accelerate the desensitization process by leading into
deeper levels of body consciousness.
How to help the client to stay within the "window of tolerance"
of vegetative arousal by using elements of movement
and dance therapy.
Keywords: Body Dance Therapy Experimental Use Movement Therapy Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
110. Parnell, L. A. (2003, September). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method as well as additional skills to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include: 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development including the bridging technqiue; 3) modification of the standard EMDR procedural steps, 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) technqiues for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Adults Children Bridging Technique Incomplete Sessions Interweave Strategies Resource Development Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
111. Parnell. L. A. (1999, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to describe the three phases of treatment; 2) be able to use at least three ego strengthening methods using EMDR, including identification, development, and installation of inner and outer resources important for preparing clients for EMDR processing, such as: safe place, positive
internal resource images, such as the inner advisor child-self – adult-self assessment and
development, nurturer and protector figures,
spiritual resources, positive memories, images from nature, and others; 3) learn tips for successful target development; 4) learn how to develop and use special targets for EMDR processing such as: visual memories, including flashbacks; dreams; artwork; emotions, physical sensations, and body memories;
TV shows and movies; and negative cognitions; 5) learn helpful modifications to the standard EMDR procedural steps; 6) learn at least two interventions to help clients who experience problems during EMDR processing with, such as dissociation, numbness, sleepiness, lack of channel activation and integration, and memory chaining; 7) learn at least two suggestions for working with client transference; 8) learn at least five techniques for working with blocked processing and abreactions; 9) learn how to use a selection of imaginal and cognitive interweaves; and 10) learn at least three techniques for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Abreaction Abuse Adults Blocked Processing Closing Incomplete Session Cogntive Interweave Ego Strengthening Imaginal Interweave Target Development Transference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
112. Parnell, L. A. (2002, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method, as well as additional skills, to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined, but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic
target development, including the bridging technique; 3) modifications of
thc standard EMDR procedural steps; 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) techniques
for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Adults Blocked Processing Bridging Children Incomplete Sessions Resource Installation Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
113. Tinker, R., & Wilson, S. (2005, September). EMDR master series - II. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The effectiveness of EMDR with children can be enhanced with the use of a number of theoretical conceptualizations, protocol modifications, and specific techniques. In this master class, we will cover: understanding how attachment
theory informs the use of EMDR with attachment-disordered children; how EMDR can be used on a group basis across cultures, with children scarred by war as well as natural disasters; how attunement is more important than relationship
in EMDR; how resource development can be used within the EMDR protocol, instead of beforehand; how dissociation is manifested and treated with children; how additional techniques can be used to jump-start stalled processing with
children; how trauma-based diagnosis relates to DSM-lV nomenclature; how heart math solutions can be combined with Safe Place; and how one- and two-year-old childrcn can benefit from EMDR. Also, participants will be encouraged to share their own experiences, techniques, and conceptualizations with EMDR and children.
Keywords: Attachment Disorder Attachment Theory Children Master Series Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
114. Laizeau, M., Nousse, A., & Chakroun, N. (2008, June). EMDR optimism protocol: A pilot study on athletes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Peterson and Seligman (1984) developed a theory based on the psychological characteristic of optimism. They
discovered that a more pessimistic explanatory style is correlated with a deeper depression. The most optimistic
explanatory style for a bad event is external, specific and temporary. For a good event the explanatory style is
reverse. The pessimistic explanatory style evaluates the causes of bad and good events in the opposite way.
Seligman and al (1990) administrated the Attribution Style Questionnaire (ASQ) to swimmers. After negative
feedback, optimistic swimmers swim significantly faster compared to pessimistic swimmers. Goldwurm and al.
23
(2006) showed the efficacy of an optimism training proposed by Seligman. Andrew Leeds worked in 1997 on a
new protocol known as Resource Development and Installation (RDI). This protocol has been reported to be
useful in ego strengthening and stabilization. RDI protocol comes from EMDR that has been extensively
researched and proven effective for the treatment of trauma even on athletes (Graham, 2004). An expansion of
the basic EMDR protocol, called “EMDR Peak Performance protocol” has been developed by Lendl & Foster
(1997) for enhancing performance in the workplace, to aid in the reduction of performance anxiety experienced
by creative and performing artists, and for competition preparation and psychological recovery from injury in
athletes. This orientation leads us to go on with a nonpathologizing view developing optimistic client’s potential
with the elaboration of this new protocol that we call: the EMDR optimism protocol (Laizeau and Nousse 2008). It
has been developed on the basis of a study lead on rugbymen and swimmers. The aim of our study was to show
that this EMDR optimism protocol can easily improve athletic performance.
Keywords: Optimism Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
115. Shapiro, R. (2005). EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing. New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book is a manual for doing EMDR with diverse client populations. [Text, P. 3]TOPICS TREATED: The strategic developmental model for EMDR; Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice; EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states; EMDR processing with dissociative clients: adjunctive use of opioid antagonists; The phantom limb pain protocol; The two-hand interweave; DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors; Targeting positive affect to clear the pain of unrequited love, codependence, avoidance, and procrastination; The reenactment protocol for trauma and trauma-related pain; EMDR with cultural and generational introjects; Exiting the binge-diet cycle; Utilizing EMDR and DBT techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups; Using EMDR in couples therapy; EMDR with clients with mental disability; Treating anxiety disorders with EMDR; Affect regulation for children through art, play, and storytelling. [Pilots]
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
116. Laub, B. (2006, June). EMDR standard protocol in the personal resources and the settlement to be found. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Resource Development, EMDR is an addition to standard protocol. Procedure of each session to reveal the source of healing and therapy by the end of the beginning of a resource series covers the creation. Personal resources and the settlement to be found exactly matching procedure to the problem of uncovering the unconscious and strengthen cross-country skiing in both sessions, as well as in everyday life is to make accessible. There are three types of resource development: Historical Resource Development, Present and Future Development Resources Resources Development. Standard protocol problems, sensory, cognitive, emotional and somatic components are becoming a focus can be achieved. Personal Resources Development in the settlement, resources focus dialectic movement is intensified. Sources of development activity in recent years both in Israel and other EMDR therapists Brurit Laub'ın is observed in the practice. Procedures and video images live applications and small groups will be presented with applications that can be made, personal resources development and placement will be given immediately to the practice of protocol participants.
Keywords: Historical Resource Development Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
117. Yordy, J. (2012, April). EMDR techniques to help children and teens tame the worry monster. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The number of children and teens struggling with symptoms of stress and anxiety disorders is increasing at an alarming rate. This workshop will discuss some causes for the increase in stress and anxiety disorders among children and teens. An introduction to the Triune Brain Theory and brief explanation of the implications of the changes on the anxious child or teenage brain will be highlighted. Next, effective exercises to calm the body and rewire the brain will be introduced. Creating new neural pathways, through the use of Positive Resource Building utilizing EMDR, will also be taught. Looking specifically at anxiety and how to target it when using EMDR, will also be explored. The workshop will conclude by introducing how to shrink the “Worry Monster” using an EMDR protocol.
Learning objectives:
1.Describe the Triune Brain Theory and how trauma rewires the brain to create heightened levels of anxiety and stress.
2.Demonstrate 5 exercises which help calm the stress response within the body.
3.List 5 “Positive Resources ”which when combined with EMDR anchor calm feelings in the brain/body and rewire the brain.
4.Discuss how to chose appropriate targets for EMDR processing with anxious kids.
5.Describe how to create a “Worry Monster” for processing anxiety with EMDR.
Keywords: Adolescents Anxiety Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
118. Korn, D. (2013, May). EMDR the next generation: Finding your way in the dark [L’EMDR et la nouvelle génération: Trouvez votre chemin dans l’obscurité]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this workshop, participants will be taught to use their “true” authentic selves as a resource during EMDR
processing, and to work to create a secure, responsive, and positive relational environment that supports change
and integration. A number of conceptual “maps” that incorporate and build on various ideas and strategies from
other trauma-focused models (e.g., AEDP, IFS, Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, Structural Model of Dissociation)
will be introduced. These “maps” are provided to guide case conceptualization and moment-to-moment decision-making
within a given EMDR session. Video clips will be used to demonstrate how to track a client’s progress
with greater precision, using both verbal and non-verbal markers to determine where the client is on a given
conceptual map and what type of interweave is needed to facilitate or deepen the client’s processing. Different
types of interweaves will be delineated with a clear description of the purpose or function associated with each.
Throughout this workshop, Dr. Korn will engage in spirited dialogue with participants as she presents both
didactic and video material.
Learning Objectives:
• Develop a comprehensive AIP-based case conceptualization treatment plan that will guide their moment-to-moment
decision-making during an EMDR session.
• Effectively identify the informational plateaus or schema categories (responsibility, safety, control/choice)
reflected in a client’s presenting issues, choice of targets, and stuck points.
• Utilize dyadic regulation in working with clients with limited affect tolerance and self-capacities, with the goal
of maintaining and even accelerating processing within a window of tolerance.
• Apply advanced interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs, rigid defenses, and fears about internal
experiences (i.e. affect, sensation, urges, fantasies).
• Utilize various clinical strategies/interweaves for facilitating the expression of adaptive action tendencies,
completing incomplete or truncated actions, and addressing various domains of developmental repair.
Dans son atelier, les participants apprendront à utiliser leur ‘vrai’’ et authentique soi comme une ressource
durant le traitement en EMDR et à créer un environnement où la relation soit sécurisante, sensible et positive
favorisant ainsi le changement et l’intégration.
Dr Korn nous parlera de ce modèle conceptuel des ‘cartes’ qui incorporent des idées et des stratégies qui proviennent de d’autres modèles axés sur les traumas (‘AEDP’, ‘IFS’, Psychothérapie Sensorimotrice, Modèle de
la Dissociation Structurelle). Ces ‘’cartes’’ sont un guide dans la conceptualisation de cas et la prise de décision
‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. Des vidéo clips seront présentés afin de démontrer comment
suivre le progrès d’un client avec une grande précision, utilisant des repères verbaux et non verbaux pour
déterminer où se trouve le client sur une ‘’carte’’ donnée et quel type de tissage est nécessaire pour faciliter ou
approfondir le traitement du client. Objectifs d’apprentissage:
• Développer un plan de traitement compréhensif basé sur le modèle TAI –et la conceptualisation de cas
comme un guide de prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR.
• Identifier de manière efficace les plateaux informatifs ou les catégories de schémas (responsabilité, sécurité,
contrôle/choix) qui se révèlent dans ce que le client présente comme difficultés, dans le choix des cibles et les
blocages.
• Utilisation de la dyade pour aider à moduler l’affect chez les clients qui ont une très faible tolérance
émotionnelle avec comme but de maintenir et même d’accélérer le traitement à l’intérieur de la fenêtre de
tolérance.
• Avoir recours aux stratégies avancées du tissage pour traiter les croyances bloquantes, les défenses rigides
et les peurs venant de la ‘’vie intérieure’’ (c’est à dire l’affect, les sensations, les pulsions, les fantasmes).
• Utilisation de diverses stratégies cliniques et du tissage afin de favoriser l’expression d’action adaptative, de
compléter les actions inachevées ou tronquées et d’aborder différents domaines permettant de ‘’réparer’’ les
dommages survenus au cours du développement.
Keywords: AEDP Dyadic Regulation Informatiional Plateaus IFS, Interweaves Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Structural Model of Dissociation Trauma-Focused Models "True" Authentic Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
119. Dunne, T. (2011, March). EMDR therapists integrating EMDR into their clinical practice. Presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This research project investigated how EMDR Therapists integrated EMDR into their clinical
practice post-training and what, if any, difficulties they experienced. A total of 74 respondents
completed a questionnaire and 9 respondents were interviewed using a semi-structured interview,
giving a total of 83 respondents. 40% of both samples (which came from around the world)
reported experiencing difficulties with integrating EMDR into their clinical practice. The types of
difficulties which they reported included differences between EMDR protocol and the therapists’
original training and orientation, patient characteristics, therapists’ own anxieties and confidence
as well as organizational and management hostility to EMDR up to and including bullying of the
therapist in different ways including “being sent to Coventry”. These organization & management
issues are not covered in the current training model for EMDR and whilst supervision is necessary
post training, it is not be sufficient to address the organizational issues relating to integration of
EMDR into clinical practice. This will be highlighted in the presentation.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
120. Sadatun, T. I. (2008, June). EMDR therapy for tsunami & armed conflicts survivors in Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam, Indonesia. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Indonesian Province of Nanggroe Aceh Darusalam (NAD) is a region which is facing a unique set of problems,
among which is the protracted internal conflict, exacerbated by the tsunami on December 26, 2004. These events
have generated a widespread impact on the lives of the communities. One of the most crucial issues to be
addressed aside from legal, security, social and economic problems is the matter of health, including mental
health. In regards to mental health issues, comprehensive steps have been formulated into various mental health
care programs. One of the most needed programs is establishment of an educational system rooted in Indonesia
for the treatment of the posttraumatic stress syndrome (PTSD) of victims of crises and catastrophes through the
implementation of specific methods of treatment with a focus on the introduction of EMDR. With great support
from BMZ- TDH-Germany, HAP-Germany and Trauma Aid, capacity building on EMDR training has been
developed. Even though EMDR is highly effective as trauma healing therapy it is also a complex treatment to be
addressed in this specific population like in the province of NAD. Further than time constrain, limited numbers of
trauma therapist available and high numbers of severe cases that urgently need to be treated, complexities also
arises from cultural and religious aspects. The society in NAD is marked by decade long isolation, violent conflicts
for political self-determination and the strict interpretation of the Islam. The Sharia (doctrine of the Islam
including moral and judicial duties) was introduced as part of the laws. Due to this condition, for the time being
stabilization technique in EMDR is the most common technique that can be of widely used. In this presentation,
varieties of stabilization technique that have been used in this population will be addressed. More specifically, as
culturally adjustable method in therapy, this presentation will also introduce several culturally acceptable
stabilization techniques such as combining religious rituals (chanting, reciting) as personal resource with
stabilization technique. These techniques might be useful for other population with similar culture and religion.
Keywords: Armed Conflicts Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam, Indonesia Poster Survivors Tsunami
Accuracy Verified: Yes
121. Shapiro, F. (2011, August). EMDR therapy update: Theory, research and practice. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapy directly addresses the physiologically stored memory networks that underlie both psychological problems and mental health. This adaptive information processing orientation to both case conceptualization and clinical application will be explored in relation to diverse populations. The latest research evaluating both treatment outcomes and underlying mechanisms will be addressed. In addition, clinical cases and questions collected from participants will be used to illustrate the ways in which EMDR can be applied.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Practice Research Theory Update
Accuracy Verified: Yes
122. Shapiro, F. (2012, October). EMDR therapy update: Theory, research and practice. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapy directly addresses the physiologically stored memory networks that underlie both psychological problems and mental health. This adaptive information processing orientation to both case conceptualization and clinical application will be explored in relation to diverse populations. The latest research evaluating both treatment outcomes and underlying mechanisms will be addressed. In addition, clinical cases and questions collected from participants will be used to illustrate the ways in which EMDR can be applied.
Keywords: Plenary Practice Research Theory Update
Accuracy Verified: Yes
123. Knipe, J. (2008, June). EMDR toolbox. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It is clear from over 17 published studies that the EMDR method is highly effective in assisting clients in resolving PTSD (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002). However, most clients who enter therapy do not have a simple problem of a single disturbing memory, but a complex history. Typically, clients come to therapy with a mixed presentation, of not only emotional disturbance, but also mental structures and actions which function to soothe, contain, avoid or dissociate from emotional disturbance. Thus, the initial presentation of most clients is complex and often ambivalent. In this workshop, examples will illustrate Adaptive Information Processing methods of targeting and resolving psychological defenses, such as avoidance, ambivalence, and idealization. Also, the BHS/CIPOS (Back-of-the-Head Scale/Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety) method will be described. This method is a set of procedures that can be used during the EMDR Desensitization Phase to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Video segments from therapy sessions will be shown to illustrate each of these methods.
Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale BHS CIPOS Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety Psycholgical Defenses Targeting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
124. Knipe, J. (2012, October). EMDR toolbox: Methods of extending EMDR to traumatized clients with significant vulnerability to dissociative abreaction and/or psychological defenses. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Abstract:The focus of this workshop will be to describe a theoretical framework, and specific EMDR-related therapy tools which may be useful during Janets Phase 2, the Phase of trauma processing, for multiply-traumatized clients with Complex PTSD. Points of similarity and difference will be described between the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model, and two other models of dissociation treatment: the Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality and the Internal Family Systems model. EMDR variations will be described which increase emotional safety, and thereby extend the use of EMDR to clients who might otherwise be vulnerable to the intrusion of overwhelming post-traumatic memory material. Through transcript and video examples, the Loving Eyes method (for safely accessing a traumatized Part), the Back-of-the-Head Scale (for measuring the degree of dissociative experience, moment-to-moment, in a therapy session), and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety (for maintaining emotional safety during the processing of a traumatic memory) will be presented. In addition, the structure and treatment of psychological defenses will be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing Model.
Learning Objectives:
1. Describe the Loving Eyes method of developing a co-consciousness between an adult Part and a traumatized child Part.
2. Describe the clinical situations in which the use of the Back-of-the-Head Scale and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety would be likely to be helpful to a traumatized client.
3. Describe how psychological defense may be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing model, and how defenses may be safely released, so that underlying post-traumatic material may be processed.
Keywords: Dissociative Abreaction Psychological Defenses Toolbox
Accuracy Verified: Yes
125. Knipe, J. (2006, June). EMDR toolbox: Video examples of methods of targeting avoidance, procrastination, affect dysregulation, the pain of being "dumped" by a lover, and a shame-based ego state in a client with a identity disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It is clear from over 17 published studies that the EMDR method is highly effective in
assisting clients in resolving PTSD (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002). However, most clients
who enter therapy do not have a simple problem of a single disturbing memory, but a
complex history. Typically, clients come to therapy with a mixed presentation, of not
only emotional disturbance, but also mental structures and actions which function to
soothe, contain, avoid or dissociate from emotional disturbance. Thus, the initial
presentation of most clients is complex and often ambivalent. In this workshop,
examples will illustrate Adaptive Information Processing methods of targeting and
resolving psychological defenses, such as avoidance, ambivalence, and idealization.
Also, the BHS/CIPOS (Back-of-the-Head Scale/Constant Installation of Present
Orientation and Safety) method will be described. This method is a set of procedures
that can be used during the EMDR Desensitization Phase to therapeutically reverse
dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Video segments from therapy
sessions will be shown to illustrate each of these methods.
Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale BHS CIPOS Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety Psycholgical Defenses Targeting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
126. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self. Presentation at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced.
The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies.
Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment.
In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail.
Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment.
Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten
Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied.
Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.
Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest
Accuracy Verified: Yes
127. Holmshaw, M. (2004, February). EMDR treatment of travel phobia after road traffic incidents (RTI). Presentation at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Road Traffic Incidents are the most common cause of PTSD (post-traumatic stress disorder) in the UK. Travel phobia is a frequent comorbid condition in these cases and in some cases the primary disorder with which clients present. This paper addresses the systematic treatment of travel phoia after RTIs, highlighting the following: assessment and preparation for treatment with the emphasis on safety and resource installation; common themes or treatment targets to be addressed with EMDR; common blocking beliefs which prevent treatment progress and practical homework tasks to be used in conjunction with future templates. The aim of the paper is to offer a focused approach to the treatment of travel phobia with or without PTSD which has a high success rate in the author's experience.
Keywords: Road Traffic Incidents RTI Travel Phobia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
128. Farrell, D. (2013, June). EMDR treatment plan and survivors of child sexual abuse by clergy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The issue of sexual abuse by clergy is not a new phenomenon of concern. Sipe (1995, pg 10) states that in spite of all the good done by clergy for both children and adults there is an ancient awareness of the danger of and potential for their corruption. This workshop will consider some of the essential aspects of survivor’s experiences of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy or religious from a psycho-traumatology perspective. It will explore the implications for using EMDR with this client group. The primary focus of the workshop will be upon the EMDR phases of: History taking (Case Conceptualisation), Preparation Phase, Implications for desensitisation and reprocessing and the wider implications for EMDR clinical practice.
Learning Objectives:
Consider the diagnostic and case conceptual frameworks relating to this specific client group informed by the Adaptive Information Processing model;
Outline key aspects relating to phase 2 preparation and resource building; and
Explore some of the implications for desensitization and reprocessing in relation to working with survivors of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy.
Keywords: Children Clergy Abuse Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
129. Galvin, M. (2007, June). EMDR treatment tactics: Using the accelerating-decelerating model and energy psychology to enhance interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists are frequently faced with two situations where treatment must be adjusted: blocked processing and incomplete sessions. The first is address in the Part I Training Manual under Facilitating Black Processing in Phase Four. That secion describes three situations: Where processing proceeds “favorably,” where the client over-responds, and where the client under-responds. The manual then describes decelerating tactics for addressing the second situation and accelerating strategies for addressing the third situation. We will use a format introducing an expansion of the TICES (Trigger, Image, Cognition, Emotion, Sensation) model for improves pacing of treatment. The expanded model draws on Multimodal Therapy and adds the modalities of Behavior, Interpersonal Aspects, and Drugs (actually all areas of health including diet, mediation, exercise, and the like). Clinicians can utilize the concepts to recognize when therapy has stalled (or is about to stall) because of client’s under responding and over responding in the sesson, and then apply appropriate interventions. The interventions are from EMDR, from other methods, and from Energy Psychology (EP). Increasingly, EMDR therapists are also practitioners of EP. The second challenging situation faced by EMDR therapists us when time is running out, yet the level of disturbance is still elevated. The Training Manual describes a procedure for closing such a session in Phase Seven, including a containment exercise. This workshop will show how EP techniques are an additional resource to bring to bear when dealing with incomplete sessions. There will be a description and demonstration of a couple of simple but powerful EP techniques. Participants can quickly learn these methods and will be able to immediately incorporate them into their practices. Handouts on the TICES/BID/Acceleration-Decelerating model and on the Energy Psychology techniques will be distributed.
Keywords: Energy Psychology Treatment Tactics
Accuracy Verified: Yes
130. Korn, D. L. (2008, May). EMDR treatment with survivors of chronic abuse and neglect: Repairing developmental deficits and shattered selves - [Utilisation d’EMDR dans le traitement des survivants d’abus ou négligence chroniques: Réparer les déficits développementaux et les sois éclatés]. Presentation at an annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montréal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Cet atelier d’une journée met l’accent sur l’intégration de l’EMDR à l’intérieur d’un plan thérapeutique. Nous aborderons l’utilisation d’EMDR pour traiter le Stress post-traumatique complexe, de même que d’autres syndromes cliniques d’origine traumatique, tels que le Trouble de personnalité limite et les Troubles
dissociatifs. Des modifications et/ou additions au protocole EMDR seront proposées afin de tenir compte des capacités limitées à tolérer les affects, des défenses rigides, de la sur-utilisation des stratégies d’évitement, des conflits entre les états du moi, des tendances à la dissociation ou des dérégulations émotionnelles
importantes.
Nous aborderons l’évaluation des aspects développementaux et des besoins d’attachement du client, l’établissement d’une bonne compréhension de la situation clinique et le développement d’un plan de traitement intégré avec des objectifs atteignables et réalisables. On portera plus particulièrement notre attention sur l’intégration de l’EMDR comme moyen de renforcer l’Ego et le développement des ressources au
cours des différentes étapes du traitement.
This full-day workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan. The use of EMDR in treating complex PTSD as well as other trauma-related syndromes such as borderline personality disorder and dissociative disorders will be addressed. In recognition of clients’ limited affect tolerance, rigid defenses,
overdeveloped avoidance patterns, ego state conflicts, dissociative tendencies, and extreme emotional dysregulation, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored.
Assessing the developmental and attachment needs of the client, establishing a useful case conceptualization, and developing an integrated treatment plan with achievable goals will be discussed. Considerable attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.
Keywords: Complex PTSD Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
131. Bambach, S. (1994). EMDR und aktive zukunftsorientierung in der therapie von komplex traumatisierten menschen [EMDR and active future orientation in the treatment of complex trauma human]. Author.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Die Ausbildung in EMDR (Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing) führte
mich über längere Zeit zu einer intensiven
Auseinandersetzung über die Vereinbarkeit
von EMDR mit meiner bisherigen traumatherapeutischen
Arbeit. Diese war und ist
stark geprägt durch die lösungs- und ressourcenorientierte
Therapie, wie ich sie
von Steve de Shazer, Insoo Kim Berg,
Yvonne Dolan und später in anderer Form
von Gunther Schmidt erlernt habe. Zentrale
Elemente der Arbeit mit traumatisierten
Menschen nach lösungsorientierten Konzepten
sind u. a. die aktive Unterstützung
der Klienten1 bei der Entwicklung einer
positiven Zukunftsvision, bei der Identifikation
der individuellen Kriterien für Therapieerfolg
und der kleinstmöglichen, aktiv
zu unternehmenden Schritte in diese Richtung.
Diese konsequent ressourcen- und
lösungsorientierte Arbeitsweise schien im
Widerspruch zur Traumafokussierung als
zentralem Moment von EMDR zu stehen.
The training in EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) took me a long time to an intense debate about the compatibility of my recent trauma with EMDR therapy work. This was and is strongly influenced by the solution-and resource-oriented therapy, as I have of Steve de Shazer, Insoo Kim Berg, Yvonne Dolan and I have learned later in another way, by Gunther Schmidt. Key elements of the work with traumatized people after solution-oriented concepts, including the active support of Klienten1 in developing a positive vision for the future, in the identification of the individual criteria for treatment success and the smallest, active steps to be taken in this direction. This resource consistently and solution-oriented approach seemed to contradict the trauma as the central focus of EMDR are at the moment.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Future Orientation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
132. Ebner, F., & Rost, C. (2006). EMDR und ressourcen [EMDR and resource]. In F. Lamprecht (Hsrg.) Praxisbuch EMDR: Modifizierungen für spezielle anwendungsgebiete (pp. 195-222). Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Practice Resources Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
133. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Fidelity Study Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
134. Meignant, I. (2011, June). EMDR with couples in the context of family therapy [EMDR mit paaren im kontext der familientherapie]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of both Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model and the AIP model is a new perspective for couples’therapy and for EMDR target plan and further in individual therapy where relational problems are involved. This workshop will teach present a way to do a target plan for relational problem treatment. Focusing on couples’therapy the workshop will show how to do an EMDR case conceptualization integrating the systemic model. It will propose clinical question/answer that will help to decide to use EMDR or not in the couple session, choosing the position of the other member of the couple during the reprocessing phases. It will show the use of individual safe places as a safe place for the couple during the session and at home.
What we propose here is that the understanding of Mony Elkaïm’s Systemic model for a couple in crisis guides us to find where to work on the past of each member to heal the couple in the EMDR target plan. We imagine that this understanding can be of help to build a bridge between any 2 parts of a relation: 2friends, 2 colleagues, 2 persons from different culture or religion.
The presentation will illustrate how the systemic model created by Mony Elkaïm for understanding couple crisis can be useful in the EMDR treatment of couples, EMDR case conceptualization and EMDR target plan. This model insists on the double bind in which each member of the couple is torn between his/her Official Program and his/her World View. For example: "I want to be loved" (O.P) and" if someone loves me he will leave me" (W.V.). These world views are creating repetitive cycles which are trapping the members of the couple or of any people in interaction. The aim of the EMDR practitioner is to treat the dysfunctional stored memories connected with these world views and give them flexibility to free the members of the couple from the vicious circle in which they are caught.
In this presentation we propose to show how making hypothesis about the World view of each member of the couple and verifying them will guide us to the individual target that will be the Gordian knot in the present problem the couple is dealing with, hence helping the system to evolve from a situation of crisis to a situation of equilibrium.
Using EMDR will help to give flexibility to the world view of each member. Using it within Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model will help the couple. Following each phase of the EMDR model eight-phases protocol, we will show how it will be applied to couple therapy with case studies and practice example. We will see how this target plan can apply to any dyad or system in crisis in family therapy, couple therapy and individual therapy.
Learning objectives:
•Understand how to use the systemic model, reciprocal double bind, to find the individual targets that are involved in the couple or any relational present problem in an EMDR target plan.
•Being able to do the installation of EMDR safe place as a resource for the couple.
•Evaluate more clearly whether and when to use EMDR in the couple therapy session.
•Knowing specifications of each of the 8 phases EMDR protocol with couple.
Keywords: Couples Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
135. Manfield, P. (2010, September/October). EMDR with difficult clients: Dyadic resourcing. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop introduces "dyadic resourcing," a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration.
Keywords: Difficult Clients Dyadic Resourcing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
136. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Paulsen-Inobe, S. L. (2000, September). EMDR – Integrated coaching for effective leadership and innovative strategic visioning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand and be able to describe the theoretical foundation for applying a trauma methodology to issues of optimal performance; 2) observe and practice effective techniques for positive resource installation for peak performance; and 3) be able to identify specific targets and negative and positive cognitions for enhancing leadership and increasing productivity using EMDR - integrating coaching.
Keywords: Coaching Performance Enhancement Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
137. Herbert, C. (2011, June). EMDR – Practical applications and different treatment protocols for different needs. Presentation at the 7th International Congress of Cognitive Therapy, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced by Shapiro (1989) as a cognitivebehavioural
therapy for clients with trauma a little over 20 years ago. After an initial period of intense
controversy and scepticism regarding its proclaimed evidence base, EMDR has been studied extensively, its
efficacy has been confirmed (Van Etten & Taylor, 1998; Shepherd et al. 2000, Alto, 2001; Davidson &
Parker, 2001; Maxfield & Hyer, 2002; Bisson & Andrew, 2005; Bradley, et.al., 2005; Bisson, Ehlers,
Matthews, Pilling, Richards, & Turner, 2007) and is one of the effective treatments of PTSD recommended
by the National Institute of Clinical Excellence (NICE) of the UK Department of Health in March 2005. It has
been estimated (Farrell & Keenan, 2010) that in the United Kingdom and Ireland approximately 6,000
mental health clinicians have been trained in EMDR. Although studies have evaluated EMDR as a distinct
therapeutic modality, during the course of their different levels of EMDR training, clinicians are encouraged
to integrate the EMDR treatment protocol into their predominant therapeutic orientation. Thus, EMDR can
be used across different psychological therapies, including the Cognitive Psychotherapies. While this makes
EMDR a highly versatile modality, it can pose a practical challenge to clinicians in terms of when and how to
integrate EMDR into their work with clients. Further, for therapists not trained in EMDR, the concepts may
seem strange and scepticism may remain to this date.
This workshop seeks to close the gap between false perception and reality about EMDR, by drawing on the
facilitator’s 14 years of practical experience in the use and integration of EMDR alongside her work as a
Cognitive Behavioural Psychotherapist. This practice-oriented workshop will explore different applications
of EMDR across the trauma spectrum, as well as, some treatment protocols for other client problems. The
important roles of resource installation and interweaves will be introduced. Several forms of bilateral
stimulation (DAS - Dual attention stimulus) and an EMDR-based protocol for the installation of a Safe Place
for complex trauma (Herbert, 2002) will be practically demonstrated.
Learning Objective
• To learn about different EMDR applications both in the treatment of different types of trauma, as
well as, other psychological problems.
• To alleviate scepticism and encourage understanding on how EMDR can be integrated alongside
the Cognitive Psychotherapies.
• To gain some practical exposure on how EMDR is applied.
Training Modality
• Training will be practice-oriented and will include some experiential exercise.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
138. 天野タマキ 市井雅哉 [Amano Tamaki, and Ichii Masaya]. (2009年5月). EMDR痴呆(BPSD)の行動と精神的症状の治療 [Treatment of behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD) with EMDR]. EMDR研究1(1)、24から33 [Japanese Journal of EMDR Research and Practice, 1(1), 24-33].
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Abstract:
回想療法と検証療法などの非薬物療法が
BPSD(の行動と精神的症状の治療に過去の記憶へのアクセス
認知症)が有効であることが証明されている。眼球運動脱感作と再処理
(はEMDR)また、メモリにアクセスする治療の別のフォームは、効果が証明されています
外傷性記憶の処理。本論文では、2つのBPSDの場合はによって引き起こされると考えられて
traumaric思い出とEMDRによる処理が記載されている:最初の67歳女性歳
アルツハイマー病の早期発症に苦しむ患者と、2番目の85歳の男性歳
血管性認知症の患者。外傷性記憶を処理の結果
EMDR、女性患者ののろいが低下慢性的な、彼女は多くの場合、笑顔。と男性
患者の不安と大きな声を大幅に削減されます。これらの結果は衝撃的な記憶によって引き起こされるいくつかのBPSDの場合に効果的な心理療法としてEMDRを示す
Non-pharmacological therapies such as Reminiscence therapy and Validation therapy which
access to past memories in the treatment of BPSD (behavioral and psychological symptoms of
dementia) have been proven to be effective. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing
(EMDR), another form of therapy which also accesses to memory, has been proven effective in
the processing of traumatic memories. In this paper, two BPSD cases believed to be caused by
traumaric memories and treated by EMDR are discussed: the first with a 67-year-old female
patient suffering from early-onset Alzheimer's disease, and the second with an 85-year-old male
patient suffering from vascular dementia. As a result of processing traumatic memories with
EMDR, the female patient's chronic cursing decreases and she smiles more often. and the male
patient's restlessness and loud voice are drastically reduced. These results indicate EMDR as an effective psychotherapy for some BPSD cases which are caused by traumatic memories.
Keywords: Behavioral and Psychological Symptoms of Dementia BPSD Non-Pharmacological Therapies Resource Development and Installation RDI
Accuracy Verified: Yes
139. Faust, T. (2012, June). EMDR, los estados del yo, los policías y las reinas en un caso de ansiedad ante los exámenes[EMDR, ego states, policemen and Queens in a case of test anxiety]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
We
present
a
case
of
Test
Anxiety,
handled
using
a
combination
of
EMDR
and
Ego
State
Short
Term
Therapy.
Shira,
aged
27,
is
a
bright
science
student.
She
recently
failed
a
math
test
due
to
an
anxiety
attack.
Shira
feels
that
her
ability
to
complete
her
degree
studies
is
under
a
real
threat.
Reported
symptoms:
great
stress,
chest
pain,
pessimistic
thoughts,
and
a
general
feeling
of
low
self-‐esteem.
The
treatment
consisted
of
four
sessions
before
her
forthcoming
math
exam,
and
a
fifth
follow-‐up
session
after
it.
The
therapeutical
approach
Psycho-‐educational
counseling,
self-‐relaxation
and
guided
imagery,
EMDR
phobia
protocol
(Shapiro
F.),
use
of
puppets
for
work
on
Ego
States
(Cohen-‐Posey
K.)
based
on
Voice
Dialogue
(Stone).
During
her
EMDR
processing,
Shira
chose
different
puppets
to
represent
both
her
negative
and
positive
cognitions
(PC,
NC).
A
Policeman
puppet
(NC)
represented
the
"protecting
part"
of
the
vulnerable
child.
This
failed
part
lacks
in
self-‐confidence
and
blocks
her
progress.
Shira's
successful
PC
part
is
represented
by
the
Queen
puppet.
She
is
sure
Shira
will
succeed,
because
she's
able
to.
During
the
desensitization
process,
Shira
created
a
dialogue
between
her
different
parts,
and
empowered
the
successful,
functioning,
Queen
part.
This
reinforced
her
self-‐esteem
and
her
Ego
Awareness
The
awareness
of
these
parts
in
her
becomes
a
resource
used
by
Shira
for
a
successful
performance
in
her
math
exam,
in
which
she
gets
the
highest
grades.
We
shall
present
the
protocol
of
our
sessions,
and
the
use
of
puppets
as
projection
tools
of
the
Ego
parts.
Presentamos
un
caso
de
ansiedad
ante
exámenes,
llevado
a
través
del
uso
del
EMDR
y
la
terapia
breve
de
estados
del
Ego
combinados.
Shira,
tiene
27
años,
es
una
brillante
estudiante
de
ciencias.
Recientemente
suspendió
un
test
de
matemáticas
debido
a
un
ataque
de
ansiedad.
Shira
siente
que
su
habilidad
para
completar
sus
estudios
de
grado
esta
bajo
una
amenaza
real.
Síntomas
registrados:
Gran
estrés,
dolor
de
pecho,
pensamientos
pesimistas,
y
sentimientos
generales
de
baja
autoestima.
El
tratamiento
consistió
en
cuatro
sesiones
antes
de
su
siguiente
examen
de
matemáticas,
y
un
seguimiento
de
5
sesiones
después
de
este.
El
enfoque
terapéutico.
El
consejo
psico-‐educacional,
auto-‐relajación
e
imaginación
guiada,
protocolo
EMDR
para
fobia(Shapiro
F.),
uso
de
marionetas
para
trabajar
con
los
estados
del
Ego
(Cohen-‐Posey
K.)
basado
en
el
la
voz
del
dialogo
(Stone).
Durante
su
procesamiento
EMDR,
Shira
escoge
diferentes
marionetas
para
representar
sus
cogniciones
negativas
y
positivas
(PC,
NC).
Una
marioneta
de
agente
de
policía
(NC)
representaba
la
“parte
protectora”
de
un
niño
vulnerable.
Esta
parte
fallo
en
su
autoconfianza
y
bloque
su
progreso.
La
parte
que
representaba
el
éxito
de
Shira
PC
era
la
marioneta
de
la
Reina.
Ella
estaba
segura
de
que
Shira
Durante
el
proceso
de
desensibilización,
Shira
creó
un
dialogo
entre
sus
diferentes
partes,
y
reforzó
el
existo,
y
el
funcionamiento
de
la
parte
de
la
Reina.
Esto
reforzó
su
autoestima
y
su
conciencia
del
Ego.
La
conciencia
de
estas
partes
se
convirtió
en
un
recurso
usado
por
Shira
para
el
existo
en
la
realización
de
su
examen
de
matemáticas,
en
donde
saco
las
notas
más
altas.
Presentaremos
el
protocolo
con
nuestras
sesiones
y
el
uso
de
marionetas
como
herramientas
de
proyección
de
las
partes
del
ego.
Keywords: Ego States Policement, Queens Test Anxiety
Accuracy Verified: Yes
140. Bertino, G., & Ostacoli, L. (2011, June). EMDR-drawing integration in the treatment of complex PTSD and severe organic diseases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
As a complement to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to the inner representations of the trauma, objectivising it. Thus the person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent and modify. In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that suffers those experiences in a condition of impotence and passivity. The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool enables us to access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and setting a distance from pain by objectivising it. A protective space is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering.
The patient is offered the possibility of drawing what is occurring in the self’s here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description without interpretation. The represented image is treated as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patient is asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets, an adaptive drawing emerges that may be installed as a resource.
The workshop focuses on the treatment of two clinical conditions, complex PTSD and severe medical diseases, with the support of video and graphic materials. It includes a practical experience of the Technique
Learning objectives:
To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through graphic and video material of clinical cases.
To recognise the indications in which it provides added value to the classical protocol.
To learn its use in various psychopathological conditions, with particular emphasis on dissociative states and severe medical diseases.
The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising it, and creates a bridge of communication between the self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return to desensitising and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.
Keywords: Drawing Integration Organic Disease Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex-PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
141. Leutner, S. (2008, Novenber). EMDR-protokoll ressourcenintegrierenden traumaverarbeitung/RIT [EMDR trauma protocol integrated resource processing/RIT]. EMDRIA Deutschland e.V. Rundbrief, 16, 26-28.
Language: German
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Das ressourcenintegrierende Protokoll stellt eine Möglichkeit der schonenden Annäherung an
die Traumabegegnung nach dem Standardprotokoll dar und ersetzt dieses in vielen Fällen so
lange, bis das explizite Zurückgreifen auf die Ressource immer weniger notwendig ist. Die
Anwendung ist auch bei Erfolgsblockaden möglich. Es kann auch für Klientinnen eingesetzt
werden, die zwar schon gute Ressourcen haben, wenn sie in die Behandlung kommen, aber
mit der EMDR-Methode wenig vertraut und eher ängstlich sind, waThe resource-integrated protocol provides a facility to the gentle approach
meeting after the trauma to the standard protocol and supersedes that in many cases so
until the explicit recourse is less and less necessary to the resource. The
Application is possible even if successful blockades. It can also be used for clients
be, although they have been good resources when they come into treatment, but
with the EMDR method unfamiliar and rather anxious are, what their own emotional tolerance
concernss ihre eigene Affekttoleranz
betrifft.
Keywords: resource Integrated Trauma Protocol RIT
Accuracy Verified: Yes
142. Leeds, A. M. (2010). EMDR: Getting started - Guidelines for clinicians in selecting clients for initial application of EMDR following EMDR Level I training and preceding Level II training. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(1), 7-11.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
These suggested guidelines are offered in response to many questions raised by clinicians recently trained in EMDR about getting started with using EMDR in clinical practice. Because of the wide variation in clinical background, theoretical orientation, length of experience learning style, and clinical settings of those who attend EMDR training, these are general guidelines that will be more or less useful or different clinicians.
The original version of this article was published March, 1998.
This article addresses questions raised by clinicians in training or recently trained in EMDR regarding case finding and selection criteria for their initial applications of EMDR. Guidelines are offered for number of sessions of practice during training, for identifying and deferring more complex cases until more experience is gained, and for recognizing clients where reprocessing of disturbing memories should be postponed in favor of client stabilization. Three classes of clients and targets, with descriptive case examples, are proposed for initial application of EMDR during the training process. Clinicians are encouraged to thoroughly read Shapiro’s (2001) required text and other recently published books and journal articles and to actively participate in consultation with an EMDRIA Approved Consultant.
Keywords: Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
143. Karpel, M. A. (2006, September). EMDR: Targeting the repetition compulsion in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR constitutes a valuable tool for couples
therapists when one or both partners are stuck in
repetitive, reactive cycles. This workshop describes
the circumstances in which EMDR is most likely to
be helpful in couples therapy. It examines the
benefits of EMDR through the lens of the repetition compulsion, with pariicular emphasis on common - and often intractable - impasses in in the treatment of couples. The origins of the repetition compulsion
in early failures of attunement are described, as in
the re-enactment of these experiences in the adult
couples relationship. Working with EMDR is nested
within the context of a resource-based approach to
couples therapy, emphasizing how emotional
reactivity and defensive withdrawal impede the
expression of empathy, trustworthiness, intimacy and repair in the couples relationship. Different formats for conducting EMDR (separately with one partner; separately with both partners; conjointly with both partners; or adjunctively with another therapist) are
presented, along with indicators, advantages and
disadvantages of each format. Special
considerations (such as when to introduce EMDR,
balancing alliances, sequencing sessions and
instructions to an observing partner) and
modifications of the standard protocol when EMDR
is used in the context of couples treatment are also
clarified. Finally, circumstances in which EMDR
is unlikely to be helpful or in which it is contraindicated are examined.
Keywords: Couples Therapy Repetition Compulsion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
144. Karpel, M. A. (2005, September). EMDR: Targeting the repetition compulsion in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR can help couples in therapy when one or both partners experience distress which creates obstacles or impasses in treatment. The benetits of EMDR are
examined through the lens of the repetition compulsion and nested within a
resource~based approach to couples therapy (fostering attunement, trustworthness
and vitality). Different formats for conducting EMDR (conjointly, separarely, and
adjunctively) are presented along with their indicators, advantages and disavantages.
Special considerations (such as, when to introduce EMDR, balancing alliances, sequencing sessions and instructions to an observing partner) and modifications the standard protocol are clarified. Contraindications for EMDR in couples therapy are also examined.
Keywords: Couples Therapy Repetition Compulsions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
145. Siano, J. (2008, April). Emergency intervention in art therapy with EMDR and somatic experiencing. Workshop presentation at the 1st Bi-annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The following presentation shows a model, which was built and applied with many
different populations, children, aged people and adults, during the Lebanon War 2006 and
after it. The purpose was prevention of PTSD and overcoming the difficult and painful
period. Originally it was aimed at art therapists, psychologists, and other mental health
staff – Jews and Arabs. They work with already traumatized children and youth in the
shelled north of Israel, have to contain much pain and to be strong for others. They were
close to break down, or already broke down. The same model served the presenter later
in many cases of crisis, with groups and individuals. Especially it was adapted with some
much dissociated clients, giving voice (visual representation) to the different sub –
personalities. The model aims for (1) bridging between state of freezing or collapsing and
functioning; (2) providing tools for self regulation and helping others to self regulate; and
(3) strengthening the felt sense of well-being connected to resources within the person
and preventing PTSD. The methods used are: (1) evaluation of body-sensation, feeling
and thoughts with SUDS (Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale); (2) drawing a picture of
resource; installation of resource; (3) drawing a deficiency picture, a picture which
represents the disturbing part in one’s present life; (4) EM (eye movements) between both
pictures, through working in couples - bilateral stimulation; (5) re-evaluation of body –
sensation, feeling and thought with SUDS.
Learning objectives:
1. To demonstrate the impact of art in developing inner boundaries
towards integration of ego states.
2. To legitimize extreme emotions and to understand that they are
normal defenses to trauma.
3. To acquire tools for coping with trauma in the present.
Keywords: Art Therapy Emergency Intervention Somatic Experiencing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
146. Sack, M., Lempa, W., & Lamprecht, F. (2005, September 24). Empirische befunde zu wirkmechanismen des EMDR [Empirical evidence of mechanisms of action of EMDR]. In A. Karl & W. Lempa, (Moderators), Symposium 2 Traumaspezifische Interventionen in Forschung und Praxis, Jahrestagung der deutschsprachigen Gesellschaft für Psychotraumatologie DeGPT, Dresden .
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Das Traumabearbeitungsverfahren EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) kombiniert die imaginäre Exposition mit der traumatischen Erinnerung mit repetitiver Stimulation durch Augenbewegungen oder durch taktile bzw. auditive Reize. Während die Wirksamkeit des EMDR gut belegt ist, sind die spezifischen Wirkungen der bilateralen Stimulation noch weitgehend unbekannt. Wir führten ein psychophysiologisches Monitoring mittels Impedanzkardiographie aller EMDR-Behandlungssitzungen ( N= 55) bei 10 Patienten mit PTSD durch. Aufgezeichnet wurden Herzfrequenz (HR), Parasympathikotonus (RMSSD), Sympathikotonus (PEP), und Atemfrequenz (RESP). Beginn und Ende der Stimulationsperioden (N = 811) wurden markiert. Es fand sich ein steiler Anstieg des Parasympathikotonus verbunden mit einem signifikanten Abfall der Herzfrequenz zu Beginn der Stimulationsperioden, entsprechend dem psychophysiologischen Reaktionsmuter einer deutlich ausgeprägten Orientierungsreaktion. Im weiteren Verlauf der Stimulation nahm der Parasympathikotonus wieder ab und der Sympathikotonus nahm zu, was sich als Stresseffekt während der Exposition interpretieren lässt. Im Sitzungsverlauf zeigte sich jedoch eine signifikante Abnahme der Herzfrequenz und eine Zunahme des Parasympathikotonus. Unsere Befunde weisen darauf hin, dass es während EMDR-Sitzungen zu einem signifikanten psychophysiologischen Dearousal kommt. Die Stimulation durch Augenbewegungen scheint eine Orientierungsreaktion auszulösen, die über eine passagere Erhöhung des Parasympathikotonus eine Entspannungsreaktion auslöst. Es stellt sich die Frage, inwieweit die von uns beobachteten psychophysiologischen Reaktionen mit dem Therapieerfolg korrelieren.[Author abstract]
The EMDR trauma processing method (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) combines the imaginary exposure to the traumatic memory with repetitive stimulation of eye movements or tactile or auditory stimuli. While the effectiveness of EMDR is well documented, the specific effects of bilateral stimulation are still largely unknown. We conducted a psycho-physiological monitoring using impedance cardiography of EMDR treatment sessions (N = 55) of 10 patients with PTSD. Recorded were heart rate (HR), parasympathetic tone (RMSSD), sympathetic (PEP) and respiratory rate (RESP). Beginning and end of the stimulation periods (N = 811) were selected. There was a steep increase in parasympathetic tone associated with a significant decrease in heart rate at the beginning of the stimulation periods, according to the psycho-physiological Reaktionsmuter a clearly marked orientation reaction. In the course of the stimulation of the parasympathetic tone took off again and the sympathetic tone increased, which can be interpreted as a stress effect during exposure. During the session, however, showed a significant decrease in heart rate and an increase in parasympathetic tone. Our findings indicate that occurs during EMDR sessions to significant psychophysiological Dearousal. The stimulation of eye movements seems to trigger a policy response that triggers a transient increase in parasympathetic tone a relaxation response. This begs the question of the extent to which we have observed psychophysiological responses correlate with treatment success. [Author abstract]
Keywords: Mechanism of Action
Accuracy Verified: Yes
147. Reyes, G., Elhai, J. D., & Ford, J. D. (2008, October). The encyclopedia of psychological trauma. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Every major healthcare, social and behavioral science, education, and human services discipline and sub-specialty now includes trauma/posttraumatic stress disorder as a focal topic for researchers, educators, and practitioners. The Encyclopedia of Psychological Trauma is the only authoritative reference on the scientific evidence, clinical practice guidelines, and social issues addressed within the field of trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder. Edited by the leading experts in the field, mental health practitioners will turn to this resource for complete coverage of evidence-based and standard treatments and topics as well as controversial topics including EMDR, virtual reality therapy, and much more.
Keywords: Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
148. Foster, S. (2008, June). Enhancing EMDR resource installation with techniques from positive psychology. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The field of positive psychology is emerging as a specialty area within psychology. As such, it has much to offer us
as clinicians and those of us who have been involved in peak performance work. This workshop provides the
participants with immediately usable techniques that can enhance their existing resource work with clients.
There is a well established empirical basis for the efficacy of the techniques presented, very much in keeping with
EMDR’s scientific roots. This workshop is the first effort (originally conducted in 2003 at the EMDRIA Conference)
20
to integrate into EMDR Peak Performance work specific techniques from positive psychology, the emerging
science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR
Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three
modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and
possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had
self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhanced by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using:
positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for
envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time
constraints, it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an
interactive format that includes a mini practicum, participants will be able to:
1-describe the key differences between the Peak and basic protocols,
2-help clients develop ‘Peak’ resources,
3-begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients, 4-summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts,
5-pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography
Keywords: Postive Psychology Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
149. Hartung, J. (2009). Enhancing postive emotion and performance with EMDR. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 339-375). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The scripts included in this chapter exemplify how an EMDR therapist might talk with a client when the focus is on positive psychology and performance enhancement: reaching for a goal not yet realized, looking for a way to strengthen a positive quality, or hoping to fine-tune existing skills. The scripts accompany a model that has been taught in a number of countries to therapists, coaches, and human resource advisors. The model combines elements of coaching and psychotherapy. Coaches attend to a client's skills and deficits, look for solutions that are behavioral and strategic, and focus on the present and future while downplaying the past. Psychotherapists, on the other hand, attend to the client's internal experience: emotions, self-talk, beliefs, and other not-so-observable factors. The focus is largely on the past and present. It follows that the model will be most useful to persons who practice both coaching and psychotherapy. As a coach, the practitioner is familiar with the situation in which the client seeks to perform, whether the client hopes to run faster, lead more effectively, parent better, or study smarter. Competency issues for coaches have been detailed by Hays. As a psychotherapist, the practitioner—it will be assumed—will be comfortable using EMDR in the treatment of traumatic memories and other matters that interfere with the client's personal growth. This chapter provides appropriate scripts. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Performance Positive Emotion Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
150. Smithson, M. (2003, September). Enhancing somatic interventions in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The somatic intervention is key to effective EMDR processing. It makes every possible use of EMDR more effective, whether it be trauma
work, performance enhancement or resource development. How then, do we maximize the potentia1 for healing with EMDR through our somatic interventions? In this workshop, specific methods for enhancing somatic intervention will be presented. We will experience some of these methods and review cases where others have been used effectively. We will look at blending movement and creative modalities to flush out the wisdom in the body and enhance EMDR therapy.
Keywords: Somatic Complaints
Accuracy Verified: Yes
151. Henry-Schneider, P. (2007, September). Enhancing the flow toward mental health: Integrating EMDR and ai chi. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Ai Chi is a moving meditation in warm water that can be understood within the context of the Adaptive Information Processing Model. It can be utilized as part of the overall EMDR-oriented treatment plan, both to prepare for desensitization and as a way to close down incomplete sessions. It can also be part of performance enhancement EMDR. As a multimodal experience, Ai Chi helps to develop the body as a resource and parallels the interpersonal neurobiology definition of mental health. Unique qualities that Ai Chi offers will be explored. Participants will be given the opportunity to experience the process firsthand. Please Note: In order to fully participate, please bring a swimsuit or other suitable attire for use in a swimming pool.
Keywords: Ai Chi Meditation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
152. du Bois, M. G., & de Kroon, M. (2008, August). Enlarging skills and self-efficacy as an important outcome of EMDR with individuals with ID: Presenting a video case. Poster presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing’s basic principles, procedures and protocols direct the clinician in assisting clients to transmute negative experiences into adaptive learning experiences. EMDR is also recognised as giving resources with a positive picture to assist processing the traumatic experiences. The so-called Resource Development and Installation (RDI) is a specific strategy to strengthen the client by mobilising and strengthening positive cognitions associated with positive experiences in the past. By activating positive functional memory networks and relating the positive picture with the present, the client will be able to practise these in situations where they feel problematic. A client with ID is able to transfer a positive picture to the present. On the basis of these data, presented in a video case, we will give examples of our practise as clinicians in the mental health care of individuals with ID.
Keywords: ID Intellectual Disabilities
Accuracy Verified: Yes
153. Wildwind, L. (1999). Essential experience interweaves: Deepening resource installation for personality change; An advanced workshop and clinical practice with case consultation. Presentation at the Minnesota EMDR Network, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Essential Experience Interweaves RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: No
154. Gabarra, D. O. (2012, Novembro). Estados de ego e o EMDR em quadros dissociativos [Ego states and EMDR in dissociative frames]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
O objetivo da oficina é abordar como os processos de dissociação consciente de papéis ou estados de ego podem ser utilizados para potencializar a reintegração psíquica dos pacientes dissociativos. Pacientes dissociativos sempre foram um dos grandes temores dos terapeutas em EMDR para o uso da fase 3 em diante. Geralmente esses quadros requerem um grande tempo de preparação além de um manejo mais avançado e interventivo durante o reprocessamento. Entretanto, entre pacientes com alto grau dissociativo é comum encontrarmos pessoas com grande fragilidade psíquica, acesso a um pobre histórico de recursos, uma grande dificuldade em se expressar, perceber e nomear seus sentimentos além de grande dificuldade em relatar seus traumas. Então, como avançar no protocolo de EMDR com pessoas tão fragilizadas e que quase não nos dão dicas do conteúdo de seus traumas? Alguns critérios hipotéticos auxiliam a instrumentalizar tanto o profissional quanto o paciente a enfrentarem o reprocessamento. Primeiramente, (a) se diante de uma história de traumas intensos a pessoa sobreviveu e chegou até você, é porque ela tem recursos importantes, mesmo que tenha dificuldade de acessá-los. Um desses recursos é o próprio quadro dissociativo que a protege da intensidade dos traumas e possibilita a vida “apesar de...”. (b) Se essas partes estão tão distantes uma da outra, é porque elas tiveram um motivo para isso, mas talvez esse motivo já esteja no passado, e hoje podemos caminhar para uma conversa. (c) Sendo todos esses papéis ou egos são partes do eu, certamente eles querem algo de positivo para esse eu, mesmo que aparentemente seja difícil perceber isso. Essas hipóteses ou crenças positivas a respeito do paciente devem ser checadas com dados de realidade para que possam ser fortalecidas, mas, mais do que isso, é fundamental que elas "transpirem por todos os poros do corpo do terapeuta". Identificados os estados de ego presentes no evento traumático parece ser mais fácil seguir com a etapa do reprocessamento de deforma menos interventiva, principalmente quando não se tem o conteúdo do evento em questão. Obviamente que todo esse processo deve levar todo o tempo necessário e seguido de todos os
cuidados que a aplicação do EMDR demanda.
The goal of the workshop is to discuss how the processes of conscious dissociation of roles or ego states can be used to enhance the reintegration of the psychic dissociative patients. Dissociative patients have always been one of the great fears of EMDR therapists for use in phase 3 onwards. Generally these paintings require a great preparation time plus a more advanced and interventional management during reprocessing. However, among patients with high dissociative is common to find people with great fragility psychic, poor access to a historical resource, a great difficulty in expressing themselves, perceive and name their feelings besides great difficulty in reporting their trauma. So, how to advance the EMDR protocol with people so fragile and hardly give us hints of the contents of their trauma? Some hypothetical criteria help to equip both the professional and the patient to face the reprocessing. First, (a) in front of a history of severe trauma the person survived and came to you, it is because it has important features, even if you have difficulty accessing them. One of these features is the very dissociative disorder that protects the intensity of the trauma and allows life "although ...". (B) If these parties are so far apart, it's because they had a reason for that, but maybe that reason is already in the past, and today we can walk into a conversation. (C) Since all these roles and egos are part of me, surely they want something positive to me, although apparently it is difficult to realize this. These positive beliefs or assumptions about the patient be checked against data from reality so that they can be strengthened, but more than that, it is crucial that they "transpire from every pore of the body of the therapist." Identified ego states present at the traumatic event seems to be easier to follow with step of reprocessing deforms less interventionist, especially when you do not have the content of the event in question. Obviously, this entire process should take all the time necessary and followed by all
care that the application of EMDR demand.
Keywords: Advanced Management Dissociation Ego States
Accuracy Verified: Yes
155. Hornsveld, H. K., Houtveen, J. H., Vroomen, M., Kapteijn, I., Aalbers, D., & van den Hout, M. A. (2011). Evaluating the effect of eye movements on positive memories such as those used in resource development and installation. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(4), 146-155. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.4.146.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Resource development and installation (RDI) is an eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR)-related procedure developed to strengthen positive associations in positive and resourceful memories (Korn & Leeds, 2002). This study tested the assumption that bilateral stimulation (horizontal eye movements [EM]) in RDI “appears to lead to spontaneous, rapid increases in affective intensity . . . and to rich, emotionally vivid associations” (Korn & Leeds, p. 1469). This study also tested whether eye movement effects could be better accounted for by working memory or by interhemispheric interaction theory. Fifty-three undergraduate students each recalled three memories of pride, perseverance, and self-confidence. They provided pretest and posttest ratings of each memory for vividness, pleasantness, and experienced strength of the positive quality, before and after performing three simultaneous tasks during recall: horizontal EM, vertical EM, and recall only. Results were fully in line with working memory predictions, with significant decreases for all variables following both eye movement tasks. There was no support for the interhemispheric hypothesis. It is concluded that the effectiveness of bilateral stimulation in RDI is questionable. Clinical implications are discussed.
Keywords: Eye Movements RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
156. Gracheck, K. A. (2010). Evaluating the efficacy of EMDR as an athletic performance enhancement intervention. The University of the Rockies, Colorado Springs, CO. 3433356.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is traditionally regarded as a treatment for trauma; however, recent literature suggested that EMDR is also a promising athletic performance enhancement intervention. Sport psychology literature cited the need for scientifically sound research investigating new performance enhancement interventions. This study answered that call and sought to determine the validity of theories speculating about the efficacy of EMDR in sport. An internationally competitive cyclist participated in a case study investigating the efficacy of a unique EMDR protocol designed specifically for sport. The protocol integrated Resource Development and Installation, typically conducted during Phase 8, into Phase 2. Quantitative and qualitative results demonstrated that EMDR had a positive impact on measurable performance outcomes, performance anxiety, self-esteem, and motivation.
Keywords: Athletes Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
157. Wolff, R. P. (2004). Evaluation of effectiveness of individual therapy sessions over 60 minutes. California Institute of Integral Studies, San Francisco, CA. AAT 3158599.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Research has produced few studies that support the 50-minute therapy session as the most effective session length for achieving optimal therapeutic results. This descriptive study attempted to determine differences in therapists' perceptions of how session length might impact therapeutic process, therapeutic outcome, treatment of specific psychological disorders, and if session length preference was based on theoretical orientation or procedures/techniques. A total of 65 practicing therapists drawn from the International Society for the Study of Dissociation, EMDR International Association, Trauma Incident Reduction Practitioners, San Francisco Society of Lacanian Study, and California Psychological Network completed questionnaires regarding their perceptions about psychotherapy for individuals employing longer session lengths versus the standard 50-minute session.Overall frequencies of questionnaire responses and between groups comparisons were analyzed using Chi-Square. The sample endorsed the use of longer sessions at statistically significant frequencies on the following questionnaire items: three therapeutic outcome items: Increases client's satisfaction, Shortens overall duration of therapy, and Facilitates corrective emotional experience; and nine therapeutic process items: Access to client's emotional material, Integration of experience before leaving session, Deepens development of transference, Working through defenses, Access to traumatic experiences, Integrate traumatic experience within session, Working through traumatic experience, and Improving likelihood of breakthrough experiences. The sample also agreed on the use of longer sessions as potentially contributing to positive outcome for treatment of the following disorders: Substance Abuse, Panic Disorder, Agoraphobia, Specific Phobia, Social Phobia, PTSD, GAD, and Eating Disorders. The findings of this study suggest that longer session lengths may have a positive impact on therapeutic process, therapeutic outcome, and certain disorders. Specific implications for the field of psychology and suggestions for research are discussed. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 65(12-B), 2005, pp. 6680.
Keywords: Empirical Study Health Personnel Attitudes Individual Psychotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Quantitative Study Treatment Duration Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
158. Falzon, L., Davidson, K. W., & Bruns, D. (2010). Evidence searching for evidence-based psychology practice. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 41(6), 550-557. doi:10.1037/a0021352.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
There is an increased awareness of evidence-based methodology among psychologists, but little exists in the literature about how to access the research. Moreover, the prohibitive cost of this information and limited time are barriers to the identification of evidence to answer clinical questions. This article presents an example of a question worked though in an evidence-based way. Methods are highlighted, including distinguishing background and foreground questions, breaking down questions into searchable statements, and adapting statements to suit both the question being asked and the resource being searched. A number of free, evidence-based resources are listed. Knowing how and where to access this information will enable practitioners to more easily use an evidence-based approach to their practice.
Note: In its “An Applied Example” section (pp. 553-554), this article explores how to use widely accessible databases to answer the question: “In people with PTSD, is eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) more effective than cognitive–behavioral therapy (CBT) to improve symptoms and prevent recurrence?”
Keywords: Evidence-Based Methodology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
159. Schottenbauer, M. A. (2006). Expert therapists and practicing clinicians: Reported prototypical treatments of trauma. The Catholic University of America. AAT 3239353.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
PTSD is a frequent psychiatric response to a variety of extreme psychological stressors. While several effective treatments for PTSD such as cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) have been included on lists of empirically supported treatments, nonresponse rates to these treatments can be high. According to patient report, psychodynamic interventions are more common than CBT for PTSD in the community, yet only one randomized controlled trial has included a psychodynamic treatment for PTSD. This dissertation reviews the treatment dropout and non-response rates in studies of empirically supported treatments for PTSD. Next, a case for the value of psychodynamic treatment of PTSD is made, utilizing empirical research on links between the psychopathology of PTSD and psychodynamic concepts such as defenses and relationship patterns. Then, an empirical study was conducted to find out how psychodynamic and CBT therapists treat patients with PTSD, to discover commonalities and defining characteristics of treatment within each group of respondents, and to delineate the unique contributions of psychodynamic psychotherapy to the treatment of such patients.Therapists who identified themselves primarily with psychodynamic/psychoanalytic or cognitive-behavioral theoretical orientations were recruited online through professional organization listservs. They were randomly presented one of four case studies, describing variations on trauma. Participants then completed a Psychotherapy Process Q-Sort to describe quantitatively their ideal treatment of the given patient. Results indicated many similarities among clinicians of widely different perspectives. Among clinicians who indicated that their primary theoretical orientation was psychodynamic, three prototypical treatments were discovered, and among clinicians who indicated that their primary theoretical orientation was cognitive-behavioral, four prototypical treatments were found. Overall, the prototypes in the current study were correlated with, but not identical to, prototypes of PD, CBT, or interpersonal therapy (IPT) developed in previous studies based on experts' ratings. While the literature has suggested that clinicians who treat patients who have PTSD may make alterations in their techniques to address issues that are specific to PTSD, the current study provides some evidence that therapists are not aware of how their treatment for trauma is different from the theoretical approaches they endorse. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 67(10-B), 2007, pp. 6077.
Keywords: Cognitive Therapy Empirical Study Health Personnel Attitudes Mental Health Personnel Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Quantitative Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
160. Keller, M. W. (1998). Explanation of EMDR for patients. In G. J. Allen, D. A. Cónsole, & M. W. Keller, EMDR: A Closer Look Video Manual. (pp. 34-36) New York: Guilford Press.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Brief introductory orientation information about how EMDR will help a person cope with and overcome the adverse experiences and memories which are currently causing trauma and anxieties. This discussion will cover the EMDR content, methods, and procedures which will be used during the EMDR therapy sessions.
Keywords: Manual, Video
Accuracy Verified: Yes
161. Kiessling, R. (2009). Extending resources. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 87-89). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Some clients may be able to talk about their trauma; however, the thought of processing it with the Standard EMDR Protocol may seem too overwhelming. In cases such as these, having the client develop a resource to address the "fear of the fear" may reduce the anxiety of reprocessing the traumatic memory. The Wedging Technique Script is provided. (PsycINFO Database]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
162. Kiessling, R. (2005, September). Extending safe place/resource development protocols to increase client stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While many clients are able to immediately access and utilize their safe
place/resource development strategies for EMDR trauma reprocessing, some
are not. This workshop will teach participants the difference between state
and trait change, and how to develop access, utilize, and strengthen a client's
safe place/resource during and between sessions. Clinicians will learn, through
a live demonstration, the extending safe place/resource development
protocols. Clinicians wlll be able to discuss how re-evaluation helps increase
client stability and bullds confidence in their safe place/resource to the point
where they are ready to address their traumatic material with the EMDR
protocol.
Keywords: Resource Installation Safe Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
163. Cuppen, M. (2007, Juli). Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing, Maakt deze bijzondere behandeling voor traumagerelateerde klachten Pesso-psychotherapie overbodig? [Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing - Does this special treatment for trauma-related symptoms Pesso-psychotherapy redundant?]. Pesso Tijdschrift, 37-49.
Language: Swedish
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, EMDR, har i psykoterapiforskning
visats vara en effektiv behandlingsmetod av posttraumatiskt
stressyndrom, PTSD. Däremot är ögonrörelsestimuleringen,
som är ett centralt moment i metoden, kontroversiell och dess
funktion inte klarlagd.
I föreliggande undersökning randomiserades trettiosex friska försökspersoner
till en av tre stimuleringsbetingelser: ögonrörelsestimulering,
taktil stimulering eller orörligt visuellt stimuli (kontrollgrupp). Stimuleringen
kombinerades med imaginär exponering, negativ och positiv.
Utfallet av experimentet mättes i olika fysiologiska mätparametrar,
samt självskattningar av obehagsnivån (SUD). Resultaten visade signifikant
högre hudkonduktansnivå vid ögonrörelsestimulering jämfört
med kontrollgruppen, relaterat till aktivering av det sympatiska nervsystemet.
Inga signifikanta gruppskillnader fanns i de övriga mätningarna.
Mönstret av autonom aktivering kan tyda på att ögonrörelsestimuleringen
utlöser eller förstärker en orienteringsrespons, vilket vissa
teoretiker föreslagit är den verksamma mekanismen i EMDR. Dock
behövs fortsatt forskning för att förstå denna verkan, samt koppling
till terapeutisk effekt.
Eye Movement desensitization and Reprocessing, EMDR, psychotherapy research has shown to be an effective treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder, PTSD. However, ögonrörelsestimuleringen, which is the lynchpin of the method, controversial and its function is not clear. In the present study were randomized thirty-six healthy subjects to one of the three stimulation conditions: eye movement stimulation, tactile stimulation or static visual stimuli (control group). The stimulation was combined with imaginary exposure, negative and positive. The outcome of the experiment were measured in various physiological test parameters, and self-estimates the level of discomfort (SUD). The results showed significantly higher hudkonduktansnivå of eye movement stimulation compared with control group, related to the activation of the sympathetic nervous system. No significant group differences were found in the other measurements. The pattern of autonomic activation may indicate that ögonrörelsestimuleringen trigger or reinforce an orientation response, as some theorists suggested is the active mechanism in EMDR. However, further research is needed to understand this effect, and access to therapeutic efficacy.
Keywords: Pesso Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
164. Luber, M. (2011). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols with summary sheets CD-ROM version: Special populations. New York, NY: Springer Publishing.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
These fill-in PDF forms offer editable and savable summary sheets and actual scripts of protocols from Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols: Basics and Special Situations. The digital summary sheets and scripts consolidate all material needed for case conceptualization, and facilitate the gathering and organization of important client data, protocol information retrieval, and treatment implementation. These forms are available as a digital download or on a CD-ROM, and are compatible with any computer or device that supports PDF. A one-stop resource which uniquely facilitates EMDR treatment, this product is invaluable for mental health practitioners, consultants, and supervisors who are fully trained in the practice of EMDR.
Keywords: Scripted Protocols Special Populations Summary Sheets
Accuracy Verified: Yes
165. Luber, M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (Ed.). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool in the use of treating trauma. As therapists have worked with this methodology, EMDR has been used in many different areas of human suffering such as addictions, anxiety, pain, dissociative disorders, and many other issues.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols serves as a one-stop resource where therapists can access a wide range of protocols, including the past, present, and future templates, as well as any auxiliary information. The book sets forth a template for therapists and researchers to use so that the form of working in the EMDR idiom is consistent, valid, and reliable. Written in an easy-to-use manual style, the book is replete with detailed techniques, exercises, and scripts as developed by recognized EMDR experts.
Keywords: Scripted Protocols
Accuracy Verified: Yes
166. Luber, M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool in the use of treating trauma. As therapists have worked with this methodology, EMDR has been used in many different areas of human suffering such as addictions, anxiety, pain, dissociative disorders, and many other issues.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols serves as an authoritative, one-stop resource where therapists can access the full protocols, including the past, present, and future templates, as well as any auxiliary information. The book sets forth a template for therapists and researchers to use so that the form of working in the EMDR idiom is consistent, valid, and reliable. Written in an easy-to-use manual style, the book is replete with detailed techniques, exercises, and scripts as developed by recognized EMDR experts.
Keywords: Scripted Protocols
Accuracy Verified: Yes
167. Greenwald, R. (1998, April). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): New hope for children suffering from trauma and loss. Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 3(2), 279-287.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a recently developed method for working through traumatic memories and related psychological problems. Recent literature reviews find strong support for EMDR's value in trauma therapy. The first studies using EMDR wth children and adolescents yield similar findings. A case is presented to illustrate the procedure as used in clinical practice. EMDR appears to be a promising new resource for helping children and adolescents recover from truama and loss. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Case Report Clinical Case Study Empirical Study Females Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Preadolescents PTSD Rape Survivors Torture
Accuracy Verified: Yes
168. Cole, M. (2009, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and meta-cognitive therapy - Same destination, different language. Poster presented at the 2nd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Leeds, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The information processing model has been described in many
different ways and is potentially the underlying process that
describes the psychotherapy change process, regardless of
orientation. In this poster I will briefly compare Eye Movement
Desensitisation and Reprocessing and Meta-Cognitive Therapy in
light of this information processing model and conclude that
although they may use different language to describe their theories,
a unifying information processing model describes both paradigms.
Keywords: Meta-Cognitive Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
169. Wesselman, D. (2010, September/October). Facilitating the journey from fear to love: Using EMDR to treat insecure and disordered attachments in children and adults. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn to identify the anxious core beliefs of adults and children and the unspoken bonding contract developed in early childhood. Participants will discover new tools for creating more secure attachments, including resource development exercises to strengthen adults’ capacity to nurture self and others, resource development for strengthening attachments between children and parents, and parenting techniques to help facilitate attachment in children. Participants will learn to adapt EMDR to help children with Reactive Attachment Disorder effectively resolve attachment traumas and remove obstacles to love. The presenter will share research data illustrating the impact of EMDR on attachment issues.
Keywords: Adults Attachment Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
170. Affonso, S. D. S. (2012, Novembro). Família vítima de sequestro em cativeiro: Intervenção com EMDR e protocolo grupal integrativo como prevenção do transtorno de estresse pós-traumático [Family kidnap victim in captivity: Intervention with EMDR protocol and group integrative prevention of disorder like post-traumatic stress]. In EMDR em traumas. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Introdução: Caso de sequestro familiar onde pai e dois filhos pequenos ficaram em cativeiro por 19 horas. Mãe teve que acompanhar os outros assaltantes durante toda a ação criminosa sob ameaça de morte. Objetivo: Reestruturação da dinâmica familiar pós-trauma de sequestro por meio da aplicação do EMDR, Grupal (PGI) e sistêmico familiar como recurso teórico e prático da resolução do trauma. Justificativa: Aplicação do EMDR como instrumento eficaz e mediador em situações de sequestro familiar, minimizando suas consequências. Empoderar a família para uma reorganização segura reincorporando as atividades do cotidiano e as biopsicossociais. Os componentes desta família foram vítimas de violência urbana com abusos emocionais físicos e ameaças de morte constantes. Metodologia: Foram realizado sete atendimentos. O primeiro com o Protocolo Grupal Integrativo (Suds e Voc - projeção do futuro com 03 membros da família) e o restante com o EMDR individual (CN-CP-Voc-E-S-Suds) e Sistêmico Familiar. Período de julho a novembro de 2011 em consultório particular na região de São Paulo. Conclusão: ao término dos atendimentos foi possível observar a capacidade de reorganização da dinâmica familiar com a resolução dos traumas por meio da aplicação do EMDR. Possibilitando o retorno gradativo dos filhos às atividades diárias e escolares, com o término dos pesadelos e comportamentos fisiológicos decorrentes do trauma sofrido, confirmando, assim, a potencialidade que o EMDR individual, grupal fortalecem e recuperam a reestruturação familiar pós-trauma em sequestro.
Introduction: Case of kidnapping family where father and two small children were in captivity for 19 hours. Mother had to follow the other robbers throughout the criminal action under threat of death. Objective: Restructuring family dynamics posttraumatic sequestration through the application of EMDR Group (PGI) and systemic family as a resource of theoretical and practical resolution of trauma. Rationale: Application of EMDR as an effective tool and mediator in situations of family abduction, minimizing their consequences. Empower the family to secure a reorganization reincorporating everyday activities and biopsychosocial. The components of this family were victims of urban violence with physical and emotional abuse constant death threats. Methods: We conducted seven sessions. The first Protocol to the Integrative Group (Suds and Voc - projection of the future with 03 family members) and the rest with the individual EMDR (CN-CP-You-ES-Suds) and Systemic Family. From July to November 2011 in private practice in the region of São Paulo. Conclusion: At the end of the visits was possible to observe the ability of reorganization of family dynamics with the resolution of trauma through the application of EMDR. Allowing the gradual return of the children to their daily activities and school, with the end of nightmares and physiological behaviors resulting from trauma, thereby confirming the potential that the EMDR individual, group and strengthen the family restructuring recover post-trauma in kidnapping.
Keywords: Family Restructuring Trauma Victims
Accuracy Verified: Yes
171. Zampieri, M. J. (2012, Novembro). Fibromialgia e EMDR: Estudo de série de casos com seguimento [Fibromyalgia and EMDR: A case series study with follow-up]. In EMDR e fibromialgia. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Introdução: A fibromialgia caracteriza-se por dores frequentes, intensas e limitantes, interferindo em diferentes aspectos da vida, associando-se a baixa autoestima, e, muitas vezes à depressão. O diagnóstico e o tratamento da fibromialgia ainda constituem um desafio na área da saúde, muitas vezes redundando em frequentes frustrações. Por outro lado, o EMDR criado por Shapiro tem sido alvo de muitas pesquisas sobre tratamento de dor crônica. Nesse estudo objetivou-se averiguar a eficácia do EMDR como coadjuvante no tratamento da fibromialgia. Método: Estudo de seguimento de uma série de dois casos com diagnóstico de fibromialgia já em tratamento médico, a partir da inclusão do EMDR. As pacientes foram submetidas aos inventários de Beck e Escala de Impacto de Eventos, além de levantamento gráfico subjetivo de dor. Além disso, a cada encontro levantou-se os remédios prescritos pelo médico. O seguimento por 9 meses incluiu avaliações antes, intermeio, final e após a psicoterapia. Resultados: Os resultados mostraram-se satisfatórios, com declínio da dor e alteração significante nos itens averiguados. Conclusão: A psicoterapia com EMDR é um recurso valioso para o tratamento da fibromialgia, e apresenta resultados expressivos tanto sobre a dor como em aspectos comórbidos, tais como a depressão, ansiedade e desesperança, ampliando os recursos internos com repercussão positiva no enfrentamento diminuindo o impacto de eventos nos sujeitos estudados. Deve ser cogitado como coadjuvantes no tratamento da fibromialgia.
Introduction: Fibromyalgia is characterized by pain frequent, intense and disabling, interfering with different aspects of life and is associated with low self-esteem, and often depression. The diagnosis and treatment of fibromyalgia is still a challenge in healthcare, often in redounding frequent frustrations. On the other hand, created by Shapiro EMDR has been the subject of much research on the treatment of chronic pain. This study aimed to examine the efficacy of EMDR as an adjunct in the treatment of fibromyalgia. Methods: Follow-up study of a series of two cases already diagnosed with fibromyalgia in medical treatment, from the inclusion of EMDR. The patients were submitted to the Beck inventories and Impact of Events Scale, and graphic survey of subjective pain. Furthermore, each encounter rose medicines prescribed by a doctor. The follow-up evaluations included nine months before, intermeio, final and after psychotherapy. Results: The results were satisfactory, decreasing pain and significant changes in the items checked. Conclusion: Psychotherapy with EMDR is a valuable resource for the treatment of fibromyalgia, and presents significant results on both pain and comorbid aspects, such as depression, anxiety and hopelessness, expanding domestic resources with positive impact in reducing the impact coping events in the subjects studied. Should be contemplated as adjuncts in the treatment of fibromyalgia.
Keywords: Beck Depression Inventory Case Study Fibromyalgia Tracking
Accuracy Verified: Yes
172. Grand, D. (2001, May). Flow EMDR - Advanced clinical practice. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Although the structured protocols and procedures of EMDR practice have provided therapists
with enhanced healing opportunities, the awkwardness of the procedure remains unnatural to
many EMDR therapists. However, EMDR can be modified to a more natural face-to-face
flowing treatment process.
This presentation will comprehensively examine flow EMDR and its dual naturalising
components of "essential listening" and extended bi-lateral stimulation. "Essential listening"
entails the therapists accepting that all potential answers reside in the clients system.
This information and the ensuing healing process is supported by the therapist suspending all meta
communications emanating from the client. Following this procedure, combined with the
targeted information of the protocol activated by bi-lateral stimulation, allows the client to
process information until they arrive at their "essential truths".
Flow EMDR also utilises longer sets and/or continuous bi-lateral stimulation afforded by
auditory and tactile stimulation. Innovations in eye movement, called ''paint brushing", will
also be demonstrated with varied pace, direction, pausing and distance. Auditory stimulation
will be reviewed as to its current modes and tactile stimulation will also be explored in terms
of tapping, pressing and mechanical activation.
Flow EMDR also actively integrates ego state work, part protocols, multiple protocols,
parallel protocols, self questioning interweaves, targeting of present mood states, resource
activation's of locating and installing positive body sensations and body processing enhanced
by colour and image associations.
This presentation will include lecture, clinical demonstratipn, audience participation and
extensive hand-out material.
Keywords: Essential Listening Flow EMDR
Accuracy Verified: Yes
173. Shapiro, E. (2009). Four elements exercise for stress management. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 73-79). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The rationale behind the creation of "The Four Elements Exercise for Stress Management" is to address the cumulative effect of external and internal triggers that occur over the course of the day. Since we know that people cope better with stress when they stay within their arousal "window of tolerance," ways to lower stress—especially when under stress—are essential. The heart of the exercise consists of four, brief, self-calming and self-control activities. The sequence of the four elements—Earth-Air-Water-Fire—is designed to follow the body up from the feet to the stomach and chest, to the throat and mouth, and up through the head. It begins with the ground to signify safety in the present reality and moves up to the imagination of recalled safety. By checking in with stress levels at random times throughout the day and also when stressful events are occurring, the exercise can aid in preventing the accumulation of stress and enables clients to stay within their window of tolerance. The modest goal is to reduce the stress level by 1 or 2 units each time the exercise is performed. The original conceptualization of the Four Elements Exercise was that the first three elements could be a preparation for the Safe Place (or other resource exercise such as the Resource Connection), especially when there is an ongoing emergency situation or when it is difficult to find a Safe Place. Often, the fourth element is introduced at the following meeting, as the first three elements are enough to remember and practice in the beginning for clients. Working on the Safe Place separately during the following session gives it more space and impact. It is advisable to follow up on how the client practiced the four elements at the beginning of the next session and to ask them to show you how they do it. If necessary, demonstrate it again at the beginning of the first few sessions. This is a way of checking for compliance and readiness for EMDR as well as present level of stress and sense of safety with you in the room. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Four Elements Exercise Protocol Stress Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
174. Unger, M. A. (2008). Fysiologiska korrelat av ögonrörelser och emotionell exponering hos friska individer: – En experimentundersökning av mekanismer i Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) [Physiological correlates of eye movements and emotional exposure in healthy subjects - An experimental study of the mechanisms of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR)]. Psykologexamensuppats, Stockholms Universersit, Psyckologiska Institutionen.
Language: Swedish
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, EMDR, har i psykoterapiforskning visats vara en effektiv behandlingsmetod av posttraumatiskt stressyndrom, PTSD. Däremot är ögonrörelsestimuleringen, som är ett centralt moment i metoden, kontroversiell och dess funktion inte klarlagd.
I föreliggande undersökning randomiserades trettiosex friska försökspersoner till en av tre stimuleringsbetingelser: ögonrörelsestimulering, taktil stimulering eller orörligt visuellt stimuli (kontrollgrupp). Stimuleringen kombinerades med imaginär exponering, negativ och positiv. Utfallet av experimentet mättes i olika fysiologiska mätparametrar, samt självskattningar av obehagsnivån (SUD). Resultaten visade signifikant högre hudkonduktansnivå vid ögonrörelsestimulering jämfört med kontrollgruppen, relaterat till aktivering av det sympatiska nervsystemet. Inga signifikanta gruppskillnader fanns i de övriga mätningarna. Mönstret av autonom aktivering kan tyda på att ögonrörelsestimuleringen utlöser eller förstärker en orienteringsrespons, vilket vissa teoretiker föreslagit är den verksamma mekanismen i EMDR. Dock behövs fortsatt forskning för att förstå denna verkan, samt koppling till terapeutisk effekt.
Eye Movement desensitization and Reprocessing, EMDR, psychotherapy research has shown to be an effective treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder, PTSD. By contrast, ögonrörelsestimuleringen, which is the lynchpin of the method, the controversy and its function is not clear.
In the present study were randomized thirty-six healthy subjects to one of three stimulation conditions: eye movement stimulation, tactile stimulation or static visual stimuli (control group). The stimulation was combined with imaginary exposure, negative and positive. The outcome of the experiment were measured in various physiological measurement parameters, and self-estimates of the level of discomfort (SUD). The results showed significantly higher hudkonduktansnivå the eye movement stimulation compared with control group, related to the activation of the sympathetic nervous system. No significant group differences were found in the other measurements. The pattern of autonomic activation may indicate that ögonrörelsestimuleringen trigger or reinforce an orientation response, as some theorists suggested is the active mechanism in EMDR. However, further research is needed to understand this effect, as well as access to therapeutic efficacy.
Keywords: Eye Movements Dismantling Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
175. Eckers, D. (2006). Gegenwarts- und ressourcenorientierung (GRO) in der behandlung und dosierte EMDR-behandlungsschritte [Present-and resource-orientation (GRO) in the treatment and dose EMDR treatment steps]. EMDRIA Deutschland e.V. Rundbrief, 8, 28-29.
Language: German
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Die grundsätzliche Wahrnehmung, dass die Gegenwart sicherer und stabiler ist als die
traumatische Situation, ist die Voraussetzung dafür, eine Traumabearbeitung überhaupt in
Erwägung zu ziehen. Je komplexer, anhaltender und früher die Traumatisierung war, desto
mehr Sorgfalt muss auf eine stabile Gegenwarts- und Ressourcenorientierung (GRO)
verwendet werden.
The general perception that the present is more secure and stable than the
traumatic situation is the prerequisite for a trauma in general
Whereas draw. The more complex, persistent and once the trauma was, the
more attention is needed for a stable present and resource orientation (GRO)
be used.
Keywords: GRO Present-and-Resource Orientation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
176. Greenwald, R. (2002, June). Getting to EMDR: Structuring treatment so that EMDR fits in. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The commonly-reported difficulty in identifying opportunties to use EMDR reflects the fact that relatively few EMDR-trained clinicians were
previously trauma specialists. This workshop will present a comprehensive model of trauma-informed treatment that will help participants to utilize their preferred orientation and methods in a manner conducive to trauma treatment and to EMDR. Participants will learn specific interventions to
help their clients understand why EMDR can help them to resolve their presenting problem. Participants will learn a conceptual framework with which to organize and sequence a range of intervention to prepare their
clients for EMDR. Participants will learn specific interventions to prepare
their clients for EMDR. This workshop is appropriate for clinicians working with children, adolescents, and adults wilth a range of presenting problems (not just PTSD).
Keywords: General Trauma-Informed Interventions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
177. Leeds, A. M. (2012, November). Guía de protocolos estándar de EMDR para terapeutas, supervisores y consultores [A guide to the standard EMDR protocols for clinicians, supervisors, and consultants]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.
Language: Spanish
Format: Book
Abstract:
Aprender a utilizar el EMDR con seguridad y eficacia requiere la integración de una amplia gama de conocimientos y competencias. Esta guía quiere ser una orientación para las cuestiones clínicas, profesionales y de gestión de riesgos con las que los profesionales del EMDR se encuentran a diario.
Siguiendo el modelo de las ocho fases de la EMDR, el libro propone una guía clara y detallada para la utilización de los protocolos convencionales de EMDR para el tratamiento del trastorno de estrés postraumático, fobias y ataques de pánico. También se incluyen pautas para la formulación de casos, la planificación del tratamiento y para preparar a los pacientes para el reprocesamiento con EMDR. Además, la guía también contiene muestras de contratos para supervisión y formularios para documentar los resúmenes de los casos y los resultados de los tratamientos, así como:
- gráficos, formularios, ilustraciones, tablas y árboles de decisión para guiar la planificación del tratamiento y la documentación.
- estudios de casos con trascripciones que ilustran los distintos protocolos y pautas para tomar decisiones informadas.
- cuestiones éticas de aplicación clínica, consulta, supervisión e investigación.
Gracias a las pautas de tratamiento claras y concisas sobre el uso clínico del EMDR, este libro es un recurso de incalculable valor para terapeutas en activo, supervisores, consultores y directores clínicos.
Learning to use EMDR safely and effectively requires the integration of a wide range of knowledge and skills. This guide is intended as a guide for clinical, professional and risk management with which EMDR practitioners encounter daily.
Modeled after the eight phases of EMDR, the book offers a clear and detailed guide to the use of EMDR protocols for treating PTSD, phobias and panic attacks. Also included are guidelines for case formulation, treatment planning and to prepare patients for reprocessing with EMDR. The guide also contains samples for monitoring contracts and forms to document summaries of cases and treatment outcomes, as well as:
- Charts, forms, illustrations, tables and decision trees to guide treatment planning and documentation.
- Case studies with transcripts illustrating the different protocols and guidelines to make informed decisions.
- Ethical issues in clinical application, consultation, supervision and research.
With treatment guidelines clear and concise on the clinical use of EMDR, this book is an invaluable resource for practicing therapists, supervisors, consultants and clinical directors.
Keywords: Prtactice Protocols Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
178. Leeds, A. M. (2009). A guide to the standard EMDR protocols for clinicians, supervisors, and consultants. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book serves as a resource for practicing clinicians, supervisors, clinic directors, and hospital administrators. Leeds provides clear, concise treatment guidelines on the clinical use of EMDR.
This book provides an orientation to the clinical, professional, and risk management issues. Leeds provides sample consultation agreements and forms for documenting treatment planning, case summaries, and treatment outcomes. These forms will be especially helpful for case managers and clinical supervisors in agencies and community health treatment centers.
Key features:
Includes charts, forms, illustrations, tables, and decision trees, presenting essential information clearly and concisely to guide treatment planning and documentation.
Presents case studies with transcripts illustrating the different protocols and presenting guidelines for informed decision making.
Outlines the stages of clinical skill development
Discusses ethical issues in clinical application, consultation, supervision, and research.
Keywords: Protocols
Accuracy Verified: Yes
179. Matthess, H., & Mehrotra, S. (2008, June) . HAP-Europe: The European umbrella organization for non-profit projects teaching trauma therapy. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR-Humanitarian Assistance Programs Europe (HAP-Europe) an
umbrella organization for all European national non-profit organizations
and individual projects teaching trauma therapy including EMDR in a large
number of European, Asian and African countries. It is a sister organization
of EMDR – HAP in US and the information platform to exchange
information and knowledge of current and ongoing trainings on a non
commercial basis. We try to build up a global network of clinical
psychologist, psychotherapists and psychiatrist who travel to places where
is a need to teach trauma therapy and to prevent the after-effects of
trauma and violence like the tsunami regions and earthquake areas. Till
now a lot of HAP volunteers bring a powerful mental health resource to
regions overwhelmed by the stress of natural disaster or local conflict
areas. This presentation will give examples from all around the world of
how HAP projects shift the focus from disaster response to mental health
resource development.
Keywords: Earthquake India Keynote
Accuracy Verified: Yes
180. Laub, B. (2003, May). The healing connections to resources within and without the EMDR standard protocol. In E. Tizzabu and M. Jakobsen (Chairs), EMDR empowering. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
RC originated when I perceived a need to complement the standard EMDR protocol by emphasizing resources. Coming from a dialectical perspective it appeared that RC may supply accessibility to resources in the same way in which the standard protocol achieves accessibility to the problem when inquiring at the beginning of the session about the Sensory (Picture),Cognitive (NC), Emotional (feelings and SUDs) and Somatic (sensation) aspects of the problem (SCES). The dialectical tension created between the accessible poles of both, the problem and the resource, enhances the healing process by aiming towards a new balance.
Keywords: Empowerment Resource Connection Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
181. Crenshaw, D. (2008, September-October). The healing power of play; Helping the traumatized child find safety again. Psychotherapy Networker, 32(5), 61-65.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract: W
hen children are too anxious, afraid, or traumatized to play, they can't utilize this natural resource of childhood to relieve a painful emotional state. Child therapists can help children reclaim this vital feature of emotional self-regulation by teaching, modeling, and setting the stage for the child to play.
Keywords: Children Play Therapy Psychotherapy Youth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
182. Laub, B. (2003, June). The healing power of resource connection (RC). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Rome Italy .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
RC originated when I perceived a need to complement the standard EMDR protocol by emphasizing resources. Coming from a dialectical perspective it appeared that RC may supply accessibility to resources in the same way in which the standard protocol achieves accessibility to the problem when inquiring at the beginning of the session about the Sensory (Picture),Cognitive (NC), Emotional (feelings and SUDs) and Somatic (sensation) aspects of the problem (SCES). The dialectical tension created between the accessible poles of both, the problem and the resource, enhances the healing process by aiming towards a new balance.
The clinical experience accumulated in Israel by my collegues and myself in the last four years indicates that the procedure is working well for clients.
Keywords: Resource Connection
Accuracy Verified: Yes
183. Laub, B. (2002). The healing power of resource connection in the EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada Association, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Resource Connection
Accuracy Verified: No
184. Laub, B. (2001, December). The healing power of resource connection in the standard EMDR protocol. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(Special Edition), 21-27.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
In the EMDR standard protocol the problem becomes accessible by inquiring about its sensory, cognitive, emotional an somatic aspects. The RC procedure similarly focused on the accessibility of resources. My assumption is that the dialectical tension between the accessible poles of the problem and the resource enhances the healing process aiming towards a new balance.
Keywords: Resource Connection
Accuracy Verified: Yes
185. Forgash, C. (2004, June). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
When trauma victims enter therapy, they generally seek help for symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. However, additional trauma responses may lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with the trauma and also with the trauma and also with relationships in their life. These responses also include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship to victim). These clients often experience feeling internally fragmented, detached, alienated and fearfully isolated. Gathering this information is an important part of history taking and becomes crucial to treatment planning. The aim of this presentation is to help clinicians learn to implement strategies that help traumatized clients to experience reconnection, stability, and then, trauma processing. Integrating ego state strategies with the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results in a safety/stability focused therapeutic approach necessary for these clients to resolve the sequelae of trauma.
Emphasis is placed on the sequential formulation of guided imaginal and somatosensory exercises (enhanced with DAW) that provide stability for the dissociated aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and current stresses. The central work includes the development of an internal Home Base, Workplace, and a positive body resource that compliments the standard safe place/stress reduction work. Stabilizing exercises include constructive avoidance, distancing, grounding, containment as well as affect and dissociative symptom management techniques. When stabilized, client’s access and work with their ego state system to resolve conflicts, develop resources, reconnect and then successfully desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Learning objective include: the importance of including information in the history taking about an inability to love, loss of connections, fragmentation, detachment and alienation; defining the ego state strategies that help such client s successfully process traumas with the EMDR protocol; learning the preparation exercises for managing affect and dissociative symptoms. Participants will select the appropriate interventions to help trauma clients reconnect with dissociated, disconnected parts and employ this sequential method in their practice with traumatized clients.
Keywords: Affect Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
186. Twombly, J. (2009). Height orientation. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 249-250). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Height Orientation Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
187. Waldon, A. P. (2006). Hello Strength & Bravery: A Resource Workbook for Children. (Online) LuLu.com and EMDRResources.com.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Using this workbook, the child EMDR psychotherapist guides the child client to create a notebook of drawings of the child`s own strengths and resources. Each page offers a "pick list" of examples related to the positive thought in the headline for that page. On each page the child is instructed to create a drawing or sculpture, or to tell or write a story related to that positive thought or resource.
This workbook is helpful to the EMDR therapist in several situations - for installation of resources in the Preparation phase of EMDR Therapy, for positive hands-on activities at the end of child therapy sessions, for selected parents to use at home to reinforce installation of positive resources, and for strength building if the child`s home life is too unstable for trauma processing. This workbook serves as a good companion to Goodbye Yucky Thoughts and Feelings. The workbook is also designed for use by non-EMDR therapists to help build confidence and a sense of mastery.[EMDRResources Abstract]
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
188. Plassmann, R. (2009). Im eigenen rhythmus, die EMDR-behandlung von essstörungen, bindungsstörungen, allergien, schmerz, angststörungen, tinnitus und süchten [In our own rhythm, the connection allergy disorders EMDR treatment of eating disorders, pain, anxiety disorders, tinnitus and addictions]. Giessen, Deutschland:: Psychosozial-Verlag.
Language: German
Format: Book
Abstract:
Weil Emotionen direkt mit dem Körper in Verbindung stehen, treten bei starken
emotionalen Belastungen regelmäßig körperliche Störungen auf, beispielsweise
Magersucht, Bulimie, Allergien, Schmerzen, Tinnitus, Süchte und Kopfschmerzen.
Mit erstaunlichem Erfolg haben nun einzelne innovative Therapeutinnen und
Therapeuten begonnen, solche emotional bedingten Störungen mit EMDR zu
behandeln, und berichten in diesem Buch darüber. Bei der EMDR-Therapie regt
der Therapeut den Patienten nach strukturierter Vorbereitung zu bestimmten
Augenbewegungen an, wodurch belastende Gedanken besser verarbeitet werden
können.
Weitere Kapitel schildern die Behandlung von Angststörungen mit EMDR, das
seelische Auftanken (Ressourcenorganisation) und die Wirkmechanismen des
EMDR. In ihrem Kapitel über Bindungstherapie mit EMDR zeigt Marion Seidel, wie
sie mit Müttern und Kindern gemeinsam arbeitet und sich dabei die emotionalen
Blockierungen lösen können.
Das Buch gibt Behandelnden und Patienten einen sehr ermutigenden Einblick in
die neu entwickelten Behandlungsmöglichkeiten dieser Erkrankungen.
Because emotions directly with the body are connected to contact with strong
emotional stress regularly to physical disorders, such as
Anorexia, bulimia, allergies, pain, tinnitus, headaches and addictions.
With amazing success now have some innovative therapists and
Therapists begun such emotionally related disorders with EMDR to
treat, and report in this book about it. Excited at the EMDR therapy
the therapist to the patient according to certain structured preparation
Eye movements, thereby upsetting thoughts workable
can.
Other chapters describe the treatment of anxiety disorders with EMDR, the
emotional refueling (Resource Organization) and the mechanisms of action of
EMDR. In her chapter on bond with EMDR therapy Marion Seidel shows how
it together with mothers and children working and it's emotional
Can dissolve blockages.
The book gives a very encouraging patients administering treatment and insight into
The newly developed treatment of these diseases.
Keywords: Addictions Anxiety Disorders Eating Disorders Pain Tinnitus
Accuracy Verified: Yes
189. Steele, A. (2003, September). Imaginal nurturing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Imaginal Nurturing blends guided imagery with EMDR components to provide a means of weaving nurturing experiences into and through the therapeutic process. These experiences build upon each other to facilitate a new relationship with self, and the development of a secure base within. In this workshop, participants will learn the principles of IN, how to use it in relation to trauma work, how to develop an attachment-related body resource, and how to ground the imagery in the client's life. There will be a review of ways to deal with probems that arise. Handouts include sample scripts.
Keywords: Imaginal Nurturing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
190. Daigger, M. (2007). Imaginative techniken in der psychotraumatherapie unter besonderer berücksichtigung des motivs "Die innerern helfer" [Imaginative techniques in the psychotrauma-therapy in special view of the motif "The inner helpers"]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie, Psychotherapiewissenschaft, Psychologische Medizin (ZPPM), 5(2), 39-51.
Language: German
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In psychotraumatherapy den therapeutischen Prozess (Stabilisierung, Therapie mit dem inneren Kind, Trauma-Exposition) ist oft durch mehrere Probleme behindert. Dann das Motiv "Die Inneren Helfer" als eine phantasievolle Ressource im Zusammenhang mit der suggestiven Beeinflussung durch den Therapeuten kann gute Dienste leisten. Die Inneren Helfer symbolisieren unbewussten Teile des Selbst, die losgelöst haben und verdrängten durch das Mittel der Projektion im Sinne von Fähigkeiten, die der Patient hat (noch) keinen Zugang. Die Inneren Helfer nehmen eine repräsentative Funktion für den Patienten, bis er in der Lage, diese Teile des Selbst nach Gebrauch mit integrierten ihnen. Die Aktivierung dieser Ressourcen phantasievolle ermöglicht nicht nur ein Erfolg versprechende Stabilisierung und Therapie mit dem inneren Kind, sondern auch eine sanfte und wenig Anstrengung Trauma Exposition für Patient und therapist.In diesem Artikel möchte ich zunächst das Motiv einführen "Die Inneren Helfer" . Ich weiterhin durch den Nachweis wichtige Techniken der Psychotraumatologie, indem sie Beispiele für mögliche Anwendungen der das Motiv des Inneren Helfer in schwierigen Situationen des therapeutischen Prozesses. Alle Techniken ergänzen einander und können miteinander kombiniert werden. [Autor Zusammenfassung]
In psychotraumatherapy the therapeutic process (stabilization, therapy with the Inner Child, trauma exposure) is often hindered by multiple difficulties. Then the motif "The Inner Helpers" as an imaginative resource in connection with suggestive influencing by the therapist can serve well. The Inner Helpers symbolize unconscious parts of the self that have been dissociated and repressed by the means of projection in the sense of abilities to which the patient has (yet) no access. The Inner Helpers take a representative function for the patient until he is able to use these parts of the self after having integrated them. The activation of these imaginative resources not only makes possible a success promising stabilization and therapy with the Inner Child, but also a gentle and little straining trauma exposure for patient and therapist.In this article I first want to introduce the motif "The Inner Helpers". I continue by demonstrating important techniques of psychotraumatology by giving examples of possible applications of the motif of the Inner Helpers in difficult situations of the therapeutic process. All techniques complete each other and can be combined. [Author Summary]
Keywords: Psychotrauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
191. Flumeri, F., Salmaso, D., & Pagani, M. (2008, 26-28 Settembre). Impatto dell'EMDR sulle fuzioni e sulla neurobiologia cerebrali [Impact on EMDR and neurobiological brain functions]. In T. Farma (Chair), Simposio, Il modello psicotraumatologico: Un ponte tra indicatori neurobiologici e Psicoterapia. VII Congresso SPR Italia, Modena.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Introduzione:negli ultimi anni il numero di studi condotti nell’ambito dei disturbi causati da eventi traumatici ha subito una forte accelerazione rilevando l’esistenza di alterazioni fisiologiche e morfologiche in specifiche aree cerebrali associate sia alla risposta emotiva al trauma che alla insorgenza dei sintomi della sindrome da stress post-traumatico (PTSD).
L’impiego delle tecniche di neuroimmagine ha consentito di fare luce sui correlati neurali della psicoterapia, rivelando i suoi effetti neurobiologici sulla funzione cerebrale. Nell’ambito dei diversi approcci psicoterapeutici, l’EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing therapy) è emerso come promettente risorsa per il trattamento del trauma e di altri disturbi d’ansia, sebbene ancora non sia stata completamente chiarita la sua modalità di azione sui circuiti neurali. Molte ricerche sono state effettuate per valutare l’efficacia dell’EMDR, ma solo un numero esiguo di esse ha indagato il substrato neurobiologico di questa psicoterapia.
Le metodiche di neuroimmagini utilizzate finora per studi sull’EMDR sono la Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) e la Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). La prima raccoglie dati sull’attivita’ cellulare cerebrale mentre la seconda riporta dati anatomici strutturali.
Gli studi funzionali condotti con SPECT consentono di identificare le variazioni del metabolismo e del flusso ematico cerebrale, suggerendo un ruolo specifico per ciascuna area cerebrale coinvolta nel complesso meccanismo che sottende il processamento delle emozioni; la MRI consente invece di rilevare la presenza di variazioni morfologiche e volumetriche di specifiche strutture cerebrali. Negli ultimi anni, studi SPECT e MRI, volti ad esaminare gli effetti dell’EMDR sulla fisiopatologia cerebrale in pazienti affetti da disturbi d’ansia, hanno riscontrato sostanziali variazioni del flusso ematico ed alterazioni strutturali di alcune regioni cerebrali in seguito a terapia.
L’efficacia dell’EMDR nel trattamento del PTSD è stata confermata da uno studio SPECT su sei soggetti ( Lansing et al.) (1) che ha evidenziato dopo terapia una diminuzione del flusso ematico nel lobo occipitale bilateralmente e nel lobo parietale sinistro e un aumento di flusso nel giro frontale inferiore sinistro. Sempre utilizzando la SPECT Oh e Choi (2) hanno riportato una significativa modificazione del flusso cerebrale in seguito ad EMDR, prevalentemente riscontrabile nell’area limbica e nella corteccia prefrontale. Un recente studio con utilizzo di MRI (3) ha inoltre messo in evidenza un aumento di volume dell’ippocampo in seguito a trattamento con EMDR, aumento invece non riportato in un lavoro di Lindauer et al. su 9 soggetti con PTSD, nonostante il successo clinico della psicoterapia eclettica eseguita (4).
Obiettivi: il nostro gruppo ha studiato gli effetti a breve e lungo termine dell’EMDR (5, 6) dimostrando la sua efficacia nel trattamento di soggetti traumatizzati sul lavoro, e una stabilità del miglioramento clinico ottenuto in risposta alla terapia, ancora presente a distanza di tre anni. Nell’ambito dello stesso progetto sono state anche studiate le variazioni del flusso ematico cerebrale e della volumetria di alcune strutture cerebrali in relazione alla terapia con EMDR. Un primo studio SPECT ha analizzato la variazione della distribuzione di flusso in 11 soggetti guariti clinicamente da PTSD in seguito a EMDR messi a confronto con 5 soggetti nei quali la terapia non ha avuto effetto (7). Risultati: è stato evidenziato nei soggetti con remissione sintomatologica significative differenze di flusso in 4 aree corticali, alla disfunzione delle quali sono ascrivibili alcuni sintomi presenti in corso di PTSD. Diminuzioni di flusso post-terapia sono state registrate nell’ippocampo, nella corteccia parieto-occipitale e nella corteccia visiva primaria. L’ippocampo e’ sede della memoria a breve termine; la corteccia parieto-occipitale processa il riconoscimento di volti, dei corpi e delle parole; la corteccia visiva primaria custodisce la memoria visiva degli eventi. La mancata inibizione e/o l’iperattivita’ di queste regioni nel PTSD sono responsabili della rivisitazione patologica dell’evento traumatico e della presenza di flashback ed immagini allucinatorie. Inoltre la corteccia frontale dorsolaterale ha dimostrato un aumento di flusso nei soggetti che hanno risposto positivamente alla terapia. Questa regione chiave oltre ad essere deputata ad inibire la risposta patologica a stimoli che ricordano l’evento traumatico e’ essenziale per i processi di attenzione e di autostima, diminuiti in corso di PTSD e recuperati in seguito alla remissione della malattia. In ulteriori studi che combinano indagini funzionali e strutturali utilizzando SPECT e MRI abbiamo messo in evidenza il valore predittivo delle dimensioni dell’ippocampo riguardo all’efficacia della terapia con EMDR (Pagani et al. sottomesso).
Conclusioni: gli effetti della terapia con EMDR sono risultati, unitamente ad un consistente miglioramento della sintomatologia e ad una riduzione della iperreattività a stimoli di carattere emotivo, in una normalizzazione funzionale di alcune aree specifiche e in un aumento del volume ippocampale probabilmente ascrivibile a neo-neurogenesi. Questi risultati sono in linea con la pregressa letteratura e con le attuali conoscenze sul PTSD e suggeriscono basi neurobiologiche dell’effetto terapeutico dell’EMDR confermandone l’impatto funzionale su strutture cerebrali coinvolte in patologie ansiogene.
Bibliografia:
1. Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci;17(4):526-532.
2. Ho DH and Choi J. (2007). J EMDR Pract Res;1(1):24-30.
3. Bossini et al. (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; 19(4):475-476.
4. Lindauer et al. (2005). Psychol Med ; 35 :1-11.
5. Hogberg et al. (2007). Nord J Psych; 61(1):54-61.
6. Hogberg et al. (2008). Psych Res; doi:10.1016/j.psychres.2007.10.019.
7. Pagani et al. (2007). Nuc Med Comm; 28(10):757-65. [Pagani abstract]
Introduction In recent years the number of studies in disorders caused by traumatic events has been greatly accelerated by detecting the existence of morphological and physiological changes in specific brain areas associated with both the emotional response to trauma to the onset of symptoms Post-traumatic stress syndrome (PTSD).
The use of neuroimaging techniques has allowed to shed light on the neural correlates of psychotherapy, revealing the neurobiological effects on brain function. Under the different psychotherapeutic approaches, EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy) has emerged as a promising resource for the treatment of trauma and other anxiety disorders, although still not been fully elucidated its mode of action on neural circuits. Many studies have been carried out to assess the effectiveness EMDR, but only a small number of them have investigated the neurobiological substrate of this psychotherapy.
The methods used so far for neuroimaging studies on EMDR are Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). The first collects data on 'brain cells while the second contains structural anatomical data.
The functional studies performed with SPECT to identify changes in metabolism and cerebral blood flow, suggesting a specific role for each brain area involved in the complex mechanism underlying the processing of emotions, instead of MRI allows detection of morphological changes and volume of specific brain structures. In recent years, MRI and SPECT studies, aimed to examine the effects of EMDR on brain pathophysiology in patients with anxiety disorders, have found substantial variations in blood flow and structural alterations of some brain regions after treatment.
The effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD was confirmed by a SPECT study in six subjects (Lansing et al.) (1) showed that after treatment reduced blood flow in the occipital lobe bilaterally and in left parietal lobe and a increase of flow in left inferior frontal gyrus. Always using SPECT Oh and Choi (2) reported a significant change of cerebral blood flow after EMDR, mainly found in limbic and prefrontal cortex. A recent study using MRI (3) has also highlighted an increase in volume of the hippocampus after treatment with EMDR, but no increase in reported work of Lindauer et al. on 9 subjects with PTSD, despite the clinical success of eclectic psychotherapy performed (4).
Objectives: Our group has studied the effects of short and long term EMDR (5, 6) demonstrating its effectiveness in treating traumatized individuals at work, and stability of clinical improvement obtained in response to therapy, yet this distance three years. Within the same project were also studied changes in cerebral blood flow and volume of certain brain structures in relation to treatment with EMDR. A first SPECT study analyzed the change in flow distribution in 11 subjects clinically recovered from PTSD after EMDR compared with 5 subjects in whom treatment had no effect (7). Results: It was shown in patients with symptomatic remission, significant differences in flow in 4 cortical areas, which are attributable to dysfunction of some symptoms of PTSD being present. Flow decreases post-treatment were recorded in the hippocampus, cortex parietal-occipital and primary visual cortex. The hippocampus and 'seat of short-term memory, the parietal-occipital cortex processes the recognition of faces, bodies and words, the primary visual cortex preserves the visual memory of events. The lack of inhibition and / or 'hyperactivity' of PTSD in these regions are responsible for the pathological review of the traumatic event and the presence of flashbacks and hallucinatory images. Moreover, the dorsolateral frontal cortex showed an increase in flow in subjects who responded positively to therapy. This key region in addition to being appointed to inhibit the pathological response to stimuli that recall the traumatic event and 'essential for the processes of attention and self-esteem, decreased in the course of PTSD and recovered following the remission of the disease. In further studies that combine functional and structural investigations using SPECT and MRI have shown the predictive value of the size of the hippocampus on the effectiveness of EMDR therapy (Pagani et al. Submitted).
Conclusion: the effects of EMDR therapy were coupled with a significant improvement in symptoms and a reduction of hyperreactivity to stimuli, emotional, functional in a normalization of some specific areas and an increase in hippocampal volume probably due to neo- neurogenesis. These results are consistent with previous literature and with current knowledge about PTSD and suggest a neurobiological basis of therapeutic EMDR confirming the functional impact on brain structures involved in anxiety-disorders.
Bibliography:
1. Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci, 17 (4) :526-532.
2. I DH and J. Choi (2007). J EMDR pract Res, 1 (1) :24-30.
3. Bossini et al. (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci, 19 (4) :475-476.
4. Lindauer et al. (2005). Psychol Med, 35 :1-11.
5. Högberg et al. (2007). Nord J Psych, 61 (1) :54-61.
6. Högberg et al. (2008). Psych Res, doi: 10.1016/j.psychres.2007.10.019.
7. Pagani et al. (2007). NUC Med Comm, 28 (10) :757-65. [Pagani abstract]
Keywords: Brain Functions Neurobiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
192. Handberg, H. H. (2007, June). Implications of "unity of duality" Tibetan psychology and philosophy in regard to psychotherapy and personal development and its correlations to EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the Tibetan psychology and philosophy, the understanding that what we identify as the object does not exist as such independently of the experiencing subject is – at all levels of mind – essential. The subject perceives the object at a conceptual, feeling and sense level. In other words, as individuals we create the object at these three levels, and it becomes an integral part of our reality experience.
Tibetan Psychology has as it basis an understanding of the nature and functioning of the mind in its many different states of experiences. However, it does not see the mind-experience as an isolated phenomenon. It sees the body and mind as mutually interdependent and interdetermining on all levels – from both an ordinary level of body and mind to the basic energy level. The former is characteristic by an experience of great separation, and the latter by the experience of the inseparability of the body/mind.
In accordance with Tibetan metaphysics matter emerges from four basic “energy origins,” such that energy is seen as both the basis of matter, and is continuously pervading matter. From the energy resource all forms of existence arise and return again in a continuous movement of birth, existence and death, taking places every instant of time. It is because of the relationship of subject and object that we can change our object-experience, as well as our experience of the world and of the situations which arise in it.
Tibetan psychology maintains in this respect that the notion of self or self-identity is the core around which psychological patterns and the reality of the individual develop. The transformation process of an adequate self-identity into a healthier an less artificial identity takes the adept or client through the following process of change: (1) from a solid form level of the problematic subject/object experience, (2) to an energy level, taking us beyond the artificial identity and connect experience of reality, and (23) back into a new creation o the form level, into a new an more genuine experience of oneself and reality. Thus, when applying the insight of this basic interrelatedness of body and mind, subject and object and energy and matter – Unity in Duality – the experience of self-identity and that of the object undergoes a change, and the former problematic subject/object is transcended. The Tibetan self-development methods and the Tibetan psychotherapeutic methods, which Tarab Tulku has developed, deal essentially with healing and strengthening of the self-feeling and refining the self-reference/self-identity. It gives the theoretical analysis for changing the experience of self and the surroundings – of changing the approximation of reality – and it offers adequate psychotherapeutic as wall as self-development methods for its attainment. All in the Tibetan psychology and psychotherapy gives a new and valuable perspective, foundation and method supplementing and enriching Western Psychology in general and EMDR in particular.
Keywords: Poster Tibet Unity of Duality
Accuracy Verified: Yes
193. Henry-Schneider, P. (2013, May). The importance of working with the mind/body system. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Ai Chi is a moving meditation in warm water. It is a powerful way to reinforce the body as a positive resource,
because it is a multimodal experience. Ai Chi involves being aware of the body in a warm, supportive, nurturing
environment. As Bessel van der Kolk points out, “Our brains will continue to take in new information and
construct new realities as long as our bodies feel safe.” (2003) Ai Chi reinforces feelings of safety, allowing clients
to build upon positive memories and to release negative ones. Ai Chi can be integrated into various stages of the
EMDR model. Given an increased awareness of the significance of somatic interventions, an introduction to a
little-known modality is important. Utilizing concepts of interpersonal neurobiology developed by Daniel Siegel,
levels of integration that constitute mental health will be explored. It will become clear that the characteristics
that represent integration are paralleled and reinforced by the Ai Chi process. This puts both EMDR and Ai
Chi within a broader context and demonstrates how Ai Chi can reinforce and expand the effects of EMDR. The
experience of incorporating a sense of well-being becomes both literal and metaphorical. Participants will
learn some of the movements on land and also watch a video of the process. Not only is Ai Chi suitable for most
populations, it is particularly helpful for people with chronic pain issues as well as an older population.
Learning Objectives:
• Come to a basic understanding of mental health from an interpersonal neurobiological point of view
• Learn about the practice of Ai Chi
• Explore how combining EMDR and Ai Chi can promote the 9 levels of integration described by Daniel Siegel
MD
• Hear about specific cases and how combining EMDR and Ai Chi has contributed to the resolution of a variety
of mental health issues
• Experience Ai Chi and/or watch video demonstrating Ai Chi.
Keywords: Ai Chi Mind/Body Connection
Accuracy Verified: Yes
194. Leeds, A. M. (1997, July). In the eye of the beholder: Reflections on shame, dissociation, and transference in complex post-traumatic stress and attachment disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper covered material on how affect theory, attachment theory and EMDR theory can help with case formulation and treatment planning. This paper provided the first in depth presentation on Resource Development and Resource Installation which previously had been presented only at EMDR Institute trainings at speciality presentations. [Author abstract]
Keywords: Neurobiological Correlates RDI Resource Development and Installation Shame
Accuracy Verified: Yes
195. Twombly, J. (2004, September). Incorporating EMDR and EMDR adaptations into the treatment of dissociative disorders. Presentation at the annual mmeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop offers ways to incorporate Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing in the treatment of clients with Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified (DDNOS) and ego state work. DID and DDNOS are complex disorders suffered by clients who have often experienced multiple childhood traumas. Used carefully. EMDR and EMDR adaptations can accelerate the treatment process. A liability is that its introject use can accelerate decompensation. This workshop offers suggested uses of EMDR and EMDR adaptations to facilitate Stabilization, orientation to the present, decrease some negative transferences and to provide a protective format far processing traumatic material.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
196. Reddemann, L. (2009). The inner safe place. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp.71-72). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The imagery of an "Inner Safe Place" is part of a body of work on stabilization techniques for trauma therapy called "Psychodynamic Imaginative Trauma Therapy (PITT)". It is used within PITT to prepare clients for EMDR. However, it works very well as a resource for EMDR. It is important to know that clients who live in unsafe circumstances are often not able to develop the images and so seeing what happens while working on installing the inner safe place can tell us something about clients' external safety. If clients are able to create an inner safe place, the therapist can proceed with the exercise. If clients are unable to create and install a safe place, other stabilization work is used. This chapter provides the Inner Safe Place Script. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Inner Safe Place Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
197. Baldwin, D. (1997). Innovation, controversy, and consensus in traumatology. Traumatology, 3(1), 7-22. doi:10.1177/153476569700300103 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Controversy follows innovation and threats to the status quo in many social domains, including the sciences. This article briefly summarizes information from the philosophy of science and data from studies of conflict in diverse fields. It then introduces two independent contemporary controversies in traumatology -- a new clinical method called EMDR and the Final Report of the APA Working Group on memories of childhood abuse -- and considers them within a broader context of the historical rift between psychological research and practice. The aim is to step outside the frame of specific conflicts and identify differences in philosophical orientation and values that contribute to communication difficulties and associated conflict between partisans. Approaches are offered toward building consensus within the field. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Child Abuse Commentary False Memory Rape Scientific Research Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
198. Plassmann, R. (2005, June). Inpatient psychotherapy with EMDR for patients with eating disorders. In EMDR and eating disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A trauma therapeutic concept for inpatient treatment of patients
with eating disorders (anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa) will be
presented. The therapeutic program is divided into four phases
(stabilization, resource organization, exposition and reorientation).
EMDR is integrated as standard protocol or modified for the
purpose of resource organization into each of these therapy phases.
The use of this trauma therapy concept of eating disorders has
resulted in a substantial improvement in therapeutic results. The
treatment results of 69 Patients with Bulimia and 61 patients with
Anorexia are presented.
Keywords: Eating Disorders Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
199. Twombly, J. (2009). Installation and transmission of current time and life orientation. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 243-248). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Current Time and Life Orientation Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
200. Leeds, A. (2006, September). Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. In Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of Resource Development & Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes (A. Leeds. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD Consensus Model C-PTSD RDI Resource Development and Installation Treatment Criteria
Accuracy Verified: Yes
201. Parnell, L. (2010, September/October). Integrating an attachment repair orientation into EMDR treatment for clients with relational trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients who have experienced childhood traumas that have impacted their sense of safety and capacity to form close emotional relationships in adulthood require adjustments to the EMDR phases and procedural steps. These relational traumas can include childhood physical or sexual abuse, neglect, early losses, birth trauma, medical trauma, caregiver misattunement and vicarious trauma. In order for EMDR therapists to be most successful with this population it is important to incorporate an attachment repair orientation into the therapy. Through lecture, case examples, and video clips, participants will learn how an attachment-repair orientation can be integrated into all phases of EMDR treatment.
Keywords: Attachment Repair Orientation Relational Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
202. Parnell, L. (2012, June). Integrating an attachment repair orientation into EMDR treatment for clients with relational trauma [EMDR centrado en el apego: Curar el trauma relacional]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment-‐focused
EMDR
is
a
new
model
of
EMDR
(Eye
Movement
Desensitization
and
Reprocessing)
developed
over
a
period
of
nineteen
years
by
psychologist
and
EMDR
trainer
Dr.
Laurel
Parnell
that
adapts
this
powerful
and
effective
trauma
therapy
to
the
needs
of
clients
with
attachment
wounds.
In
this
workshop
you
will
learn
how
the
standard
EMDR
protocol
can
be
modified
so
that
it
flows
more
easily,
supports
client
safety,
maintains
the
therapeutic
connection
and
enhances
attunement.
Attachment-‐focused
EMDR
is
client-‐centered
and
emphasizes
a
reparative
therapeutic
relationship,
using
a
combination
of
Resource
Tapping
(Parnell,
2008)
to
strengthen
clients,
EMDR
to
process
traumas
and
talk
therapy
to
help
integrate
the
information
from
the
EMDR
sessions
and
to
provide
healing
from
therapist-‐client
interaction.
In
this
workshop
Dr.
Parnell
will
present
the
five
basic
principles
of
Attachment-‐
Focused
EMDR
and
how
they
are
implemented
in
the
treatment
of
traumatized
clients
with
attachment
wounds.
Case
material
and
video
clips
of
sessions
will
be
used
to
illustrate
key
points.
El
EMDR
centrado
en
el
apego
es
un
nuevo
modelo
de
EMDR
(Eye
Movement
Desensitization
and
Reprocessing)
desarrollado
a
lo
largo
de
diecinueve
años
por
la
psicóloga
y
formadora
de
EMDR
Dra.
Laurel
Parnell
y
que
adapta
esta
terapia
de
trauma
potente
y
efectiva
a
las
necesidades
de
clientes
que
sufren
heridas
de
apego.
En
este
taller,
se
aprenderá
cómo
se
puede
modificar
el
protocolo
de
EMDR
de
tal
forma
que
fluye
con
mayor
facilidad,
apoya
la
seguridad
del
cliente,
mantiene
la
conexión
terapéutica
y
mejora
la
sintonía
(attunement).
Attachment-‐focused
EMDR
se
centra
en
el
cliente
y
refuerza
una
relación
terapéutica
reparadora,
con
una
combinación
de
Recursos
de
Tapping
(Resource
Tapping)
(Parnell,
2008)
para
fortalecer
a
los
clientes,
EMDR
para
procesar
los
traumas
y
“talk
therapy”
(terapia
hablada)
para
contribuir
a
integrar
la
información
de
las
sesiones
de
EMDR
y
para
proporcionar
la
curación
derivada
de
la
interacción
entre
terapeuta
y
el
cliente.
En
este
taller,
la
Dra.
Parnell
presentará
los
cinco
principios
básicos
de
Attachment-‐Focused
EMDR
y
cómo
se
implementan
en
el
tratamiento
de
clientes
traumatizados
y
con
heridas
de
apego.
Se
presentará
material
sobre
los
casos
y
vídeos
de
las
sesiones
para
ilustrar
los
puntos
más
importantes.
Keywords: Attachment Repair Relational Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
203. Whisman, M., & Keller, M. (1999, June). Integrating EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the model of understanding and educating the client about OCD; 2) gain an understanding of biological, cognitive, behavioral, and affective theoretical orientations as they apply to OCD; 3) learn the eight stages of treatment, modification of the standards model, cognitive interweave, and resource installation; 4) learn of the foundation of success of EMDR and OCD treatment, information processing, avoidance of emotions, and the development of self; 5) be able to define a successful treatment, therapeutic stance, similarities in processing to trauma processing; and 6) learn about fear, superstition, ridigity, and control within the family context.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
204. Lipke, H. (2003, December). Integrating EMDR into clinical work: When getting started is a problem. EMDRIA Newsletter, 8(4), 11-13.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Updated May 31, 2004
As EMDR is traditionally taught the components are each described and then combined
for the practice sessions. When EMDR is then used with clients it is natural for therapists to
expect themselves to apply it as a whole, with the exception of perhaps pairing eye movement
with a “safe place” or “resource installation” exercise instead of a trauma processing protocal.
For many new EMDR practitioners this is an effective and satisfactory way of introducing
EMDR. For many others it does not work as well, for reasons such as differential comfort
thresholds in trying a new method with a client, or having no clients who appear to meet the
criteria for beginning EMDR. Because, in these, and other situations, it is difficult to bring the
whole package to clients at once, the method doesn’t get used, even when the practitioner has
had positive experiences in the training sessions.
Keywords: Practice
Accuracy Verified: Yes
205. Gelinas, D. (2003). Integrating EMDR into phase-oriented treatment for trauma. Journal of Trauma and Dissociation, 4(3), 91-135. doi:10.1300/J229v04n03_06.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Originally introduced a century ago by Pierre Janet, phase-oriented treatment has been independently proposed by many authors and is now widely considered by trauma specialists to be the treatment of choice for PTSD and other posttraumatic disorders. Much more recently, introduced by Francine Shapiro in 1989, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has also become available for the treatment of PTSD and other trauma-based disorders. EMDR has become widely accepted by clinicians and has received strong support regarding its efficacy from a wide range of empirical studies. However, with a very few exceptions (highlighted in this paper), these two major approaches for treating trauma have developed largely independently. The present paper integrates the major EMDR developments with the different stages of the phase-oriented approach to assess if such an integration is conceptually and clinically useful. The EMDR developments integrated into the phases of trauma treatment include: Shapiro's prototypic protocol for PTSD and the protocols for other trauma-based disorders, safety protocols, Leeds' and Korn's work with Resource Development and Installation, and Kitchur's Strategic Developmental Model for EMDR. The usefulness of integrating phase-oriented treatment and EMDR is then assessed. These approaches were found to strongly complement each other in their clinical strengths and weaknesses, while sharing many underlying theoretical and structural elements. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Dissociative Identity Disorder Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
206. Potter, A. E. (2003, September). Integrating inner child therapy and dialectical-behavior therapy with EMDR resource installation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Before ciients begin processiing traumatic memories with the EMDR trauma protocol, a modified resource development protocol is utilized, integrating Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy, to assist clients in developing skills for affect tolerance/emotion regulation, distress tolerance, and mindfulness. The modified resource installation protocol also helps clinicians in assessing clients' emotional readiness for initiating trauma work with the EMDR trauma protocol. Inner Child Therapy provides an overall cognitive framework for trauma work based on the Transtheoretical stages of change. Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy are employed as strategies to minimize re-traumatization, affect/emotion dysregulation, and problems with impulsive and compulsive behaviors during the trauma-processing phase of therapy.
Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Inner Child Therapy Modified Resource Development and Resource Installation Protocol RDI
Accuracy Verified: Yes
207. Foster, S. (2004, June). Integrating positive psychology concepts into the EMDR peak performance protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is the first effort to integrate EMDR Peak Performance with techniques from positive psychology, the new science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhancing by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints; it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that include mini practica, participants will be able to: 1) describe the key difference between the Peak and basic protocols 2) help client develop “Peak’ resources 3) begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients 4) summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts 5) pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography.
Keywords: Positive Psychology Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
208. Kiessling, R. (2005). Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice. In R. Shapiro, (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 57-87). New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
As EMDR became more accepted within the psychotherapy community and more clinicians became trained, a greater number of clients with diagnoses other than PTSD were introduced to it. As a result, it became apparent that some of these more difficult, complex clients were not immediately ready for EMDR targeting and reprocessing. Many were either too unstable, had affect tolerance issues, or lacked the ego strengths to withstand the potential rigors of target desensitization. Others lacked needed coping skills, lacked the ability to recognize that they have the tools available to address their issues, or were fearful of addressing their traumatic experiences. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) strategies were developed and, over time, have been accepted within the EMDR community as valuable solutions for these challenging clients. [Text, p. 57]
Keywords: Life Experiences Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
209. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. (1995, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy & EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the
theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an
extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated
throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous
to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various
strategies, especially EMDR.
This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema-
Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change
technique.
The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying
vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life
History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part
of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that
represent life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting infonmtion - asking the client about specific events and problems, then
obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as
soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very
effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears
to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc.
As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case
Conceptualization. This involves putting together the information from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent
questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and
recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR
exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of
cognitive interweave to use, etc.
Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR
broadens the scope of EMDR.
1) Cognitive Therapy for Personalitv Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed.
Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813)366-7913; 2) Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.
Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
210. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. M. (1996, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the
theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an
extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated
throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous
to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various
strategies, especially EMDR.
This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema-
Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change
technique.
The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying
vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life
History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part
of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that
represen life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting information - asking the client about specific events and problems, then
obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as
soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very
effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears
to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc.
As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case
Conceptualization. This involves putting together the infonmtion from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent
questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and
recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR
exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of
cognitive interweave to use, etc.
Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR
broadens the scope of EMDR.
1)Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed.
Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813) 366-7913
2)Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.
Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
211. Lutz, J. (2009, April 18). Integrating yogic postures, breathing techniques and deep relaxation with EMDR practice. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will offer theoretical information on, research findings about, and an experience of, seated yoga postures, breathing practices and deep relaxation, including yoga nidra, which are currently being used in the healing of trauma. Specific applications to EMDR processing and resource development will be described.
Keywords: Breathing Relaxtion Yoga
Accuracy Verified: Yes
212. Norcross, N. C., & Shapiro, F. (2002). Integration and EMDR. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 341-356). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
EMDR is a psychotherapy phenomenon that has been confronted
with multiple paradoxes. Its title explicitly invokes “eye movements,” but
the extant research now suggests that eye movements are not the only
means of invoking the central mechanism of therapeutic action (see Shapiro,
1995, 2001). The early EMDR training was criticized as closed and
unduly restrictive, yet the formal training course has now been completed
by more than 30,000 mental health professionals. The EMDR procedure
emerged from personal observations outside the scientific academy, yet
EMDR is currently the most extensively researched treatment for posttraumatic
stress disorder (PTSD; Maxfield & Hyer, 2002; Van Etten & Taylor,
1998). And EMDR originated from a rather narrow behavioral orientation
but has evolved into a leading integrative treatment.
Keywords: Psychotherapy Psychotherapy Integration
Accuracy Verified: Yes
213. Silvestre, M. (2007, Juin). Integration EMDR et therapie familiale [Integration of EMDR and family therapy]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Cette présentation s'articule autour de l'intégration du travail EMDR avec des enfants et de l'approche de thérapie familiale systémique. Nous savons qu'à la suite d'un incident traumatique vécu par un member d'une famille, les liens familiaux souffrent au point parfois de se déchirer. Nous pouvons aider la personne traumatisée et aussi permettre à la famille de digérer les conséquences de cet incident sans perdre son unité. Le travail insistra sur l'aide individuelle (EMDR) et l'aide aux liens familiaux malmenès lors l'accidents traumatiques. Le système familial peut alors garder son intégrité et ètre un lieu de ressources. Les points de comment, quand et pourquoi intégrer ces deux approches seront illustrés par des éléments théoriques et des exemples cliniques.
This presentation focuses on the integration of EMDR work with children and the approach to systemic family therapy. We know that following a traumatic incident experienced by a member of a family, family relationships suffer sometimes to the point of tearing. We can help the traumatized person and also allow the family to digest the implications of this incident without losing its unity. The work on individual aid insistra (EMDR) and assistance to abused family ties in the traumatic accident. The family system can then maintain its integrity and be a resource. The points of how, when and why to integrate these two approaches are illustrated by theoretical and clinical examples.
Keywords: Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
214. Lyhus, K. E. (2003, April). Integration of EMDR with other therapeutic approaches: A survey investigation. Catholic University of America, Washington, DC. AAT 3067496.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The present study examined assimilative integration, i.e., when techniques from various therapeutic approaches are imported into a single, consistent theoretical framework. Specifically, the aim of this study was to investigate how Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a manualized therapeutic approach originally developed as a treatment for traumatic memories, is incorporated into clinical practice. In assimilative integration, elements of the EMDR protocol would be expected to be conceptualized and possibly modified in ways that are consistent with the therapist's theoretical framework. A survey design, using web-based questionnaires, was implemented to gather information from therapists who use EMDR. Therapists responded to a broad range of questions regarding their theoretical orientation, involvement in EMDR organizations, and practice of EMDR. A large sample (N = 532) was obtained, and results demonstrated that most therapists integrated EMDR with other therapeutic methods. Further, there was some evidence that therapists were practicing assimilative integration. Specifically, therapists typically added methods consistent with their primary theoretical orientation and conceptualized the effective elements of EMDR as those that were most consistent with their orientation. Most therapists reported using most of the elements of the EMDR protocol, perhaps reflecting the high level of interest in EMDR among therapists in the sample. However, there were some differences related to therapists' level of commitment to EMDR. For example, members of the EMDR International Association used more elements of the protocol and were more likely to report that they did not combine other methods with EMDR when compared to nonmembers. The diagnosis of the client was also an important factor in how EMDR was integrated into treatment. For example, therapists treating clients with PTSD were more likely to report on their use of EMDR as the primary therapeutic approach and to integrate cognitive/behavioral methods than were those treating clients with other disorders. This study was among the first to examine the process of assimilative integration. The findings show that psychotherapy integration varies by therapists' base theoretical orientation, client factors, and therapists' commitment to the treatment method being integrated. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 63(10-B), Apr 2003, pp. 4912.
Keywords: Assimulative Integration Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Traumatic Memories
Accuracy Verified: Yes
215. Woller, W. (2011, June). Integration von EMDR in tiefenpsychologische therapien [Integration of EMDR in deep psychological therapies]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Der Workshop beschäftigt sich mit Fragen der Integration von EMDR in ein psychodynamisches Therapiesetting. Zum einen kann EMDR sinnvoll mit psychodynamischer Therapie kombiniert werden, wenn bei komplexen posttraumatischen Belastungsstörungen Symptome einer PTSD zusammen mit depressiven, dissoziativen, somatoformen und anderen Symptomen auftreten. Daneben finden sich verschiedene andere Anwendungsmöglichkeiten von EMDR im Rahmen psychodynamischer Therapien, bspw. wenn dysfunktionale Erinnerungsnetzwerke die Wirkungsweise klarifizierender, konfrontierender und deutender Interventionen blockieren. Dies gilt für Anpassungsstörungen ebenso wie fixierte, aber verhaltenssteuernde negative Selbstkognitionen und für psychosomatisch abgewehrte implizite Emotionen im Rahmen somatoformer Störungen. Schließlich können ressourcenaktivierende Interventionen im Rahmen des EMDR den Aufbau von Ich-Funktionen bei Strukturpathologien unterstützen.
The workshop will focus on integration of EMDR in a psychodynamic therapy setting. First, EMDR can be usefully combined with psychodynamic therapy, which may arise in complex post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms of PTSD with depressive, dissociative, somatoform and other symptoms. In addition, various other applications of EMDR in related psychodynamic therapies, for example, if dysfunctional memory block the operation of networks klarifizierender, confrontational and interpretive interventions. This applies for adjustment disorders as well as fixed, but behavior-controlling negative self-cognitions and psychosomatic thwarted emotions implicit in the context of somatoform disorders. Finally, support resource-activating interventions of EMDR the development of ego functions in structural pathologies.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychodyamic Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
216. Sittig, K.-J. (2008, September). Integration von EMDR und hypnose. Eine innovative, hocheffektive, ressourcenbasierte methode der PTBS – behandlung [Integration of EMDR and hypnosis. An innovative, highly effective, resource-based method of PTSD treatment]. Presentation at the European Society of Hypnosis in Psychotherapy and Psychosomatic Medicine, Vienna, Austria.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
217. Ringel, S. (2012). An integrative model in trauma treatment - utilizing eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and a relational approach with adult survivors of sexual abuse. Psychoanalytic Psychology. doi:10.1037/a0030044.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The aim of this article is to offer an integrative approach in the treatment of adult survivors of sexual abuse. The treatment orientation is psychodynamic and intersubjective and will draw on three conceptual models: (a) a developmental model based on current attachment research, (b) current neuroscience findings concerning traumatic memory that emphasize sensory, affective, and implicit knowing in the understanding and treatment of trauma, and (c) eye movement desensitization and reprocessing as an adjunctive technique to help access traumatic memories. The author will summarize each theoretical perspective and will provide a case illustration to demonstrate a treatment approach that incorporates all three modalities.
Keywords: Adults Relational Approach Sexual Abuse Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
218. Harford, P. M. (2010). The integrative use of EMDR and clinical hypnosis in the treatment of adults abused as children. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 4(2), 60-75. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.4.2.60.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The potential benefits of the use of a permissive style of clinical hypnosis as a therapeutic medium to enhance eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) trauma treatment are explored. A comparative review of hypnosis and EMDR is provided, including putative psychophysiological mechanisms for both. A rationale for integrating clinical hypnosis with EMDR treatment is presented. It is suggested that hypnosis primarily enhances the accessibility of traumatic information while EMDR primarily enhances the reprocessing of traumatic information and that accessibility and reprocessing are reciprocal features. The relative and combined merits of hypnosis and EMDR for resource development are discussed. The author proposes that clinical hypnosis may be incorporated into EMDR without necessarily modifying the eight-stage EMDR protocol apart from modifications that are indicated for special conditions. Three case vignettes are used to illustrate the integrative use of clinical hypnosis and EMDR in the treatment of adults who experienced childhood abuse.
Keywords: Abuse ACC Adolescents Children Clinical Hypnosis Complex PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Strress Disorder C-PTSD Integrative Use VMPFC
Accuracy Verified: Yes
219. Sochaczewsky, E. (2002, May). Intergenerational violence and resource development and installation for parents in a childs psychiatric hospital. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Intergenerational Violence Psychiatric Hospital RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
220. Luber, M., & Shapiro, F. (2009). Interview with Francine Shapiro: Historical overview, present issues, and future directions of EMDR. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(4), 217-231. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.4.217.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This interview with Dr. Francine Shapiro, originator and developer of Eye Movement Desensitization and
Reprocessing (EMDR), provides an overview of the history and evolution of EMDR from its inception
to current findings and utilization, as well as future directions in research and clinical development.
Dr. Shapiro discusses the psychological traditions that informed the development of EMDR and the Adaptive
Information model, as well as the implications for current treatment. The rationale for the application
of EMDR to a wide range of disorders is discussed, as well as its integration with other therapeutic approaches.
Topics include research on the role of eye movements, the use of EMDR with combat veterans,
somatoform disorders, attachment issues, and the distinct features of EMDR that have allowed it to be
used for crisis intervention worldwide.
Dr. Francine Shapiro is the originator and developer of EMDR. She is a senior research fellow at the Mental Research Institute
(MRI) in Palo Alto, California, executive director of the EMDR Institute in Watsonville, California, and the founder and
president emeritus of the EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Program, a nonprofit organization that coordinates disaster
response and supports low fee training worldwide. She has written the primary text on EMDR: Eye Movement Desensitization
and Reprocessing: Basic Principles and Procedures (Guilford Press) and co-authored or edited four others: EMDR: The
Breakthrough Therapy for Overcoming Anxiety, Stress and Trauma (Basic Books), EMDR as an Integrative Psychotherapy Approach:
Experts of Diverse Orientations Explore the Paradigm Prism (American Psychological Association Books), Handbook of EMDR
and Family Therapy Processes (Wiley), and Short-Term Therapy for Long-Term Change. She has written and co-authored more
than 60 articles and chapters and is an invited speaker at psychology conferences all over the world. Dr. Shapiro is a recipient
of the American Psychological Association Division 56 Award for Outstanding Contributions to Practice in Trauma
Psychology, the Distinguished Scientific Achievement in Psychology Award presented by the California Psychological Association
and the International Sigmund Freud Award for Psychotherapy presented by the City of Vienna in conjunction
with the World Council of Psychotherapy. She was appointed one of the “Cadre of Experts” by the American Psychological
Association and Canadian Psychological Association Joint Initiative on Ethno-political Warfare. She has served as an
advisor to many trauma treatment and outreach organizations and journals. She has three awards bestowed in her honor.
Those given by the EMDR International Association and the EMDR-Ibero-American Association celebrate members of
the EMDR community who follow in her footsteps of creative thinking, service, and dedication to the standard of EMDR.
The EMDR Europe Association presents the Francine Shapiro EMDR-Europe Research Award in order to encourage
research in the field. In 2008, a comprehensive electronic resource for scholarly articles and other important references
related to EMDR and adaptive information processing was introduced and was named The Francine Shapiro Library in
honor of Dr. Shapiro (http://emdr.nku.edu/emdr_data.php).
Accuracy Verified: Yes
221. Miller, K. (2013, May). The intricacies of time orientation: Going beyond “What year is this? . Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dual attention is necessary for successful EMDR trauma reprocessing. This implies the client has sufficient time
orientation, knowing the feelings are from a memory and the event is not happening now. Complex trauma and
PTSD’s component of flashbacks and reliving requires that clinicians have a myriad of time orientation skills
readily available when needed. EMDR therapists need to be especially attentive to this issue because of the
high intensity of affect EMDR can stimulate. This 90 minute workshop will teach the art and intricacies of time
orientation within an EMDR framework. Lecture, case transcripts and video clips will show the power, depth and
art of time orientation skills. Learning Objectives:
• Describe the theoretical reason why time orientation skills are
• Necessary when using EMDR with PTSD and complex trauma
• Describe the EMDR Standard Protocol Phase where the majority of time orientation interventions are used.
• Describe 5 ways to time orient a client
• Understand the power of time orientation to stabilize a client when using EMDR.
Keywords: Orientation Interventions Time Orientation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
222. Herbert, C. (2004, June). Introduction to a safe place installation protocol for use with clients who have no pre-existing concepts or feelings of safety. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Theoretical background: The teaching of a “safe place installation protocol” forms part of the standard EMDR training and for my EMDR practitioners and consultants alike it belongs to their repertoire of EMDR treatment techniques. Such a protocol requires clients to access and identify with an experienced place of safety in their lives. Complex (i.e., Type II) trauma clients, as well as other clients which have not been able to build a secure, positive sense of inner self, as a result of their unsafe experiences during most of all of their life, however, may find it very difficult to access and identify a safe place, which they can draw on during the use of EMDR safe place installation protocol. The standard safe pace installation protocol therefore frequently does not work for these clients. Yet, it is suggested in this presentation that access to the inner ‘safe place’ resource can be of particular therapeutic benefit for this client group. In recognition of the need for such a resource, Dr. Herbert has developed an alternative version of an EMDR-based safe place installation protocol, which draws on all sensory modalities (involving, cognitive, emotional and somatic systems) that will work with clients who have no known prior access to a place of safety in their lives.
Aim of presentation: The conference audience will have the unique opportunity to experience Dr. Herbert’s safe place installation protocol’ during an in-vivo EMDR demonstration session. Suggested variations of the protocol tailored to individual client differences and clinical applications for the use of such a resource with this client group will also be explored. The latter will include use of the protocol as an inner anchoring point that clients can access and connect to in situations of crisis in their daily life and as an aid to facilitate the rebalancing of nervous system functioning.
Keywords: Complex Trauma EMDR Resource Installation Protocol Safe Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
223. Farrell, D. (2005, June). An investigation into participants’ experiences of EMDR training and the implications for future developments in the teaching and learning of EMDR. In Teaching EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This study investigates the experiences of participants (N=103) who had
undertaken EMDR Level 1 or 2 training in Ireland. The audit ascertained
participant's core profession, main psychological treatment orientation,
present utilization of EMDR within current clinical practice, number of clients
treated, types of referral issues, average number of sessions, and provision
for clinical supervision. In addition participants provided feedback as to their
views on their EMDR training experience. EMDR trainings were criticised in
areas which included participant involvement, group practicum's,
competency and fitness to practice, clinical supervision, post training
professional development, and the lack of any systems of assessment of
either knowledge or application of EMDR. The findings were integrated into
the development of a university based EMDR training at Masters Degree
level with multiple modes of assessment.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
224. Woller, W. (2004, June). Is there a place for EMDR in the treatment of personality disorders?. In complex traumatisation and EMDR (K. Linder, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
There is substantial evidence that EMDR is an effective treatment method un posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). However, comorbid disorders have to be taken into account when treating PTSD with EMDR. Personality disorders are a frequent comorbid disorder of PTSD, and a high prevalence of childhood traumatization has been found in personality disorders as well. Given this background, the paper to be presented discussed (1) modifications and limitations of EMDR technique required for treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder with comorbid personality disorders, and (2) further applications of EMDR in the treatment of personality disorders without PTSD. If comorbid personality disorder is present, EMDR has to be integrated into a complex treatment plan which includes stabilization, symptom control, resource installation, identification of distorted interpersonal perceptions, and modification of maladaptive interpersonal interactions. Because of the central role of generalized negative beliefs in maintaining cyclical maladaptive patterns, EMDR is regarded a valuable tool to modify negative beliefs along with processing traumatic memories and body sensations, Problems of therapeutic alliance due to transference phenomena and acting out can make stabilization difficult and time-consuming. EMDR technique should be subjected to important modifications depending on personality disorder subtype, defence structure and symptomatic comorbidity. Structural dissociations of the personality (e. g., as in dissociative identity disorder) call for a consideration of all ego-sates of the personality system before planning EMDR treatment. In addition to unresolved trauma, current and future interpersonal stressors can be chosen as EMDR targets.
Keywords: Personality Disorders Symposium Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
225. Robinson, N. S. (2012, June). Legacy informed EMDR: Promote positive and desensitize negative core beliefs stemming from transgenerational and cultural sources [Legado informado EMDR: Promover positivo y desensibilizar a las creencias negativas que se derivan de las fuentes principales transgeneracionales y cultural]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Ancestral, familial and cultural factors often become embedded and can
lay the foundation of core negative beliefs and symptomatology. Legacy informed
EMDR introduces the idea that EMDR can be utilized to reconsolidate
transgenerational roots of symptomatology. The workshop outlines how to use
EMDR to: 1) promote a positive core belief by accessing legacy-based resources 2)
desensitize legacy-based maladaptive beliefs, traumatic events and emotional
baggage 3)help clients develop an affirming coherent life narrative. This
integrative approach is informed by a wide range of recent, notable researchers in
the fields of neurobiology, attachment, and family systems (Siegel,1999, 2010;
Main,1990; Boszormenyi-Nagy,1984; White, M. & Epston, D,1990).
The workshop addresses how to incorporate legacy informed work into the
standard 8-phase, 3-pronged protocol. Phase 1 includes an extended genogram. A
core positive cognition is elicited and a VOC is taken as part of goal setting. Legacy
based resources are developed for preparation and RDI. The standard protocol is
used to desensitize traumatic targets. Access to ancestral, familial and cultural
beliefs and information is gained with an EMDR time-line similar to that used in
Maureen Kitchur’s Strategic Developmental Model (Kitchur, 2005).
Clinicians can complete a course of EMDR therapy by reconsolidating threads from
the distant past, remembered past, current being and future vision. Material often
emerges and is reprocessed relating to race, gender, disabilities, sexual orientation
and socio-economic dynamics as well as trauma and oppression. This legacy
workshop is practice oriented and is anecdotally based on the presenter’s clinical
work.
Factores
ancestrales,
familiares
y
culturales
en
muchas
ocasiones
se
ensamblan
y
pueden
llevar
a
la
formación
de
creencias
irracionales
y
sintomatología.
El
Legado
informado
EMDR
introduce
la
idea
de
que
el
EMDR
puede
ser
utilizado
para
reconsolidar
las
raíces
transgeneracionales
de
la
sintomatología.
El
taller
revisa
como
usar
el
EDMR
para:
(1)
Promover
las
creencias
positivas
accediendo
a
los
recursos
basados
en
el
legado
(2)
Desensibiliza
mediante
el
legado
las
creencias
desadaptativas,
eventos
traumáticos
y
bagaje
emocional.
(3)
Mantener
el
desarrollo
de
los
clientes
y
afirmar
la
coherencia
narrativa
de
la
vida.
Este
enfoque
integrativo
esta
creado
a
partir
de
un
amplio
espectro
de
recientes
e
importantes
investigaciones
en
los
campos
de
la
neurobiología,
apego
y
sistemas
familiares(Siegel,1999,
2010;
Main,1990;
Boszormenyi-‐Nagy,1984;
White,
M.
&
Epston,
D,1990).
Este
taller
muestra
como
incorporar
el
legado
informado
al
trabajo
de
las
8
fases,
con
el
protocolo
de
3
flancos.
La
fase
uno
incluye
un
árbol
genealógico.
Una
cognición
positiva
es
elicitada
y
el
VOC
es
cogido
como
parte
de
una
meta.
Los
recursos
basados
en
el
legado
son
desarrollados
para
la
preparación
y
el
RDI.
El
protocolo
estándar
es
usado
para
desensibilizar
los
recuerdos
diana.
Acceder
a
los
recuerdos
ancestrales,
familiares
y
culturales
y
la
información
proporcionada
por
el
EMDR
a
tiempo
real
es
similar
en
la
usada
por
el
modelo
de
desarrollo
estratégico
de
Maureen
Kitchur(Kitchur,
2005).
Los
clínicos
pueden
completar
el
curso
de
EMDR
reconsolidando
estos
enunciados
del
pasado
distante,
pasado
recordado,
presente
y
visión
futura.
A
menudo
el
material
surge
y
es
reprocesado
en
función
a
la
raza,
genero,
discapacidad,
orientación
sexual
y
dinámicas
socioeconómicas
como
el
trauma
y
la
opresión.
Este
taller
de
legado
es
una
práctica
orientada
y
esta
basada
de
manera
anecdótica
en
el
trabajo
clínico
del
ponente.
Keywords: Core Beliefs Cultural Transgenerational
Accuracy Verified: Yes
226. Merlis, D. (1998, June 2). Letters. Washington, DC: The Washington Post.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
The Wave of a Hand "Can Trauma Be Relieved By the Wave of a Hand" {Cover Story, April 21} was a disappointment in that it failed to inform the reader about many important developments taking place not only related to Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy but in the neurosciences in general. Many leading traumatologists are using EMDR and endorse it as an important part of the multi-modal treatment of complex traumatic stress disorders. The article included a statement, "desperate people believe in desperate things," that is very disrespectful of the many thousands of trauma victims who have suffered and found relief with EMDR treatment. EMDR is not a magical and painless process. The individuals who have used EMDR to recover have worked very hard in their treatment. They should be acknowledged for their courage and determination. And far from being member of a "charismatic cult," as the story suggested, clinicians who use EMDR care are considerably diverse in terms of their theoretical orientation and world views.
Keywords: Letter
Accuracy Verified: No
227. Leeds, A. M. (1998). Lifting the burden of shame: Using EMDR resource installation to resolve a therapeutic impasse. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, (1st ed.) (pp. 256-281). New York: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
With Meredith, what had seemed an insurmountable impasse using a standard PTSD protocol had become amenable to significant resolution when addressed with a non-standard protocol. The key to this approach was to install multiple positive resources without deliberately activating the distressing emotions and associations of a specific, disturbing memory or current stimuli. I have coined the phrase "EMDR resource installation" to describe this protocol. I have since used this approach with other challenging clients who have childhood histories of significant failures of attachment with their primary caregivers. In these cases, their histories and current functioning led me to conclude that their capacity for self-soothing and affect modulation was not yet developed to the point where they could tolerate directly targeting distressing memories using the standard EMDR protocol. [Text, pp. 276-277]
Keywords: Adults Case Report Child Abuse Defense Mechanisms Diseases Females Neglect Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
228. Nickerson, M. (2009, April). Listening to the body: Enhancing body awareness in EMDR reprocessing. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Life experience can shape how a person carries oneself (e.g. slumped shoulders, chronic scowl, etc.). Client postures and gestures can be used effectively to assist recovery from trauma. This workshop will outline specific applications of this concept including using client gestures and postures as targets for reprocessing; to enhance the connection to the NC and/or PC, as part of resource development, and as interweaves. Video recorded case material will illuminate points. Participants will practice these techniques.
Keywords: Body Awareness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
229. Hingorany, S. (2010, July). Long-term treatment effect for pain disorder and eating disorder by using EMDR: A case report. Symposium (Samin Karim, Chair) conducted at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This case received an integrated approach treatment mainly composed of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing
(EMDR) and Resource Development. The patient did not respond to the previous treatment with psychotropic medications
and supportive psychotherapy.
Thirty sessions of EMDR treatment were done for the patient. Psychological assessments were conducted before starting
the treatment, after 5 months of treatment (mainly using EMDR ), the pain had disappeared completely. Binging Episodes
had reduced to nil. The antidepressant medication had been maintained through the treatment. After the treatment, the
patient improved on all the psychological scales and behavioural measures. This case suggests that the integrated approach
treatment using EMDR may be effective for complex Pain Disorders and Eating Disorders
Keywords: Case Report Eating Disorders Pain Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
230. Meignant, I. (2012, April). L’approche systémique et l’EMDR: Soigner le couple [The systems approach and EMDR: Treating the couple]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
L’utilisation conjointe du modèle systémique du double lien réciproque de Mony ElKaïm et du modèle du Traitement Adaptatif de l'Information (TAI) d’EMDR est une nouvelle perspective pour la thérapie de couple. L'utilisation des deux approches permet de développer un plan de traitement en EMDR qui tient compte et respecte les systèmes relationnels ex : couple, homme /femme, parent/enfant, employé/employeur. Lors de cette présentation les participants apprendront quand et comment travailler avec un membre du couple comme co-thérapeute ; comment un lieu sûr sur le plan individuel peut aussi s’appliquer au niveau du couple et être utilisé durant la session et à la maison ; comment déterminer les cibles dans un plan de traitement EMDR et systémique qui soit guidées par la compréhension systémique du double lien réciproque et finalement comment adapter les 8 phases du protocole EMDR auprès du couple en se basant sur le modèle systémique.
Objectifs d'apprentissage:
1. Déterminer lorsqu’il est approprié d’utiliser l’EMDR en thérapie de couple
2. Pouvoir faire l’installation d’un lieu sûr afin que cela soit une ressource pour le couple
3. Comprendre comment utiliser le modèle systémique du double lien réciproque afin d’identifier les cibles individuelles qui contribuent aux difficultés actuelles du couple
4. Comprendre les particularités de chacune des 8 phases du protocole EMDR lorsque utilisés auprès du couple.
Using both the systemic model of the double reciprocal link Mony Elkaim and model of the Adaptive Information Processing (ADP) EMDR is a new perspective for couple therapy. The use of both approaches can develop a treatment plan that considers EMDR and respects relational systems eg couple, man / wife, parent / child, employee / employer. During this presentation participants will learn when and how to work with a member of the couple as co-therapist; how a safe place at the individual level can also be applied to the couple and used during the session and at home, how identify targets in a treatment plan that is systemic and EMDR guided by the systemic understanding of the double reciprocal link and finally how to adapt the eight phases of EMDR protocol with the torque based on the systemic model.
Learning Objectives:
1. Determine when it is appropriate to use EMDR in couples therapy
2. Able to install a safe place so that this is a resource for the couple
3. Understand how to use the systemic model of the double reciprocal link in order to identify individual targets that contribute to the current difficulties of the couple
4. Understand the particularities of each of eight phases of EMDR protocol when used with the couple.
Keywords: Couples
Accuracy Verified: Yes
231. Clinical Resource Efficiency Support Team of the Northern Ireland Department of Health, Social Services and Public Safety (CREST). (2003, June). The management of post traumatic stress disorder in adults. Belfast, Ireland: Department of Health, Social Services and Public Safety.
Language: English
Format: Publication
Abstract:
Of all the psychotherapies, EMDR and CBT were stated to be the treatments of choice for trauma victims.
Keywords: Treatment Guidelines
Accuracy Verified: Yes
232. EMDR Sweden. (2007, Maj). Medlemsbladet. EMDR Tidningen: Föreningen EMDR Sverige, 9(1), 1-19.
Language: Swedish
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Table of Content:
1. Vårhälsning från ordförande;
3. Aktuell forskning som berör EMDR;
4. Rapport från certifieringsgruppen;
5. Certifierade EMDR-terapeuter maj 2007;
6. Den första EMDR-utbildningen på svenska;
6. Diskussionslista;
6 Sammanfattningar av Göran Högbergs samt Marianne Sandströms EMDR-studier;
7. Externalisering med EMDR för behandlingen av svår enkopres och traumatiserade barn med aggressivt beteende av James R. Samec;
11. Resursinstallation (Absorption and Wedging Technique), Helga Mathess;
12. Protokoll från årsmöte 2007;
13. Apropå medlemsavgift……;
14. Kalendarium 2007;
17. Ansökningsblankett medlemskap;
1. Spring greeting from the president;
3. Current research involving EMDR;
4. Report from the certification group;
5. Certified EMDR therapists, May 2007;
6. The first EMDR training in Sweden;
6. Discussion list;
6. Summary of two EMDR studies: G. Hogberg et al.,2007; and M. Sandstrom et al.,2007;
7. Externalisation with EMDR for
treatment of severe Elimination
and traumatized children with
aggressive behavior, by James R.
Samec;
11. ResourceInstallation (Absorption and Wedging Technique), Helga Mathess
12. [EMDR Association of Sweden,] Minutes of the Annual Meeting 2007
13. Speaking of the certified therapists membership list
14. Calendar 2007
17. EMDR Association of Sweden membership application
Keywords: Case Study Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
233. Schmidt, S. J. (2001, December). Meeting needs with a resource sandwich. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(Special Edition), 28-31.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
This article proposes an intervention for helping address and meet clients’ unmet childhood needs for any and all developmental stages. It starts with helping the client assimilate two resources, a pre-traumatized self (PTS) and a competent adult self (CAS).
Keywords: Resource-Focused EMDR
Accuracy Verified: Yes
234. Knipe, J. (2009). The method of constant installation of present orientation and safety (CIPOS). In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 235-241). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: CIPOS Constant Installation Present Orientation Protocol Safety
Accuracy Verified: Yes
235. Eckers, D. (2009). The method of constant installation of present orientation and safety (CIPOS) for children. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 51-58). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Children CIPOS Constant Installation Present Orientation Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
236. Greene, J. (2010, April/Mayl). Mindfulness and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This session explores the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, specifically in relation to strengthening client affect tolerance, body awareness, observer capacity and self-acceptance. These skills are particularly useful in the Preparation phase of EMDR in order to build a strong foundation for the Desensitization phase of the Trauma Protocol. We will look at Mindfulness techniques, combined with Resource Development and Installation (RDI), that are useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Research linking Mindfulness with neural plasticity and neural integration will be highlighted. The session includes lecture, case review and short experiential Mindfulness exercises.
Keywords: Mindfulness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
237. Greene, J. (2010, September/October). Mindfulness and EMDR: Strengthening key skills in preparation phase. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clinicians will learn the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, focusing on key skills developed in the Preparation Phase. The workshop reviews mindfulness basic principles, their relationship with EMDR and the AIP Model, and outcome research relating mindfulness with neuroplasticity. The session also explores Mindfulness strategies for strengthening observer capacity (dual attention), affect tolerance, somatic, and sensory awareness, including techniques useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Finally the workshop addresses options for integrating Mindfulness with Resource Development Installation (RDI). The presentation includes lecture, slides, client case examples, and guided experiential Mindfulness exerices.
Keywords: Mindfulness: Preparation Phase
Accuracy Verified: Yes
238. Radke, M. (2004, September). Mindfulness meets EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trauma interferes with living in the present moment; mindfulness expands awareness of the present. It is a helpful adjunct to therapy by increasing the client's dual focus of the "observing self' while processing past
material. This workshop will apply mindfulness to EMDR protocol in these specific areas: safe place, resource accessing and installing, feedback
of present beliefs, feelings and sensation, looping and cognitive interweaves. Bilaterally stimulated relaxation exercises will be offered
to enhance mindfulness. It will also be used to bracket and contain unfinished material as well as aid between-session integration.
Keywords: Mindfulness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
239. Webb, J. (2002, March). Modification of a positive resource installation for clients with a euphoric response. EMDRIA Newsletter, 7(1), 8.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
In my work many years ago with males in residential addictions
treatment, I noticed that clients sometimes chose unrealistic and
idealized metaphors to represent their positive self image. As the
client progressed in his recovery he would often spontaneously modify
the metaphor in the direction of more realistic and achievable
perceptions.
Keywords: Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
240. Hauschild, S., & Vecchio, J. (2002, June). Modification of the RDI protocol for inpatient use. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A recent pilot project was initiated in an inpatient adult psychiatric unit to enhance programming and provide interventions to individuals in crisis. The project added a group component to the existing RDI protocol. This presentation will summarize the recent pilot study and results. It will include a review of RDI procedures, and guidelines for assessing patients' needs and choosing appropriate RDI protocols. ParticipaNTs will leave the workshop with new tools that will enable them to evaluate the clinical needs of their inpatient populations and modify the RDI protocol to suit them. Participants will also discuss data collection and research methods.
Keywords: Inpatient RDI Resource Development & Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
241. Fisher, J. (2001). Modified EMDR resource development & installation protocol. Presentation at the Trauma Center, Boston, MA.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
This protocol, adapted from the EMDR Resource Development
and Installation protocol developed by Korn & Leeds (2002),
is intended to facilitate the development of internal resources and
increased affect tolerance in clients with more severe symptomatology
and/or a paucity of positive experiences.
Keywords: Resource Development and Installation Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
242. Beere, D. (2009). Modified resource development and installation (RDI) procedures with dissociative clients. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 281-290). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Dissociation Protocol RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
243. Lazarus, A. A. (1995, Issue 3). The multimodal orientation. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(3), 3-4.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
When I took the Level EMDR training,
I was impressed by the fact that it
dovetails very nicely with the
multimodal outlook and tends to cover
the same essential modalities. In Las
Vegas, while we were at the Evolution
of Psychotherapy Conference, Dr.
Francine Shapiro and I chatted about
numerous ideas, including the way in
which people familiar with EMDR
could profit from employing
multimodal assessment methods. Dr.
Shapiro perused the Multimodal Life
History Questionnaire (Lazarus &
Lazarus, 1991), for instance, and felt
that it could be a useful addendum in
the hands of well-trained EMDR
therapists and invited me to write
this very brief outline of the
multimodal therapy rationale.
Keywords: Multimodal Approach
Accuracy Verified: Yes
244. Marich, J. (2010, April/May). Musical interweaves in EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Spatial intelligence is emphasized in traditional EMDR protocols and instructional methods when focus is placed on imagery. Bodily-kinesthetic intelligence is honoured when body cues are addressed. However, individuals with primary musical or sonic intelligences are not optimally attended to with orthodox application of well-accepted EMDR strategies. Without making any changes to the stages of the Shapiro protocol, musical interventions can be implemented into EMDR treatment to amplify the holistic design of EMDR and to optimally serve those who struggle with spatial intelligence. In this workshop, participants will learn how to utilize music in resource development and EMDR preparation, to apply music as an appropriate “cognitive interweave” when processing is not flowing optimally, and to consider the impact that music can have on EMDR treatment. The presenter will implement a combination of lecture, participation activities, and case discussion to achieve learning objectives.
Keywords: Musical Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
245. Manfield, P. (1995, June). Narcissistic disorders: Using EMDR with these difficult clients. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Definition of client population:
Disorder of the self. The narcissistic character is often identified by his or her grandiose facade concealing an underlying sense of
emptiness and worthlessness. To experience the underlying emptiness is so painful for them that these people cut off their inner
experience and rely instead on external admiration and praise to support their grandiose or superior view of themselves; their
condition is often referred to as a "disorder of the self." Because of their dependence on others for their sense of themselves, they are
exquisitely sensitive to criticism or disapproval, often warding off deflation by becoming increasingly grandiose, superior, disdainful
or demeaning. Many conceal their grandiosity, maintaining a secret sense of superiority which may be based upon their
perfectionism or their quiet devaluing of others.
View of others: there is a range of severity of the narcissistic character from personality disorders to a narcissistic character style.
People with personality disorders, are unable to form a trusting bond with another person; they view people primarily as
interchangeable, performing a function which could equally be performed by many others. Less impaired narcissistic characters,
however, are able to form varying degrees of attachments to other people, although their ability to trust and care about other people
is limited. Most commonly they relate to people they can idealize or be admired by. People tend to be seen in extremes as either
superior and powerful or inferior and worthless; supportive and admiring or critical and attacking.
Difficulties in using EMDR:
Clinically these clients represent a difficult and often frustrating population to treat; they are brittle and easily injured if they to not
feel perfectly understood by their therapists, and they will distance at the slightest hint that they are being judged or used. They
resist focusing inward and defining their problems as arising within themselves, and find it difficult to sustain any genuine affect,
other than perhaps rage. If they feel understood and accepted, however, they will eventually talk about their sense of emptiness and
worthlessness and their confusion about who they are and what is truly meaningful and valuable to them.
Beck, Young and others have described factors that make it difficult to treat any personality disorder using a cognitive behavioral
approach. There have in fact been very few reported "successes" in the literature. Most of the difficulties are related to the self and
object splitting characteristic of these clients. These clients have limited access to feelings, limited access to spontaneous thoughts,
body sensations, memories, etc., and vague unfocussed presenting problems making targeting difficult. They usually have difficulty
with emotional and often intellectual continuity from session to session; they will rarely keep a log or follow through with
homework; transference issues often come into central focus and must be addressed before other targets; and their selfdefeating
beliefs and behavior patterns are extremely deeply held, pervasive and resistant to change.
In addition to varying degrees of these difficulties, narcissistic clients present all of the problems in EMDR that they do in more
traditional therapies; including their tendencies to act out, deny, and avoid. These and other defenses interfere with completion of
segments of therapeutic work and make it difficult for the clinician to keep work focused within one neural network. Self and object
splitting leads to continuity problems within or between sessions and a difficulty maintaining clarity about the reason for being in
treatment. The client may feel suicidal one week and declare himself or herself to be fully recovered the next. Perhaps the most
confirming aspect of the treatment of these clients, however, is their emotionally impoverished pasts; they have very limited
experience of nurturing, loving and caring to draw !?om in order to interweave new meanings and perspectives into traumatic or
painful past experiences.
Length of treatment:
I have found that I have been able to achieve good results with higher level narcissistic clients with whom I have had an established
relationship at the time I introduced EMDR into the treatment. My results with clients who have come to therapy asking specifically
for EMDR and with whom I have begun using EMDR soon after the beginning of treatment have been generally poorer, varying
with the severity of the client's disorder, the less severe doing best. The client needs to be able to establish a meaningful trusting
relationship with the therapist; the more severe the client's difficulties with attachment, the more time this process requires.
Narcissistic clients do not tend to see their difficulty with vulnerability, trust and intimacy as a problem within themselves. If they
are able to recognize personal problems, they are usually in the area of self esteem and obstacles to achievement. When they are
able to resolve some of these latter problems fairly rapidly through treatment they tend to terminate, no longer seeing a sufficient
purpose for treatment. In a sense, they can become better narcissists; their grandiose view of themselves is enhanced and they are
reinforced in their use of self-sufficiency as a defense against interpersonal vulnerability. I view the relative efficiency of EMDR as
a problem for deeper treatment of narcissistic clients because there is less time for the therapeutic relationship to develop and
consequently a limited opportunity to impact the client's object splitting. I believe that this is why I have found EMDR with
narcissistic clients to be most effective when it is introduced after a therapeutic relationship has had time to develop. Negative cognitions:
The early maladaptive schemas of narcissistic clients are pervasive in their lives and point to a plethora of negative cognitions.
Typical early schemas are: I must control myself (or my feelings, my behavior, my body) at all times; no one cares; my needs will
never be met; I can't trust anyone; I am deeply flawed and unlovable; I am dikeable, unattractive to others; I will always fail; my
flaws are totally unacceptable to others; I must be perfect or I am worthless; I deserve to be treated more specially than others; I must
please others to avoid attack; I'm alone; nobody understands me; I am OK if I am better than others; I am OK only if others admire
me. It is often helpful to narrow these cognitions down to make them manageable with EMDR
Treatment:
In addition to the recommended protocol of establishing a safe space to which the client can retreat if necessary, before doing an
EMDR session with one of these clients, the therapist should identify as many of the client's emotional resources possible, in
particular expriences if any of having felt loved and accepted ad examples of loving people or relationships the client has observed
Among other things, these facilitate more effective copitive interweaves.
The initial task in doing an EMDR session with this client population is to establish an appropriate and richly defined target. Since
it is more difficult for these clients to access meanm&l memories in an emotionally alive way, the therapist must be more active in
helping the client stimulate the associated neural netork as I l l y as possible. In addition to the client's reaction to the plight of
children he may be related to or observe (Level I1 training), a rich source of emotional responsiveness and resources is the client's
own response to situations he has witnessed in news media, TV, movies or theater.
A major challenge in addressing a narcissistic character type using EMDR is tracking the course of the session with these clients
and identifying when they drip out of the targeted neural network. This process can be subtle because it requires an ability to
differentiate true avoidance hm spontaneous associations which may appear at hat to be irrelevant; it requires a familiarity with
and sensitivity to the protective or defensive mechanisms they use to insulate themselves fiom painful memories and affect. As the
patterns ofmovement in and out of the targeted network are identified it is important to use interventions that are experienced by the
client as supportive but nevertheless make hun or her aware of having wandered.
Although the narcissistic client may initiate treatment with the stated goal of improving his performance in specified areas, he will
agree upon reflection that the real problem is that he feels an overriding need to perform in order to feel worthwhile. Since he has
never known any other way of dealing with his self-worth, he will be skeptical about whether it is possible to feel a sense of worth
that is not based upon performance, and it is easy for the therapist to lose perspective and join him in that beliet especially while
doing EMDR with its potential for reprocessing with extraordinary precision specific obstacles to performance. The therapist must,
however, retain her healthy perspective if the client is to learn to accept himself.
For more clinical information about treating disorders of the self:
1.)Beck, Aaron T., et al, Cognitive Therapy Of Personality Disorder Guilford Press, New York,
N. Y., 1990
2.)Manfield, Philip, Split Self/Split Object: Understanding And Treating Borderline, Narcissistic And Schizoid Disorders, Jason Aronson Publishers, Northvale, N.J., 1992.
3.)Young, Jeffrey, E, Cognitive Therapy For Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach,
Professional Resource Exchange, Inc., Sarasota, Florida, 1990.
Keywords: Narcissistic Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
246. Amendolia, R. D. (1998). A narrative constructivist perspective of treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders with Ericksonian hypnosis and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Trauma Response, 13-14.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In a trauma survivor, physiological responses are exacerbated when the affect-laden memories stored in associative networks are triggered by environmental sensory inputs or cues and activate the autonomic nervous system. Recovery from trauma involves not only amelioration of physiological and dissociative symptoms, but also the cognitive rebuilding of a viable assumptive world view which integrates the realms of vulnerability, meaning and self-esteem. This world view is contextualized in cultural idioms and values.
From an Ericksonian perspective, persons are usually attempting to problem-solve, even in a dissociative date. A symptom such as an intrusive recollection or recurrent dream of a traumatic event is therefore construed as a request for help in problem-solving. Hypnosis is a structured dissociation which facilitates cognitive flexibility; that is, the broadening of choices of the client' s belief system, rather than direct work on changing affect or behaviors. The goal of Ericksonian hypnosis is to recontextualize the traumatic memory, the affect of fear, and the physiological hyperarousal cued by the traumatic memory. This occurs within a broader context of pride, mastery and courage, and within a context inclusive of other memories and affects, which are positive for the client.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), similarly has as its goal the facilitation of a transfer of traumatic data from the cortical right hemisphere to the left hemisphere. EMDR also utilizes the attainment of a state of heightened awareness, or collaborative structured dissociation, in order to facilitate the orientation of the traumatized client's conscious mind toward "revisiting" traumatic memories.
Both interventions can facilitate the self-narrative reconstruction process of trauma survivors by simultaneously modulating the person's hyperarousal while attending to the culturally significant metaphors which form the building blocks of a person' s world of meanings.
[AAETS]
Keywords: Eriksonian Hypnosis Narrative Constructionist
Accuracy Verified: Yes
247. Pagani, M. (2010, Novembre). Neurobiologia e nuovi concetti fisiopatologici dell’EMDR [Neurobiology and new concepts pathophysiological EMDR]. Presentazione al "Convegno La psicotraumatologia Oncologica, Roma, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
La sindrome da stress post-traumatico (PTSD) causa nel cervello cambiamenti sia anatomici sia funzionali in specifiche aree cerebrali associate alla risposta emotiva al trauma ed alla relativa insorgenza dei sintomi. Studi di immagini funzionali (tomografia ad emissione di fotone singolo, SPECT, e a emissione di positroni, PET) e strutturali (risonanza magnetica, RM) hanno evidenziato significative variazioni neuropatologiche in pazienti con PTSD durante la rivisitazione del trauma.
L’impiego di queste tecniche ha consentito di fare luce sui correlati neurali della psicoterapia, rivelando i suoi effetti neurobiologici sulle funzioni cerebrali. Nell’ambito dei diversi approcci psicoterapeutici, l’EMDR (Desensibilizzazione e rielaborazione attraverso i movimenti oculari) è emerso come promettente risorsa per il trattamento del trauma e di altri disturbi d’ansia, sebbene ancora non sia stata completamente chiarita la sua modalità di azione sui circuiti neurali. Tuttavia solo un numero esiguo di studi ha indagato il substrato neurobiologico di questa psicoterapia. Verranno discussi studi che il nostro gruppo ha recentemente pubblicato su riviste internazionali e che hanno dimostrato con la SPECT come l’EMDR normalizzi il flusso ematico cerebrale nelle aree limbiche implicate nel PTSD (1) e con la RM come nei pazienti che non rispondono a terapia molte di queste aree presentino una diminuzione rilevante della densità della sostanza grigia (2). Verranno inoltre presentati i risultati preliminari del primo studio che monitora completamente con EEG una seduta EMDR e dimostra le attivazioni che i cicli di desensibilizzazione per se provocano a livello corticale e subcorticale sia durante la prima seduta che durante l’ultima quando il soggetto ha elaborato il trauma.
1. Nardo D et al. J Psychiat Res 2010; 44:477-485
2. Pagani M et al. Nucl Med Commun 2007; 28: 757-765
The syndrome of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) causes changes in the brain is anatomical and functional in specific brain areas associated with emotional response to trauma and the related onset of symptoms. Studies of the functional (single photon emission computed tomography, SPECT, and emission tomography, PET) and structural (magnetic resonance imaging, MRI) have shown significant neuropathological changes in patients with PTSD during revisiting the trauma.
The use of these techniques has allowed to shed light on the neural correlates of psychotherapy, revealing the neurobiological effects on brain function. Under the different psychotherapeutic approaches, EMDR (Desensitization and reprocessing through eye movements) has emerged as a promising resource for the treatment of trauma and other anxiety disorders, although still not been fully elucidated its mode of action neural circuits. However, only a small number of studies have investigated the neurobiological substrate of this psychotherapy. They will discuss studies that our group has recently published in international journals and who have demonstrated with SPECT as EMDR normalize cerebral blood flow in the limbic areas implicated in PTSD (1) and with MRI as in patients who do not respond to therapy many of these areas present a significant decrease in the density of gray matter (2). We will also present the preliminary results of the first study that monitors completely with EEG and demonstrates an EMDR session activations and cycles of desensitization if they cause in the cortex and subcortical both during the first session that during the last when the subject has developed the trauma.
1. D Nardo et al. J Psychiat Res 2010; 44:477-485
2. Pagani M et al. Nucl Med Commun 2007; 28: 757-765
Keywords: Neurobiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
248. Blore, D. C. (2012, October). New directions for EMDR: The EMDR UK & Ireland, Internet-based: Positive psychology & EMDR special interest group (SIG). Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation – the first face-to-face meeting of the SIG, is an update on the status of the SIG and the effectiveness of uniquely launching the group on the www.linkedin.com website. In the first year of its existence, the SIG has attracted over 330 members from 36 countries. Although its inception was created by EMDR UK & Ireland it is clear from the current membership of over 330 from 36 countries worldwide that interest in this field far exceeds national boundaries. Nevertheless at present two thirds of members are from the UK.
The aims of the SIG are:
To bring together members of EMDR UK & Ireland who share a common interest in Positive Psychology as applied to EMDR and to foster awareness of a 'total beneficial outcome' of EMDR i.e. not just the ability of EMDR to reduce negative psychological symptomatology, but to additionally examine Positive Psychological Change including Post Traumatic Growth, Performance Enhancement and the development of the Maslowvian principle of an individual's full 'psychological height'.
The aims are to be achieved by:
Encouraging members to contribute to EMDR conferences, other related presentations, writing of papers for publication, whilst also acting as a resource/ support for EMDR researchers as well as fostering links to other appropriate organisations e.g. members of other National and International EMDR Associations as well as other Positive Psychology Associations e.g. the UK Centre for Applied Positive Psychology (CAPP).
The presentation will also set out the SIG’s agenda for the next two years up until the EMDR Europe Conference in Edinburgh 2014.
Keywords: Internet Positive Psychology & EMDR Special Interest Group SIG
Accuracy Verified: Yes
249. Soubeyrand, P. (2007, June). News in resource activation with EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this workshop I propose participants to experiment for themselves new methods to boost client's resources with bilateral stimulations. How can contribute bilateral stimulations to anchor methods of Solutions Focused Therapy? I will propose after this experimentation some concepts focused on mental health and EMDR therapy with clinical cases and the experience of the the participants.
Keywords: Poster Resource Activation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
250. Zanonato, A. S., & Carvalho, E. R. (2009, Dezembro). O uso do EMDR na terapia de casais e famílias [The use of EMDR in couples and family therapy]. Pensando Famílias, 13(2), 117-129.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Published by Domus - Centro de Terapia de Casal e Famila (Brazil)
O presente trabalho pretende mostrar a validade do EMDR como um instrumento útil em terapias de casais e família, quando experiencias traumáticas do passado estão dificultando o relacionamento entre seus membros. Ressaltam como essa abordagem tem-se mostrado eficaz no tratamento dos Transtornos de Estresse Pós-Traumáticos (TEPT) e em todas as disfunções dele decorrentes. Discutem o conceito de trauma e a forma como, junto com as vivências traumáticas, se mantêm inalteradas as memórias e as emoções a ela associadas, bem como as crenças negativas construídas a partir delas. As autoras relatam dois casos clínicos e lustram como esse recurso pode ser utilizado. Finalmente, consideram a importância da integração de diferentes teorias e técnicas por parte dos terapeutas contemporâneos para um atendimento mais eficaz de seus pacientes.
The present paper intends to show the validity of EMDR as a useful tool in the therapies of couples and families, when traumatic experiences from the past are making difficult the relationship between its members. It stands out how this approach has revealed efficient in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and associated dysfunctions. It talks over the concept of trauma and the way how, with traumatic experiences, the memories and the emotions connected to them as well as the negative beliefs created from the remain unchanged. The authors report two clinical vignettes and illustrate how this resource can be used. Finally, they take into account the importance of integrate different theories and approaches by contemporary therapist for a more efficient assistance of their patients.
Keywords: Couples Therapy Family Therapy Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
251. Shapiro, F. (2009). On science, orthodoxy, EMDR, and the AIP, H. Lipke, invited response. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(2), 110-111. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.2.109.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Thank you for the invitation to respond to Dr. Lipke’s
letter. I will confine myself to statements regarding
the adaptive information processing (AIP) model and
my text. However, I would like to begin by stating
that I applaud the free exchange of ideas regarding the
model. I formulated the principles in 1990 because the
effects I was observing with “EMD” could not be explained
by my original behavioral orientation. These
AIP principles were pivotal in the development of the
current procedures and protocols of eye movement
desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), moving it
from a technique to a psychotherapy approach, offering
a comprehensive view of the clinical picture and
successful treatment applications. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Letter Orthodoxy Science
Accuracy Verified: Yes
252. Becker-Fritz, T., Donovan, L., Heiman, M., Packwood, S., Peterson, G., Peck, B., & Huss, B. (2005, September). Open forum to share clinical uses of EMDR with child/adolescent population. Open forum at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many clinicians who work with children and adolescents struggle with applying the basic protocol for EMDR for this population as well as focus on clinical issues that can be treated effectively with EMDR. It can feel overwhleming for the clinican to be creative within their own practice without support for what they are doing, or suggestions on other strategies that may be more effective. This conversation hour session, lasting 3 hours, will provide a panel of professionals from different fields of expertise to lead a discussion of clinical applications of EMDR when treating children and adolescents. The first topic will address how the EMDR protocol may need to be adjusted to accommodate the needs or limitations for children and adolescents. The second topic will focus on what specific developmental considerations need to be considered when using EMDR with attachment disorders as well as identifying guidelines and strategies for including the family in the EMDR process with this population. The final topic will address 2 commonly seen diagnoses of AD/HD and anxiety addressing the possible negative cognitions, resource installations, and cognitive interweaves that can be used when treating children or adolescents with EMDR to resolve the trauma issues when having these disorders. The members of the panel are current chairs of the EMDRIA Chld/Adolescent SIG who will share their expertise with the audience.
Keywords: Adolescents ADHD Anxiety Attachment Disorders Children Attention Deficit Hyperacitivty Disorder Developmental Considerations Open Forum
Accuracy Verified: Yes
253. Schmidt, S. J. (1999, December). Overcoming client resistance to resource development and installation (RDI). EMDRIA Newsletter, 4(4), 10, 27-31.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
At the 1997 San Francisco EMDRIA Conference Andrew Leeds (1997) made a landmark presentation on Resource Development and Installation (RDI), in which he highlighted a surprising and dramatic shift in a chronically ill client following and RDI intervention. While Dr, Leeds concedes he is not the first or only proponent of RDI, he has certainly done more than any one else to popularize it s use. The EMDR Institute has recognized its importance and now includes it in Level II trainings. RDI is a powerful psychotherapy tool. Its ego strengthening effects prepares clients for, and lowers resistance to, EMDR processing. In my experience, preceding standard EMDR with RDI can increase the likelihood of safe, simple, and successful trauma processing. For a variety of reasons, unfortunately, some clients resist RDI interventions. This article proposes a model for understanding such resistance.
Keywords: RDI Resistance Resource Development Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
254. Myers, H., & McTaggart, J. (2011, March). An overview of using EMDR positive resource development with children and adolescents. Symposium conducted at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is an effective and principled intervention to help people with the impact of
trauma. It also offers powerful resource development approaches. These are useful as preparation
work in processing trauma, but also valuable interventions in themselves. This can be very helpful when circumstances preclude doing trauma work, or when only brief interventions are possible.
Positive installations and resource development are also apt for use with children and young
people, addressing real world functioning in what is often an enjoyable and rewarding way.
Many resource development approaches are well known, and have been used in both standard
and novel ways by practitioners. Others have been developed by individual practitioners, and
also their clients. Often, therefore, there are good methods that could be more widely known.
This workshop presents an account of both standard and non-standard resource development
techniques, with an opportunity for participants to present their own good practice and share
knowledge. There will also be a discussion of resource development within the EMDR protocol,
as part of a principled model for this kind of work., but with a practical view as to how resource
development can make trauma processing both easier and more effective. This paper gives an
overview of using RID with children. We will look at a whole range of RID’s- common ones and
some non-standard, innovative ones. With the participants we will look at purposes, pitfalls, the
extent to which any can be safely ‘given away’, and any experiences of using these in groups. To
our knowledge, the field has not been drawn together in this way, and we hope through a mixture
of presentation and discussion to begin to share our experiences, and develop peoples’ confidence
in extending their repertoire.
Keywords: Resource Development RID Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
255. Lilieblad, B. (2004, June). Pain, stress and quality of life. In EMDR, biology and the body (P. Lieberman, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Long time pain in the low back and neck is often difficult to diagnose and treat. We have known for a long time that patients’ personality and motivation are crucial for progress in treatment. Patients treated by physiotherapists in southern Stockholm were invited to 2 seminars on Pain, Stress, and Quality of Life. The patients were taught about pain in general, about stress and how to handle it, about body awareness and how to handle daily situations. During the seminars we collected data about the patients’ background, coping resources and quality of life. They also filled out the personal pain drawing test (PPD). They are offered individual counseling by a physiotherapist, an occupational therapist and 10 meetings with a psychologist.
114 patients participated in 17 seminars. The patients were followed up. Half of the group had decreased pain according to the PPD, even those who had not consulted the psychology. Around 50% had less treatment by physiotherapist, 24% had less sick leave. 57% had started relaxation and/or exercise body awareness. The 34 patients treated by the psychologist (mostly with EMDR) increased their emotional and spiritual/philosophic coping resource as well as their emotional quality of life.
Our experiences are that many pain patients suffer from psychosomatic disorders and that psychological staffs is an effective and necessary part of the multidisciplinary treatment in primary health care.
Keywords: Coping Holistic Treatment Pain Pain Drawing Quality of Life Psychosomatic Pain Stress Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
256. Farrell, D., & Keenan, P. (2007, June). Participant's experiences of EMDR training within the UK and Ireland. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This study investigated the experiences of several hundreds of participants who had undertaken EMDR training in the United Kingdom and Ireland over the last ten years. The research group was drawn from both the membership of the EMDR UK and I Approved Commercial Training. The research ascertained participant’s core profession, main psychological treatment orientation, present utilization of EMDR within current clinical practice, number of clients treated, types of referral issues, average number of sessions, and provision for clinical supervision. Participants were then asked to provide feedback as to their views on their EMDR training experience. Results demonstrated a significant proportion of practitioners integrated EMDR with Cognitive Behavioural Therapy more than any other paradigm. EMDR trainings were criticised in areas which included participant involvement, post training, professional development, and systems of assessment of knowledge and application of EMDR. The findings suggest a need to develop competency based curriculum training in EMDR. Arguments will be presented to support the need to teach EMDR within a wider clinical context.
Keywords: Ireland Training Treatment UK United Kingdom
Accuracy Verified: Yes
257. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Parrett, B. (1995, June). Peak performance in the work place. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In his book, Anxietv Disorders and Phobias, Aaron Beck, MD, wrote cogently about the so-called "evaluation anxieties." He
employed the metaphor of the tightrope walker to describe the constant worry about a possible "fall from grace" experienced
by the person troubled by concern about performing well in a variety of life situations. Beck divided these situations into
three categories: social situations; school and work settings; and what he called "transactions with the outside world,"
meaning instances of shopping and traveling.
The focus of this three-hour presentation is evaluation or performance anxiety (as it is more often termed) in the workplace
and applications of EMDR to removing blocks to optimal functioning at work. The theoretical contribution of Beck and his
colleagues will shape the presenters' information about why performance anxiety develops and who is likely to be vulnerable
to it. The rationale for this extension of the EMDR model will be grounded in the theoretical framework of cognitive
therapy.
The two presenters bring their considerable experience with EMDR (five+ years) and expertise in peak performance
consulting to participants in this session. From their background, they will derive the presentation's emphasis on EMDR
applications that are immediately useful to the participants.
To begin, the presenters will provide the aforementioned theoretical understanding of "evaluation anxiety" and its
manifestation as performance anxiety in the workplace. Approximately the first quarter of the presentation will be spent in
didactic material that describes specifically how performance anxiety interferes with optimal functioning at work across a
variety of occupations. Drs. Foster and Lendl will elaborate on two situations in which performance anxiety is especially
likely to occur in work-related situations: 1) during periods of rapid change; and 2) during the performance review process.
Having established this basis of understanding, the presenters will move on to describe the most commonly observed
psychological blocks that impede optimal performance in work settings: 1) external conflicts brought into work; 2) feeling
like an 'impostor' in one's position at work, 3) perfectionism as a barrier to performance; 4) past failures that operate as
anticipatory anxieties (for example, a client's worry that a past mistake or setback might recur in the future); 5)
discrimination on the basis of gender, race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, education or age.
Using actual transcripts and videotaped excerpts of their sessions, the presenters will demonstrate how their EMDR
interventions may be applied. The presenters will show participants how to assess their own current and prospective clients
for the psychological blocks that are interfering with work performance. Efficient ways to elicit negative and positive
cognition for these work-related issues will be precisely described. The expected course of the EMDR processing will be
illustrated using the presenters' cases which include a perfectionistic dentist, a high level executive after a layoff, a female
manager desiring a promotion who is grappling with a chauvinistic boss, and performing artists struggling with stage fright
and other barriers to their optimal performance.
The presenters will then share with participants the ways in which they assist their clients in reaching and maintaining
balance in their life- and work styles, in what the presenters call "Using EMDR to meet daily challenges with optimal
response." Specific strategies for integrating EMDR into broader-based interventions will be described for assisting clients
in: 1) increasing self-trust; 2) learning to capably manage crises; 3) increasing focus and attention at work; and 4) setting
priorities and using time effectively.
Lastly, Drs. Foster and Lend will demonstrate additional EMDR applications for assisting clients in attaining and
maintaining what the presenters call "Optimal Well-Being." Citing case material, the presenters will show participants the
means by which EMDR can be employed to speed recovery from illness and to decrease the rehabilitation time needed
following an injury.
Participants will be given the opportunity to rehears several of the applications described and to receive feedback fiom the
instructors.
Reference: Beck, A.T. (1985). Anxiety Disorders and Phobias, Basic Books, New York.
Keywords: Peak Performance Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
258. Radke, M. (2002, June). A perfect complement: EMDR and internal family systems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR and the Internal Family System (IFS) model share a common treatment approach and their integration significantly increases the effectiveness of both. The workshop will provide a brief overview of the central IFS components. It will then demonstrate how IFS "parts" work can facilitate developing target events and memories, cognitions, feelings, and sensations, plus assist with reducing client resistance and looping. The IFS idea of "self leadership" will give a new context for "resource installation" and "cognitive interweave." A case example of abandonment by self or family will show how IFS enhances the timing and content of EMDR protocol.
Keywords: IFS Internal Family Systems
Accuracy Verified: Yes
259. Greway, G. (2003). Personality change in trauma victims by the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, resource development and installation, and emotional freedom techniques. Union Institute and Unversity, Cincinnati, OH. AAT 3088540.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Personality change in victims of trauma has been demonstrated by key researchers in the field of trauma. This research explored this area further by studying if problem personality patterns can improve to healthier levels by processing trauma symptoms with new rapid trauma techniques. This research provides new information in trauma and personality, as well as offers links to possible new treatment methods. The hypothesis tested in this research was that significant change in problem personality patterns would occur in trauma subjects whose symptoms were processed through a multi-impact therapy that included Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), building ego structure through Resource Installation and Development and reducing physiological stress through the use of Emotional Freedom Techniques, as compared to subjects in the control group who received talking therapy. A sample of ten female participants was selected that had traumatic backgrounds and posttraumatic symptoms. All subjects received the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory III (MCMI III) as a pre and a post test, and the Personality Assessment Screener (PAS) throughout 14 weeks of treatment. The PAS provided a means to measure subjects through descriptive statistics and the MCMI III measured the three highest clinical personality scales and the changes that occurred after the treatment. Within the two groups, the results of the PAS showed that talking therapy may be extremely helpful for personality improvement for some individuals processing trauma issues, but not all. The MCMI III results showed that the multi-impact group appeared to be somewhat more stable, meaning that the multi-impact treatment appeared to aid improvement on all three personality scales. The talking treatment group showed improvement on the most problematic personality scale, minimal increase on the second highest personality scale, and the third highest personality scale became significantly worse as compared to the multi-impact treatment group. This confirmed the hypothesis that there would be significant change in clinical personality scores. This implies that the multi-impact treatment helped individuals in a more efficient manner, in that improvement on personality syndromes or disorders was global. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 64(4-B), 2003, pp. 1902.
Keywords: Emotional Freedom Techniques Emotional Trauma Emotions Freedom Empirical Study Personality Change Resource Development Resource Installation Trauma Victims
Accuracy Verified: Yes
260. Potter, A. E. (2005, September). Phase-based trauma treatment: EMDR and DBT or STAIR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as
well as complex issues, such as substance abuse/
addiction, personality disorders, chronic and/or
severe mental illness often have significant skill
deficits in the area of emotion regulation. This
presentation will explain the concepts of emotion
regulation and dysregulation and the behavioral
manifestations of emotion dysregulation. Clients'
difficulty in regulating emotion can interfere with
their ability to process traumatic memories with a
minimum of re-traumatization and relapse in or a
worsening of symptoms. Phase-based trauma
treatment was conceptualized to assist clients in
developing adequate emotion regulation skills
during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to
trauma processing. This presentation will offer
rationale for phase-based treatment with certain
client populations. This presentation will show how sessions of trauma processing with EMDR can be
integrated into the second level of phase-based
trauma treatment, replacing the utilization of
exposure therapy for trauma processing.
Additionally, this presentation will establish how
skills learned in the initial phase of trauma
treatment can be employed during EMDR positive
resource development and as cognitive interweaves
during EMDR trauma processing. Case and
videotape examples will be utilized throughout the
presentation to illustrate topics presented in lecture and discussion.
Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Stair
Accuracy Verified: Yes
261. Potter, A. E. (2006, September). Phase-based trauma treatment: EMDR and DBT or STAIR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as
well as complex issues, such as substance abuse/
addiction, personality disorders, chronic and/or
severe mental illness often have significant skill
deficits in the area of emotion regulation. This
presentation will explain the concepts of emotion
regulation and dysregulation and the behavioral
manifestations of emotion dysregulation. Clients'
difficulty in regulating emotion can interfere with
their ability to process traumatic memories with a
minimum of re-traumatization and relapse in or a
worsening of symptoms. Phase-based trauma
treatment was conceptualized to assist clients in
developing adequate emotion regulation skills
during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to
trauma processing. This presentation will offer
rationale for phase-based treatment with certain
client populations. This presentation will show how sessions of trauma processing with EMDR can be
integrated into the second level of phase-based
trauma treatment, replacing the utilization of
exposure therapy for trauma processing.
Additionally, this presentation will establish how
skills learned in the initial phase of trauma
treatment can be employed during EMDR positive
resource development and as cognitive interweaves
during EMDR trauma processing. Case and
videotape examples will be utilized throughout the
presentation to illustrate topics presented in lecture and discussion.
Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Stair
Accuracy Verified: Yes
262. McCrone, P. R., Knapp, M. R. J., & Cawkill, P. (2003, October). Post-traumatic stress in the armed forces: Health economic considerations. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 16(5), 519-522. doi:10.1023/A:1025722930935.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This paper discesses the uses of health economics in relation to posttrauamtic stress disorder (PTSD) in the Armed Forces, with a view to assessing the feasibiity of carrying out future evalutive studies. Although psychologoical and pharmacological interventions can be used to treat PTSD, no economic evaluations are known to exist. There is an econimic 'burden' associated with PTSD and treatments require the use of scarce resources. Health economics provides tools (inlcuding cost-effectivness, cost-benefit and cost utility analyses) to ascertain the relative efficiency of different treatment options. This paper concludes that the quality of life and resource consequences of PTSD require a better understanding of the economics of the disorder and the alternative ways to treat it.
Keywords: Postraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
263. Gregoire, A. (2008, Mai). Pourquoi, quand et comment intégrer l’EMDR dans le processus thérapeutique [Why, when, and how to integrate EMDR in the therapeutic process]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Cette présentation explore les contributions spécifiques d’EMDR en tant que modèle d’analyse et de compréhension de la psychopathologie et en tant que technique thérapeutique. Quelles situations cliniques sont propices pour introduire l’EMDR, que le modèle soit intégré à l’intérieur du processus thérapeutique, ou encore, introduit par le biais d’une référence à un thérapeute EMDR pour une série de sessions ? Pourquoi introduire l’EMDR dans un processus thérapeutique? À quel moment l’EMDR est-il le plus approprié en tant que modèle ou comme technique? Enfin, quelle est la meilleure façon d’entreprendre un processus EMDR et quels sont les éléments cliniques pouvant servir de déclencheurs ou de préambule au protocole EMDR?
This presentation will explore the specific contributions of EMDR as model of analysis, interpretation of psychopathology and psychotherapeutic techniques within the context of the psychotherapy relationship. What
are the clinical situations in which EMDR can best be introduced either as integrated in the psychotherapy process or as we have observed, as involving a referral to an EMDR therapist for a series of sessions.
Why introduce EMDR into the psychotherapy process?,
When is an EMDR intervention most appropriate for its optimal use as model and as technique?, and
How can an EMDR process best be introduced? and what are the clinical issues which can be used as triggers and as preamble to the EMDR protocol?
Keywords: Psychotherapeutic Orientation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
264. Nurse, R. (1996, Summer). Practice: Clinical notebook--Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A stealth-like approach to family of origin issues. The Family Psychologist, 12(3), 17-19.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
This newsletter discusses Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), an emerging psychotherapeutic method. Topics include: research on EMDR, a symposium on EMDR, the ethics of training with EMDR, the process of EMDR, training in EMDR, and a new resource article on EMDR.
Keywords: Psychotherapeutic Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
265. Korn, D., & Leeds, A. (2002, December). Preliminary evidence of efficacy for EMDR resource development and installation in the stabilization phase of treatment of complex posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(12), 1465-1487. doi:10.1002/jclp.10099.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article reviews the complexity of adaptation and symptomatology in adult survivors of childhood neglect and abuse who meet criteria for the proposed diagnosis of Complex PTSD, also known as Disorders of Extreme Stress, Not Otherwise Specified (DESNOS). A specific EMDR protocol, Resource Development and Installation (RDI), is proposed as an effective intervention in the initial stabilization phase of treatment with Complex PTSD/DESNOS. Descriptive psychometric and behavioral outcome measures from two single case studies are presented which appear to support the use of RDI. Suggestions are offered for future treatment outcome research with this challenging population. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Child Abuse Clinical Case Study Complex Empirical Study Females Neglect Postt traumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Review Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
266. Leeds, A. M. (2001, December). Principals and procedures for enhancing current functioning in complex posttraumatic stress disorder with EMDR resource development and installation. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(Special Edition), 4-11 .
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
When developing a treatment plan, clinicians need to be able to recognize not only the specific effects of trauma but to consider symptoms reflecting limited capacities for emotional self regulation. Such problems are often found when client histories included significant childhood neglect or other disruptions of each childhood attachment (Damasio, 1999; Schore, 2000; Sigel, 1999). Clients with a history of secure attachment appear to be more vulnerable to PTSD (Alexander, et al., 1998; Muller, Sicoli, & Kemieux, 2000) and initially need to be addressed with procedures different from those for trauma specific symptoms. Therefore in the consensus model of posttraumatic treatment (Browm Scheflin, & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999) clinicians are urged to focus on clients’ personal safety, stabilization, and the development of client capacities for tolerating and modulating strong affect in the early phases of treatment.
Keywords: DESNOS RDI Resource Development and Installation Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stabalization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
267. Lehrer, P. M., Woolfolk, R. L., & Sime, W. E. (2007). Principles and practice of stress management. (3rd. ed.) New York, NY, US: Guilford Press.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Recent years have seen significant advances in understanding psychosocial stress and its clinical management. Now in a thoroughly revised and expanded third edition, this comprehensive work reviews effective stress management techniques and their applications for treating psychological problems and enhancing physical health and performance. Bringing together recognized leaders in the field to present their respective approaches and demonstrate the nuts and bolts of intervention, the volume is structured for optimal use as a clinical reference and text. All chapters retained from the prior edition have been extensively rewritten, and many new chapters have been added. Part I examines conceptual foundations and describes basic mechanisms of stress and relaxation. Part II, the largest section, covers the full range of methods, including progressive relaxation, hypnosis, biofeedback, meditation, cognitive methods, and other therapies. Each tightly edited chapter: (1) Details the method's history, theoretical underpinnings, and evidence base; (2) Spells out assessment procedures and techniques; (3) Provides step-by-step implementation guidelines; (4) Considers common treatment obstacles and how to overcome them; (5) Discusses strategies for increasing patient motivation and adherence; and (6) Illustrates the method with an in-depth case example. New to the third edition are chapters on mindfulness meditation, neurofeedback, EMDR, breathing retraining, heart rate variability biofeedback, exercise therapy, and Qigong. Finally, Part III explores applications in mental health, behavioral medicine, and sport psychophysiology (another new topic in this edition), shedding light on which approaches are most suitable for particular problems. The concluding chapter reviews the clinical research literature and offers clear recommendations for improving outcomes. This timely, authoritative book is an indispensable resource for clinical and health psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, counselors, nurses, and other professionals interested in learning and using stress management techniques. It will serve as a text in graduate-level courses in stress management, behavioral medicine, social work in health care, and related areas. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Stress Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
268. Matthess, H. (2007, June). Profits from the benefit of structural dissociation on the application with EMDR for complex-traumatized clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with chronic and complex Posttraumatic Stress
Disorder (PTSD) caused by severe traumata in childhood,
are often still treated inadequately, especially when they
developed additional dissociative symptoms or a Dissociative
Disorder.
There is a current consensus about the need tomodify the
EMDR standard protocol in the treatment of complex
traumatized and dissociative clients. From the theoretical
background of structural dissociation theory and Janet’s
system of action systems, the therapist has not only to recognize
clients’ deficits but also to address action tendencies
in the client’s inner system that could ameliorate
coping strategies in solving problems in daily life.
With the help of bilateral stimulation, blending of parts
of the personality containing different information can
be promoted often resulting in remarkable changes in the
behavior and resource activation. The main principles
that need to be regarded treating complex and dissociative
clients with bilateral stimulation will be explained
and basic rules for treatment plans including the use of
EMDR will be developed.
English subtitled video examples demonstrate the proposed modification
of the EMDR standard protocol and will
be discussed in detail. I will present shortly recent research
findings on autonomic nervous system alterations
during EMDR. These results help to define special
working mechanisms of our modified EMDR protocol in
clients with dissociative disorders.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
269. Shapiro, F. (2002, June). Protecting the future. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the past 12 years, EMDR has evolved into an integrative treatment approach emphasizing not only symptom elimination, but learning and
personal growth as well. However, the degree to which the client is benefited is determined by the orientation of the clinician. Likewise, the
degree to which society is benefited is determined by the orientation of our field. What have we accomplished so far and what remains to be done? This presentation will review the history of EMDR over the last 12 years and the implications of these events for the future.
Keywords: History
Accuracy Verified: Yes
270. Jarero, I., Roque-López, S., & Gomez, J. (2013). The provision of an EMDR-based multicomponent trauma treatment with child victims of severe interpersonal trauma. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(1), 17-28. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.1.17.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This study evaluated a multicomponent phase-based trauma treatment approach for 34 children who were victims of severe interpersonal trauma (e.g., rape, sexual abuse, physical and emotional violence, neglect, abandonment). the children attended a week-long residential psychological recovery camp, which provided resource building experiences, the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing integrative group treatment protocol (emdr-igtp), and one-on-one emdr intervention for the resolution of traumatic memories. the individual emdr sessions were provided for 26 children who still had some distress about their targeted memory following the emdr-igtp. results showed significant improvement for all the participants on the child's reaction to traumatic events scale (crtes) and the short ptsd rating interview (sprint), with treatment results maintained at follow-up. more research is needed to assess the emdr-igtp and the one-on-one emdr intervention effects as part of a multimodal approach with children who have suffered severe interpersonal trauma.
Keywords: Children Complex Trauma Integrative Group Treatment Protocol Interpersonal Trauma Multicomponent-Phased Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
271. Monticelli, M. L. (2008, Novembre). Psicoterapia cognitivo costruttivista e EMDR integrati: verso un’evoluzione mente-corpo consapevole e collettiva [Cognitive constructivist EMDR integrated into development mind-body awareness and collective]. Poster presentato al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
I limiti mentali autoimposti acquisiti da copioni familiari reiterati in età evolutiva e da modelli operativi interiori acquisiti dalle autorità societarie attraverso mezzi di comunicazione di massa e regole educativo-lavorative, inducono percentuali sempre più rilevanti della popolazione europea alla vulnerabilità psicopatologica. L’esordio delle sintomatologie psichiche e somatiche di varia entità, avviene già in fasi precoci, nella primissima infanzia e spesso già nelle fasi prenatali, e il limite di età tende percentualmente a essere sempre più sensibile fin dal primo mese di vita. In età scolare si manifestano situazioni comportamentali quali il cosiddetto “bullismo” e fenomeni con campionature rilevanti di sindromi ipercinetiche con deficit attentivo e disturbi del-l’apprendimento. In adolescenza il contesto si complica e gli attacchi di panico, le sindromi depressive e i disturbi alimentari psicogeni dilagano, fino all’esordio di disturbi post-traumatici da stress che si incrementano in seguito alle difficili scelte di orientamento universitario o lavorativo. La vulnerabilità dell’età adulta si manifesta con disturbi somatoformi di diversa natura, disturbi psicocardiologici, sindromi ansioso-depressive, attacchi di panico, disturbi di coppia e relazionali, per citare i più frequenti e limitandomi solo ad accennare l’esistenza della molteplicità di disturbi iatrogeni. In tali soggetti, la consapevolezza di essere indotti in stati di shock che incrementano molteplici disturbi somatoformi e psicopatologici è praticamente assente. Essi, come pazienti, si rivolgono agli specialisti in ambito sanitario con la convinzione, spesso indotta da propagande dei mass-media, che tutto sia solo genetico, e vada "curato" con farmaci per lunghi periodi se non per tutta la vita. Anche da parte degli operatori sanitari vi sono ampie aree di inadeguatezza metodologica: ad esempio, la gravidanza viene gestita come fosse una malattia, riducendo la donna partoriente a una paziente alla quale troppo facilmente si “consiglia” il parto cesareo (statisticamente tra i più frequenti in Italia!) come metodo “veloce e sicuro” di parto, togliendo la competenza materna dell’imprinting alla nascita del bambino con le conseguenze psicologiche che ne derivano per la relazione madre-bambino e per la crescita serena di quest’ultimo, e, sempre a titolo esemplificativo, ignorano quasi del tutto gli aspetti di psicocardiologia, e il loro intervento si riduce a esami medici invasivi e a somministrazione di farmaci. Eppure, la psicoterapia cognitiva costruttivista, e specificamente modelli teorici e tecniche strategiche specialistiche note come EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing), l’utilizzo di biofeedback, l’innovativo training emotivo-cognitivo-comportamentale da me ideato nelle due versioni per la psicoterapia e per i gruppi in formazione che incrementa il riconoscimento emotivo e l’implementazione di immagini mentali idonee a modificare cognizioni e comportamenti irrazionali, quando eticamente e competentemente applicati, fanno molto per questi pazienti, sia in quanto si incrementa sensibilmente il livello della loro consapevolezza e della loro capacità di farsi protagonisti nel-l'evoluzione positiva della loro “guarigione”, sia in quanto si può intervenire in modo mirato con sperimentati protocolli per la risoluzione dello stato di trauma psichico in tempi ragionevolmente rapidi e con risultati attendibili e verificabili. Passando dalla dimensione individuale a quella collettiva, ossia alla psicopatologia collettiva cagionata dall’esposizione (anche solo mediatica) ad eventi catastrofici o angoscianti (magari associati a senso di impotenza, insicurezza, precarietà) o a diversi tipi di stress e vulnerabilità, possiamo aggiungere che, analogamente, mediante un lavoro su sistemi di neuroni specchio e sull'attivazione di nuove connessioni di reti neurali con un modello operativo non invasivo, si potrebbe migliorare la condizione di intere popolazioni rispetto a disturbi che, oggettivamente, sono in continua diffusione.
Sarebbe opportuno iniziare una sensibilizzazione collettiva partendo dalla formazione per livelli differenziati degli operatori educativi e sanitari, per poi estenderla alla popolazione suddividendola
per fasce di età e per territori di appartenenza; purtroppo la consapevolezza non è tra le aspettative primarie di committenti rivolti solo al profitto economico.
In un contesto storico-culturale dove l’etica, le relazioni umane, la cooperazione sembrano utopiche fiabe, questa è la sfida di essere una perturbatrice emotivamente orientata ad amplificare la consapevolezza attraverso un nuovo modello psicoterapeutico e formativo integrato, al quale sto lavorando da alcuni anni con risultati incoraggianti e che sarà mia premura esporre dettagliatamente durante il Congresso EMDR 2008.
The self-imposed mental limitations acquired from family scripts repeated age and developmental models inner acquired by the company operating through means of mass communication and
educational and working rules, induce percentage increasing as the population of Europe vulnerability to psychopathology. The onset of symptoms of various psychological and somatic
entity, is already in the early stages, in early childhood and often known during prenatal and age limit percentage tends to be more sensitive since the first month of life. Age
school behavioral situations occur where the so-called "bullying" and phenomena samples relevant syndromes of attention-deficit and hyperactive disorder - learning. In adolescence the context is complicated and panic attacks, the syndromes psychogenic depression and eating disorders are rampant, until onset of post-traumatic disorders stress which increases as a result of difficult choices of university or business orientation. The vulnerability of adulthood is manifested by different types of somatoform disorders, disorders psycho, anxious-depressive syndrome, panic attacks, disorders of torque and relational to cite the most frequent is limited only to mention the existence of multiplicity of disorders iatrogenic. In these subjects, conscious of being led into a state of shock that increase multiple somatoform disorders and psychopathology is virtually absent. They, like patients, addressed to specialists in the health field with the belief, often driven by propaganda media, that everything is just genetic, and must be "cured" with drugs for long periods if not for life. Including by health workers there are large areas of inadequacy
methodological: for example, pregnancy is managed as if it were a disease, reducing the woman in labor to a patient which too easily "advise" Caesarean (statistically the most frequent in Italy!) as a method of "fast and safe childbirth, removing the competence of imprinting the birth mother of the child with the psychological consequences that entailed for the mother-child and to the peaceful growth of the latter, and, also example, know little about the aspects of psycho, and their intervention reduces to invasive medical examinations and medication. Yet, cognitive psychotherapy
constructivist theoretical models and specific strategic and technical specialists known as EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), the use of biofeedback, the innovative
emotional-cognitive-behavioral training which I designed in two versions for psychotherapy and groups in training that increases the emotional recognition and implementation of
mental images likely to change, knowledge and irrational behavior, when ethically and competently applied, do a lot for these patients, both because it increases
significantly the level of their awareness and their ability to get players in - the positive development of their "healing", both as it can intervene in a targeted manner with
tested protocols for the resolution of the state of psychic trauma in the reasonably rapid and reliable and verifiable results. Moving from individual dimension to that
collective, that is caused by exposure to psychopathology group (even the media) to distressing or catastrophic event (perhaps associated with the sense of powerlessness, insecurity, instability) or
different types of stress and vulnerability, we can add that, similarly, through a work on systems of mirror neurons and activation of new connections of neural networks with a model
operating non-invasive, it could improve the condition of entire populations than disorders that, objectively, are in constant circulation. It would be appropriate to start a collective awareness levels, starting from training differential operators' education and health, then extend it to the population divides
by age and territories belonging unfortunately the awareness is not between the expectations primary principals addressed only in profit or loss. In a historical-cultural context where ethics, human relations, cooperation seem utopian fairy tales, this is the challenge of being an emotionally disturbing oriented to amplify the awareness through a new model of psychotherapy and integrated training, which I working for several years with encouraging results and that will spell out my readiness EMDR 2008 during the Congress.
Keywords: Mind-Body Awareness Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
272. Schellong, J. (2010, June). Psychophysiological responsivity to trauma and internal resources in patients with PTSD and healthy subjects. In Research. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This study aims to measure psychophysiological
parameters during activation of internal resources k g .
positive memories) and to compare these to activated traumatic
internal networks.
Antecedent studies show that traumatic stimulation on patients
with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) finalizes in various
psychophysiological correlates. During therapy of these patients
a strong demand for activation of internal resources, i.e. activation
of fortitude and positives thoughts, exists. Especially EMDR
therapy uses resource stimulating elements such as position of
power and absorption in preparation for exposure. In this study
standardized EMDR protocols establish a solid basis to explore
individual internal resources.
Researches on trauma stimuli in EMDR- patients show effects
on parasympathetic tonus (Sack 2006) as well as increased cerebral
blood flow in defined brain regions (Levin 1999. Lamprecht
2000). Especially the heart rate variability (HRV) may describe
the sympatheticovagal balance (Cohen, 2002, Porges 1991). This
study focuses on psychophysiological effects and neurobiological
regulative mechanisms of stabilizing methods and activation of
internal resources in PTSD patients and healthy control group.
Methods: Healthy subjects and patients with diagnosed PTSD
(DIAX) listened to a commonly neutral script, an individual
trauma script and an individual absorption script. Following
each script measurements of heart rate variability (HRV), respiratory
flow, skin conductance responses (SCR) and skin blood
flow (LCF, TU50%) took place.
Results: Preliminary results revealed a significant reduced heart
rate variability in patients compared to the healthy controls in
reaction to the stress script as well as to the positive and the
neutral scripts.
Conclusion: To our knowledge this is the first time to be proven
that altered autonomous functions are found in PTSD not only
in reaction to traumatic reminders, but even to a positive, resource
activation situation. This provides our basement for further
research. Detailed analysis of different effects to each script
on both groups are currently underway.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Research Responsivity Symposium Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
273. McFarlane, A. (2010, June). PTSD as an information processing disorder. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Posttraumatic stress disorder is a challenging condition, as people become captured by their past experiences and have difficulty engaging with the present. At the core of this condition is the role of traumatic memories, which orientate the individual's awareness and reactivity to reminders of the instigating traumatic event. The role of traumatic events has not been fully understood and grappled with in the full range of psychopathological conditions. This has important implications for the application of EMDR as a treatment for disorders above and beyond posttraumatic stress disorder.
However, the problems with information processing in PTSD go above and beyond the fear circuitry and reactivity to traumatic memories. Individuals with PTSD also have major difficulties with their self-orientation, which is reflected in deficits in default networks, the idling systems of the brain. These changes are indicative of problems in self-registration and free-floating reflection. Dissociative symptoms may relate to these abnormalities of individuals resting states as they reflect a sense of disconnection and integration of internal states into consciousness.
Secondly, posttraumatic stress disorder is associated with major problems in dealing with neutral environmental information. This is reflected in the symptoms of difficulty with concentration and emotional numbing. The underlying neurobiology of the working memory abnormalities in posttraumatic stress disorder will be highlighted. These studies show that, in PTSD, relatively simple attentional tasks recruit neural networks normally reserved for more demanding and higher order tasks. When confronted with more demanding challenges, individuals with PTSD do not have any further capacity to allocate to processing complex environments.
Individuals with PTSD also demonstrate a problem with switching their attentional focus from an idling to active state. The data suggests that they continue to use visio-spatial networks more than language-based systems for dealing with verbal tasks. This observation is in keeping with a broad body of literature, which suggests that there are problems with the processing of verbal memory tasks in PTSD. EMDR, as a treatment, may have an advantage, as it is not so dependent on verbal representations of traumatic experiences as other treatment approaches.
Finally, an important development in the field is a better understanding of the patterns of abnormal cortical arousal that accompany the peripheral arousal abnormalities in PTSD. Quantitative EEG has given insights into the instability of the cortical neural networks. Neurotherapy represents a treatment that can further assist clinicians in the management of these patients. It is important to consider the underlying psychosomatic aspects of posttraumatic stress disorder and ensure that treatment addresses these components as well the traumatic memories. Treatment should be thought of as a staged process where the processing of traumatic memories is only one component of a disorder that impacts on a range of information processing domains.
Keywords: Information Processing Keynote Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
274. Miller, P. W. (2004, December). Pure gold – an EMDR case cameo from Northern Ireland. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net 12/27/2008.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
I'm just writing this as we approach St Patrick's Day and with it the
symbolism of the Shamrock. The story goes that St Patrick used it to explain
the doctrine of the Trinity to the Irish. He took something they were familiar
with and used it to explain something profound. In therapy we can often
harness the power of the iconic when working in the area of resource
installation or when the client becomes stuck and we introduce a cognitive
interweave. I want to share such a case cameo with you.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
275. Kinowski, K. (2003, May). Put your best foot forward. A somatosensory anchoring of confidence using modified EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The protocol I would like to introduce you to today is called “Put Your Best Foot Forward.” The name captures its spirit as well as its occasional manifestation in a therapy session when clients actually put one foot forward. It is a specific therapy procedure in eight parts focused on empowerment. It aims to help clients locate within themselves a somatosensory anchor for confidence when dealing with some recurrent problem. You can work through all eight parts in one therapy session. It is not a one-session treatment, however, nor a replacement for the standard EMDR protocol (Shapiro, 2001). It is an example of the application of EMDR principles to a therapeutic area that has come to be called resource work.
Keywords: Anchoring Confidence Modified EMDR
Accuracy Verified: Yes
276. Kinowski, K. (2003). Put your best foot forward. Clinical practice manual. An EMDR-related protocol for empowerment using somatosensory and visual priming of resource experiences (2nd Ed.). Victoria, BC: Author.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
The theory and how-to of the protocol are contained in a 153 page manual, 8 ½" x 11". The second edition updates the database and includes a new chapter with case reports from other therapists. The manual's contents include:
the full text protocol
enough practical information so you can knowledgeably use it if you wish
a simplified record form for the client's file
two new ratings scales: Subjective Units of Body Safety( SUBS) and Rating of Confidence (RoC)
theoretical discussion of midbrain areas that I think are activated by the process
13 tables of descriptive statistics, n= 40, 67 administrations of the protocol
stills taken from video of therapy sessions (with client permission, faces obscured)
colored illustrations of client imagery, key midbrain areas, and body diagrams summarizing different results
a 3 page table summarizing each of the protocol's eight stages from four operational factors - therapist mode of activity, information processing, somatosensory processing, and conjectured neural activation
more than 15 cases are described in whole or in part, 8 from other therapists
Keywords: Empowerment Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
277. Kinowski, K. (2003). Put your best foot forward: An EMDR-related protocol for empowerment using somatosensory and visual priming of resource experiences. Victoria, B.C.: Published by Author.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
The protocol I would like to introduce is an eight-part therapy procedure called “Put Your
Best Foot Forward.” The name captures its spirit as well as its occasional manifestation in a
therapy session when a client actually puts one foot forward. The destination of this protocol
is empowerment and it uses somatosensory processing to get there. It aims to help clients
locate within themselves a source of confidence when dealing with an unwanted recurrent
problem. You can work through the eight sections in one therapy session but it is not a onesession
treatment. Nor is it a replacement for the standard EMDR protocol (Shapiro, 2001).
This protocol is an example of the application of EMDR information processing principles to
a therapeutic field that has come to be called resource work. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Empowerment Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
278. Kinowski, K. (2003, September). Put your best foot forward: Somatosensory and visual priming of resource experience for use with EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 8(3), 14-19.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Keywords: Somatosenory Priming Visual Priming
Accuracy Verified: Yes
279. Ramos-Ruggiero, L., & Sondergaard, H. P. (2008, April). Recovered traumatic memories through eye movements? A Case presentation from Sweden. Presentation at the 1st B-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This is a case presentation regarding the treatment of a severely traumatized woman
formerly treated for depression and PTSD following incarceration in prison,
“disappearance” of husband, and torture. After psychotherapy for several years, the
patient improved and started to work in a qualified job. After some years, however, the
patient returns because she has a feeling that the therapy was unfinished, and because of
remaining psychosomatic symptoms, difficulties breathing, obesity, overeating, and
recurrent urinary tract infections. The therapist then decided to try the resource installation
protocol. However, in an impulse, he asked her to concentrate on her bodily sensations.
Several video-recorded sequences illustrate how the patient, seemingly for the first time in
her life, discovered and re-experienced childhood trauma. It seems that the eye
movements during attempts at EMDR treatment made it possible to lift repression and
dissociation as well as to make processing possible, thus liberating the patient from a
heavy burden of mental and psychosomatic symptoms. At follow-up by the second author,
the patient is entirely asymptomatic, with low DES scores and is no longer obese.
Learning objectives:
1. Somatoform symptoms as a bridge to dissociated traumatic childhood experiences
2. How dissociation might lift during treatment
3. Recent research findings regarding the effect of eye movements on episodic
memory.
26
Keywords: Eye Movements Sweden
Accuracy Verified: Yes
280. Goldberg, A. (2010, October). Relational affect regulation: An integrative protocol for complex trauma surviviors. Presentation at the 27th Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment theory and interpersonal neurobiology
demonstrate the importance of the therapeutic relationship as a primary change mechanism. With survivors of childhood relational trauma, betrayal of trust and attachment
issues create obstacles to developing a secure therapeutic alliance. Even when the therapeutic relationship feels more secure, these clients often experience separation between
sessions as attachment loss. This can feel burdensome to the therapist, who may receive multiple crisis phone calls throughout the week. In this presentation, the relational affect regulation protocol will be explained and case
examples will illustrate how it is put into practice. Drawing upon concepts from Stress Inoculation Training (SIT), Accelerated Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy (AEDP)
and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing
(EMDR), the protocol helps facilitate dyadic affect regulation and object constancy during the stabilization phase of treatment with complex trauma survivors. The elements of an SIT script will be described and creative
adaptations will be proposed. AEDP microprocessing of the client’s experience of the therapist reading the script to the client will be explained and illustrated. The EMDR
procedure for installation of the therapist as a resource will be taught and strategies for utilizing this as a selfsoothing method between sessions will be delineated.
Participants will be able to:
discuss two problems clients ♦♦ with Complex PTSD
have with attachment and fear of attachment
loss in therapy, and will be able to identify
three strategies to address this issue.
♦♦ explain AEDP microprocessing of interactions
between client and therapist, and how this
technique can help survivors of childhood relational trauma to develop trust in the therapist.
♦♦ list the four essential elements of an SIT script and utilize the steps involved in the relational affect regulation protocol with their clients.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Relational Affect Regulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
281. Iracane-Blanco, M. (2010, June). Research to evaluate the therapeutic effectiveness of an EMDR treatment versus debriefing for victims of workplace accidents. In Research. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The objective of this study is to evaluate the therapeutic effectiveness of an EMDR treatment set-up (R-TEP protocol) within an early healthcare scheme for victims of workplace accidents, while taking into consideration such variables as institutional recognition and the availability of psychological debriefing services (inspired by Mitchell's model). The research procedure consists of first creating a program including referenced organisations (businesses, police force, hospitals...) from different French regions. Efforts will be made
to raise resource people's (management, occupational health staff) awareness of PTSD prevention and of the role played by institutional recognition in the psychological recovery process. A regional network of EMDR therapists trained in debriefing (will be set up to work in partnership with the healthcare network for first line interventions following workplace accidents involving one or several workers. Participants will be recruited within these organisations. They the will all have been confronted with a single critical incident at work (accidental bodily harm of physical origin, physical aggression...) and meet DSM-IV Acute Stress Disorder criteria at the time of the therapy session. The research program will test, evaluate, and compare the effectiveness of a single therapeutic intervention taking place between Day 0 and Day 8 after exposure to a workplace accident BS do for 2 groups of 20 workers (men and women) who present the clinical signs of acute stress disorder. G1: control group - no access or refusal of care to be. G2: group with a debriefing session. G3: group with an EMDR session. In order to evaluate treatment effects on health and adaptive behavior in workers, participants will complete standardized self-evaluation scales (IESR PCLS Hamilton) before and after treatment. Another questionnaire will be completed by the therapists. Expected results: Significant decrease of symptoms and improvement of scores on measures after a single EMDR session. Greater effectiveness of EMDR compared to psychological debriefing. Eye Learning objectives: Participants will learn the advantages of promoting early interventions for victims of workplace accidents with the adapted EMDR protocol in order to prevent incapacitating PTSD and to facilitate an early return to autonomy for the worker. EMDR therapists will have a raised awareness of public health prevention initiatives, combining training and information within social and professional networks and occupational health services.
Keywords: Debriefing Research, Symposium Workplace Accidents
Accuracy Verified: Yes
282. Laub, B. (2006, August). Resource connection (RC) protocol (group and individual). Author.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Compact Focusing (on the sensual, emotional, cognitive and somatic aspects)
The client is asked to close her eyes , focus on one picture of the positive memory and enter it anew. While tapping the therapist says: “Take all the time necessary to relive it… with all your senses...notice what you hear, smell and see...allow your feelings, sensations and thoughts to emerge...breathe into it...let yourself be there for a few moments.“ The therapist gives short tapping (up to 14 taps) The therapist inquires about the feelings, thoughts, and sensations and writes them down. ((If the partially positive past resource includes negative elements, suggest focusing on the positive aspects. If the client doesn’t succeed she should find another positive memory).
Proceed until there is no change. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Resource Connection Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
283. Laub, B. (2006, June). Resource connection envelope (RCE) in the EMDR standard protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: RCE Resource Connection Envelope
Accuracy Verified: Yes
284. Laub, B. (2009). Resource connection envelope (RCE) in the EMDR standard protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 93-99). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The Resource Connection Envelope (RCE) derives from the assumption that the dialectical healing movement between negative stored memories or problems and positive stored memories or resources is crucial for adaptive processing. The dialectical movement is enhanced when the dialectical poles are made more accessible. The Assessment Phase in the Standard EMDR Protocol makes the problem, which is represented by the traumatic image or picture, more accessible for processing. The RCE aims to complement it by making the resource pole accessible as well. The Resource Connection Script: Past, Present, and Future is provided. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: RCE Resource Connection Envelope
Accuracy Verified: Yes
285. Wizansky, B. (2009). Resource connection for children. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 31-41). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Children Protocol Resource Connection
Accuracy Verified: Yes
286. Wizansky, B. (2004, April). Resource connection in the EMDR work with children. EMDR Israel.
Language: English
Format: Other
Keywords: Children Resource Connection
Accuracy Verified: Yes
287. Wizansky, B. (2003, May). Resource connections with children: A child’s unique pathway to EMDR processing. In EMDR with children and adolescents. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Adolescents Children Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
288. ten Broeke, E., & de Jongh, A. (2009). Resource development and installation (RDI). In E. ten Broeke, A. de Jongh, & H.-J. Oppenheim (Red), Praktijkboek EMDR: Casusconceptualisatie en specifieke patiëntengroepen, (pp. 91-102). Amsterdam: Pearson.
Language: Dutch
Format: Book Section
Keywords: RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
289. Kiessling, R. (2001, June). A resource focused model of EMDR (Going beyond pathology). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Effective EMDR treatment is more than pathology and symptom reduction! Many clients are either too fragile or refuse to address past trumatic targets for desensitization. The Resource Focused Model of EMDR address the client's current strengths and resources rather than their pathology. By solidfying the client's strengths and resources, EMDR clinicians can help the client make measurable and observable changes in their lives. Through lecture, case presentation, and live demonstration, participants of this workshop will learn: 1) the basic theories underlying the development of the Resource Focused Model; 2) how and when to use the model and evlauate its effectiveness; and 3) how to develop and use strength focused cognitive interweaves in helping the client access existing strengths and resources for make positive, present-time change.
Keywords: Resource-Focused Model
Accuracy Verified: Yes
290. Kiessling, R. (2001, December). Resource focused progression. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(4), 35-36.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The following Resource Focused Progression
may be implemented during the Preparation
Phase of the Standard EMDR Protocol. These
interventions are designed to help stabilize and
prepare a client for the traditional EMDR
targeting protocol.
These strategies have been developed by a
number of EMDR clinicians – I have tried to
give credit where credit is due – any omissions
are unintentional.
Keywords: Resource Focus Progression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
291. Laub, B. (2001, May). Resource installation (connection) in the standard EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, UK .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Resource Installation (RDI) is presented as an option for use in the standard protocol of
EMDR. Consistent with the self healing aspect of the EMDR model, it allows the creation of
an authentic resource sequence which is unique to the client, precisely matching her need or
problem. The resource connection can also serve as a centre of inner strength in the solution
of future problems. This work draws upon three conceptual frameworks in addition to Dr
Shapiro's innate information processing model; (1) the assumption of an unconscious
connection to resources as a source of healing (Erickson and Rossi 1976); (2) Narrative
Therapy approaches of White and Epston (1990) and de Shazer (Focused Solution Therapy
1985); (3) the Jungian assumption of a need to reach a balance between the dialectical
opposites of the psyche (Jung 1963). An appreciation of this dialectic can explain the
unconscious matching between the problem and the resource.
Three types of Resource connections (RC) will be presented:
I. Past resource Connection, or PRC, which is carried out in the beginning of therapy
after identification of the target and before specifying the picture. This is an image of
a memory when the client felt at his best. There is an unconscious match between this
resource and the problem.
2. Present resource connection, or PR. RC. This is a positive image which appears
spontaneously during the processing, or induced by Cognitive Interweave.
3. Future Resource Connection, or FRC, which is an image of the way the client would
like to see himself in a few months or in the more distant future. The use of this chain
of resources during the sessions and outside the therapy room has been found 16 be
very effective.
I will give several examples to demonstrate different possibilities of using RC.
Keywords: Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
292. Shapiro, E. (2009). The resource map. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 101-104). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The rationale for creating the Resource Map consists of the following: (1) A structured format and record of the resources that have been identified and installed that can be collected and used again in the future; (2) Multiple resources that empower the client; (3) Level of Connection (LoC) scale, which is designed to overcome the limitations of trying to guess if the installation is working from qualitative signals. It is inspired by the validity of cognition (VoC) and attempts to better gauge progress in nonverbal domains; and (4) Extension of the Absorption Technique—which itself is basically an expanded Resource Installation—with some other additions. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Protocol Resource Map
Accuracy Verified: Yes
293. Kiessling, R. (2009). Resource strengthening. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (85-86). New York: Springer, pp. 450.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract: When a client seems too overwhelmed by the trauma and, therefore, cannot focus on anything else, having them focus on positive things in their lives may help them regain a more appropriate and positive perspective. Once stabilized, clients may be ready to address the trauma with the Standard EMDR Protocol. The Resource Strengthening Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Protocol Resource Strengthening
Accuracy Verified: Yes
294. Parnell, L. (2012). Resource tapping activating your healing resources through bilateral stimulation. Shreveport, LA: Summit Interactive.
Language: English
Format: Video
Abstract:
Dr. Parnell teaches basic skills in resource tapping, an EMDR-related technique that harnesses the power of imagery and bilateral body stimulation to achieve healing. She describes how this clinically recognized system impacts affect management, ego strengthening, and emotional regulation as well as its capacity to build resilience and calm the body on a deep physiological level.
Keywords: Resource Tapping
Accuracy Verified: Yes
295. Parnell, L. (2009, July). Resource tapping: Step-by step instructions for managing emotions and reducing anxiety with trauma patients . Presentation at the National Institute for the Clinical Application of Behavioral Medicine Annual Conference, Hilton Head, S.C..
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Resource Tapping is a powerful and effective EMDR-related technique that uses imagery and bilateral stimulation to harness the power of inner resources. It is an effective, easy-to-use technique for ego strengthening, affect regulation and stress reduction in the treatment of trauma. This technique can be used to help rebalance the nervous system, activate the parasympathetic restoration cycle, and teach self-regulation. Participants will learn to interweave this mind-body technique throughout the course of treatment to help with anxiety, sleep problems, triggers, depression, and strong emotions such as fear, anger, and sadness. .
Keywords: Mind-Body Medicine Resource Tapping
Accuracy Verified: Yes
296. Schmidt, S. J. (1999, March). Resource-focused EMDR: Integration of ego state therapy, alternating bilateral stimulation, and art therapy. EMDRIA Newsletter, 4(1), 8, 10-13, 25-28.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
I conceptualize EMDR as the process of linking the trauma from one part of the brain to a solution in
another part of the brain, to reach an adaptive resolution. The standard EMDR protocol proposes
accomplishing this by focusing heavily on the trauma. Most of my clients are adult survivors of
childhood trauma and their tolerance of a trauma-focused protocol is often low. I wondered if the
same adaptive resolution could be accomplished by focusing primarily on the part of the brain
holding the solution rather than the trauma. I recently began developing a resource-focused
protocol, which borrows from Sandra Paulsen’s (1994, 1995, & 1996) suggestions for integrating
EMDR with ego state therapy, and Andrew Leeds’ (1997) protocol for resource development and
resource installation (RD/RI). This new protocol puts significant emphasis on developing and
strengthening the felt sense of well-being connected to resource ego states before EMDR processing,
and maintenance of the sense of well-being during EMDR processing. It involves using the clients’
drawings of resource ego states and traumatized ego states (drawn with the dominant and nondominant
hand) as anchors for ego state processing, and as the focal points in eye movements (EMs).
In this protocol, traumatic material is elicited only when sufficient internal resources, represented by
drawings, are displayed in front of the client. The intention of this approach is to minimize risk of
affect overwhelm and maximize the probability that the part of the brain holding the trauma will link
to the part of the brain holding the solution.
In my experience the resource-focused protocol
Keywords: Art Therapy Bilateral Stimulation BLS Ego State Therapy Resource-Focused EMDR
Accuracy Verified: Yes
297. Leeds, A. M. (2009). Resources in EMDR and other trauma-focused psychotherapy: A review. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(3), 152-160. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.3.152.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The present review examines how resources have been used in trauma-focused psychotherapy with an emphasis on their use in eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Current practices of EMDR-trained clinicians are presented in a historical context and considering a range of contemporary approaches to ego strengthening. This article describes the use of resources as presented in the EMDR literature along with research findings. The review concludes with a call for controlled research on widely used resource-focused procedures and practice guidelines for their use in clinical applications of EMDR.
Keywords: Ego Strengthening RDI Resources Resource Development and Installation Review
Accuracy Verified: Yes
298. Lohrasbe, R. S. (2012, April). The resourcing experience of children attending EMDR therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop incorporates the findings of a descriptive phenomenological study which investigated the resourcing experiences of four children and youth, who participated in EMDR resource development while attending trauma treatment. The findings contribute to an understanding of the resourcing experience of youth in EMDR therapy, by adding the client’s voice to the therapeutic process. A historiography of resourcing will be presented along with practical suggestions for clinical practice, implications within the AIP model and further research potentials. An experiential exercise for workshop participants will also be offered.
Learning objectives:
1. To gain an understanding of alternative research methods for EMDR research
2. To gain an understanding of the child/youth client’s experience of resource development during EMDR therapy.
3. To transfer research findings relating to the client’s view of the role of the therapist to clinical practice.
4. To gain an experiential understanding of a resourcing exercise that can be used in the therapist’s office.
Keywords: Children Resourcing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
299. Manfield, P. (2011, April). Resourcing in EMDR [Geavanceerd gebruik van het inzetten van hulpbronnen met EMDR]. Keynote gepresenteerd op de 5e jaarlijkse conferentie van EMDR Vereniging Nederland, Nijmegen, Nederland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
We will begin with a video that illustrates how resourcing, the accessing of self-affirming internal states, is engage in spontaneously by psychologically well-integrated clients before accessing deep childhood pain. Case conceptualization should not only involve the identification of chains of disturbing events contributing to present symptoms, but the anticipation of resources that will be necessary for successfully processing them. Based on the nature of the targets, the clinician can identify the kinds of resources that will be needed and whether they are presently accessible to the client. Will the client be able to access them spontaneously during processing, or will the client need advance help in doing this? We will describe ways of making this determination.
The most common difficulty with resourcing seems to be the intrusion of disturbing material in the resourcing process. This can be prevented in a variety of ways that will be addressed. Once resources are developed, there are many ways to utilize them. Resource utilization will be discussed and illustrated.
We beginnen met een video die laat zien hoe ‘resourcing’ dwz het inzetten van hulpbronnen gericht op positieve interne zelfbevestigingen, bij goed geïntegreerde cliënten spontaan kan optreden voordat de vroeg kinderlijke pijn kan worden aangesproken. Casus conceptualisatie moet niet alleen de reeks van traumatische of beschadigende gebeurtenissen die tot de huidige klachten leiden inventariseren, maar ook juist anticiperen op de nodige hulpbronnen om deze traumata op een succesvolle wijze te kunnen verwerken.
Uitgaande van de specifieke aard van de targets, moet de therapeut het soort hulpbronnen identificeren die nodig zijn, en beoordelen of deze in het hier en nu ook toegankelijk zijn. Heeft de cliënt deze op een spontane wijze beschikbaar gedurende het verwerkingsproces, of heeft de cliënt van te voren hulp nodig om deze in te gaan zetten? We zullen de manieren beschrijven hoe je deze afwegingen maakt.
Het meest gebruikelijke probleem met het inzetten van hulpbronnen / resourcing is dat er negatieve intrusies (voortkomend uit de negatieve associaties door traumatische of beschadigende ervaringen) optreden. Dit kan worden voorkomen door verschillende interventies die we verder zullen uitwerken. Wanneer hulpbronnen / resources zijn ontwikkeld, dan kunnen er vele diverse manieren zijn om deze te gebruiken. Gebruik van hulpbronnen wordt geïllustreerd en nader uitgelegd
Keywords: Resourcing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
300. Rost, C. (2008). Ressourcenaktivierung mit EMDR in der schwangerschaft [Resources activation with EMDR in pregnancy]. In C. Rost (Hsrg.), Ressourcenarbeit mit EMDR, bewährte techniken im uberblick [Resources working with EMDR. Proven techniques at a glance: From survival to life] (pp. 87-96). Paderborn: Junfermann.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Pregnancy Resource Activation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
301. Eckers, D. (2008). Ressourcenaktivierung und EMDR bein kindern und jugendlichen [Resource activation and EMDR with young children]. In C. Rost (Ed.), Ressourcenarbeit mit EMDR (pp. 97-121) Paderborn, Germany; Junfermann.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
302. Rost, C. (2008). Ressourcenarbeit mit EMDR, bewährte techniken im uberblick [Resources working with EMDR. Proven techniques at a glance: From survival to life]. (Hsrg) Paderborn: Junfermann.
Language: German
Format: Book
Abstract:
In der Traumatherapie wird nicht mehr automatisch nur auf das Schwere fokussiert, sondern ganz bewusst mit den Klientinnen und Klienten nach Ereignissen in ihrem Leben gesucht, die gelungen sind, schön waren, erfolgreich und lustbetont.
Diese Buch vermittelt bewährte Techniken zur Ressourcenaktivierung mit EMDR, von denen die Autoren aufgrund ihrer praktischen Arbeit überzeugt sind. Zusätzlich zum EMDR-Standardprotokoll haben sich eine ganze Reihe von Protokollen entwickelt, in denen die bilaterale Stimulation von EMDR mit verschiedenen anderen Techniken kombiniert wird. Das Buch soll einen Überblick über genau die Techniken geben, bei denen sich die Ressourcenaktivierung mit EMDR im klinischen Einsatz bewährt hat und möchte andere Therapeuten ermutigen, die Techniken ebenfalls auszuprobieren und zu erforschen.
Mit Beiträgen von: Christine Rost, Franz Ebner, Dagmar Eckers, Reinhard Plassmann, Michael Hase, Susanne Leutner, Mark Novy, Björke Kühn von Burgdorff.
In trauma treatment is not automatically focuses only on the severity, but deliberately sought with the clients and clients for events in their lives that are successful, beautiful, were successful and pleasurable. This book provides proven techniques for resource activation with EMDR, of which the authors are confident because of their practical work. In addition to the standard EMDR protocol contains a number of protocols have been developed in which the bilateral stimulation of EMDR with various other techniques combined. The book gives an accurate overview of the techniques which has proven itself the resources activation with EMDR in clinical use and would encourage other therapists to try out the techniques and also to explore. With contributions from: Christine Rost, Franz Ebner, Dagmar Ecker, Reinhard Plassmann, Michael Hare, Susanne Leutner, Mark Novy, Kühn Björke of Burgdorff.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
303. Kaye, B. (2008). Reversing reciprocal suppression in the anterior cingulated cortex: A hypothetical model to explain EMDR effectiveness. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(1), 88-99. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.2.88.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
A theoretical model is proposed to explain desensitization during Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) as resulting from the reversal of reciprocal suppression of cognitive processing in the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC). Dual-attention and error monitoring are known to activate dorsal regions of the ACC that mediate metacognitive processing. Neuroimaging research has produced evidence that cognitive areas in the upper ACC may reciprocally suppress affective processing in the lower areas and vice versa. It is therefore proposed that the original eye-to-finger tracking task of EMDR may achieve its therapeutic effect by using error monitoring to reverse suppression of the upper ACC by the lower ACC. Contributions to EMDR effectiveness from resource installation and novelty-driven orienting reflexes may also influence ACC functioning. A distraction effect is proposed to be a negative and potentially disruptive by-product of very interactive stimulation tasks. A semantic priming procedure is suggested to limit distraction effects during more interactive forms of stimulation. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Anterior Cingulate Cognitive Processes Neurotransmitters Reciprocal Suppression Semantic Priming
Accuracy Verified: Yes
304. Sharp, I. R. (2003, August). The role of critical thinking skills in practicing psychologists' theoretical orientation and choice of intervention techniques. Drexel University.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Over the past two decades, professional psychology has witnessed a growing
movement towards the utilization of psychotherapies that have empirical support.
Despite this development, therapies that have not been empirically supported
continue to experience widespread use. Concurrently, a collection of novel
interventions, known as Power/Energy therapies (P/ET’s), has emerged. Although
these therapies are based on questionable theoretical foundations and enjoy little or no
empirical support, their popularity with clinicians appears to be strong and growing.
There is scant research examining individual differences with respect to the practice
habits of professional psychologists. The present study examined whether critical
thinking skills are a factor in psychologists’ choice of therapeutic interventions,
including their use of P/ET’s. As hypothesized, participants who reported using a
number of techniques from Power and Energy therapies scored significantly lower on
a measure of critical thinking skills. Also as hypothesized, individuals who reported
using a number of cognitive-behavioral techniques scored significantly higher on the
measure of critical thinking skills. Implications and suggestions for future research
are discussed.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
305. Direzkia, Y., & Syahriati, E. (2010, July). Safe place: An ambilvance?. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Conflict and tsunami events have left behind many traumatic experiences in people of Aceh. Many people in Aceh have lost
their families, children after the tsunami are still experiencing separation anxiety, and many children have lost motivation to
study, learn or play. Children are forced by circumstances to survive like an adult, whilst they still need protection and aegis
of the parent. This leads to consequences like irritability, impulsivity and somatic symptoms.
The treatment conducted by the practitioner especially for the children were the safe-place, resource activation and the
protocol of EMDR.
The safe-place technique is one of the most frequent techniques used for children. The safe-place technique is something like
a gate to get into the children’s experience through the Tsunami or conflict events. Some of the children in orphanages who
were treated by EMDR, specifically using the safe-place technique showed interesting findings. Some clients described the
sea as a safe-place. This becomes an interesting experience because it is well known that the sea was a trigger for traumatic
experiences related to the tsunami. However, it turns out that with children, the sea was also a source of power and made
them feel safe. This would raises some questions in our mind, whether the phenomenon is an ambivalence, or is there
something related to the culture or belief that the children have through their own life? It seems like an ambivalence, since
on one hand the children suffered a disaster directly related to the sea (tsunami) and on the other hand they think that the
sea is an integral part of their lives
Keywords: Safe Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
306. Luber, M., & Shapiro, F. (2009). The safe/calm place protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 67-69). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The idea of the safe place has been a staple in practices of Clinical Hypnosis practitioners. The first known use of the Safe Place with EMDR was when Dr. Neal Daniels, an EMDR practitioner working at the Veterans Administration Hospital in Philadelphia, adopted this resource to assist the veterans with whom he worked to ground themselves and contain their affect before doing trauma work. Dr. Francine Shapiro saw the merit of this intervention and by 1995 included a formalized version into the first EMDR text. This chapter was written by Marilyn Luber; the script from Francine Shapiro, 2006. This chapter was reprinted from EMDR New Notes on Adaptive Information Processing with Case Formulation Principles, Forms, Scripts and Worksheets by Francine Shapiro, with permission from The EMDR Institute, 2006. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Protocol Safe/Calm Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
307. Forgash, C. A., & Knipe, J. (2001, June). Safety-focused EMDR/Ego state treatment of severe ego state disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn 1) why emotional safety is a primary concern in the treatment of Ego State Disorders with EMDR; 2) a way to accurately monitor, using treatment, a client's orientation to present time and safety; and 3) specific innovative treatment strategies which use alternate stimulation to enhance feelings of safety, thereby facilitating processing.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Emotional Safety Integrated EMDR/Ego State Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
308. Shapiro, S. (2002, June). Self-belief and mastery: Integration of EMDR and hypnotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on how a resource oriented approach enhances
the treatment of EMDR. The effects of attachment deficits within a
framework of early childhood development, the lack of object constancy
as it relates to internalization, and self-development, will be reviewed. The
importance of integrating a resource oriented model within a framework of
EMDR treatment will be discussed. The main emphasis will be on the
application of specific resource and hypnotherapeutic techniques. The
clinician will learn how this eclectic approach can titrate the deleterious
effects of trauma; and strengthen self-belief and self-efficacy. Workshop
format lecture, case presentation, and videotape.
Keywords: Hypnotherapy Self-Belief
Accuracy Verified: Yes
309. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients
with
complex
dissociative
disorders
usually
are
in
trauma-‐
induced
wake
trance-‐states.
Due
to
this,
they
might
thrive
from
treatment-‐
strategies,
where
skills
in
clinical
hypnosis,
from
the
side
of
the
therapists,
are
added
to
the
treatment
model.
Clinical
hypnosis
also
offers
excellent
tools
for
working
with
attachment
traumas
and
reinstalls
the
neuroception
of
safety.
This
workshop
highlights
seven
strategies
for
extending
the
EMDR
standard
protocol,
mainly
built
on
clinical
hypnosis.
They
consist
of:
(1)
Formal
hypnotic
induction
of
safe
place/safe
state
BEFORE
introducing
EMDR
under
phase
I
treatment
(2)
Informal
hypnotic
induction
for
ongoing
activation
of
the
social
engagement
system
when
clients
are
in
trance
(3)
Using
hyper-‐empirical
trance
inductions
under
exposure
phase
(ie
helping
the
clients
to
stay
present
with
dual
awareness
by
continuously
inducing
trance,
thus
helping
them
to
titrate
the
trauma-‐material
(4)
Addressing
ego-‐states
that
react
as
if
they
still
are
bound
in
trauma-‐time
(5)
Addressing
resource-‐rich
ego-‐states
and
parts
of
the
self,
f
ex
ISH
(internal
self-‐
helper),
thus
helping
the
client
to
begin
to
metabolize
the
trauma
material
(6)
Installation
of
hope
and
the
“memory
of
the
future”
(7)
Using
post-‐hypnotic
suggestions
for
enhancing
the
neuroception
of
safety
between
sessions.
Learning
objectives:
Demonstrate
how
to
use
EMDR
and
hypnosis
for
stabilization
and
work
with
parts
within
phase
II
work,
addressing
the
special
needs
of
continuous
stabilization
for
this
population.
Develop
an
understanding
of
how
to
enhance
the
integrative
capacity
during
trauma-‐work
with
DD-‐clients.
Apply
structured
techniques
and
rationales
for
calming
and
soothing
patients
related
to
their
integrative
capacity
during
extended
EMDR-‐work.
Los
clientes
con
trastornos
disociativos
complejos
normalmente
se
encuentran
en
estados
de
trance
despierto
inducido
por
el
trauma.
Debido
a
esto,
pueden
crecer
rápidamente
de
estrategias
de
tratamiento,
donde
estrategias
de
hipnosis
clínica
se
añaden
al
modelo
de
tratamiento
por
parte
del
terapeuta.
La
hipnosis
clínica
ofrece
también
excelentes
herramientas
para
trabajar
con
traumas
de
apego
y
reinstalar
la
neurocepción
de
seguridad.
Este
taller
subraya
siete
estrategias
para
extender
el
protocolo
estándar
de
EMDR,
principalmente
basadas
en
la
hipnosis
clínica.
Consisten
en:
(1) Inducción
hipnótica
formal
del
lugar
seguro/
estado
de
seguridad
ANTES
de
introducir
la
fase
I
de
tratamiento
de
EMDR
(2) Inducción
hipnótica
informal
para
la
activación
continuada
de
los
sistemas
de
compromiso
social
cuando
los
clientes
están
en
trance
(3) Uso
de
inducciones
al
trance
hiper-‐empíricas
en
la
fase
de
exposición
(ej,
ayudar
a
los
clientes
a
estar
presentes
con
conciencia
dual
mediante
la
inducción
continua
al
trance,
por
tanto
ayudándoles
a
valorar
el
material
traumático.
(4) Dirigirse
a
los
estados
del
ego
que
reaccionan
como
si
aún
estuviesen
atados
al
tiempo
traumático
(5) Dirigirse
a
estados
del
ego
ricos
en
recursos
y
a
partes
del
yo,
por
ejemplo,
al
ISH
(en
inglés
yo-‐interno
ayudante),
por
tanto
ayudando
al
cliente
a
empezar
a
metabolizar
el
material
traumático
(6) Instalación
de
esperanza
y
la
“memoria
de
futuro”
(7) Usando
sugestión
post-‐hipnótica
para
fomentar
la
neurocepción
de
seguridad
entre
sesiones.
Objetivos
de
aprendizaje:
Demostrar
cómo
usar
EMDR
e
hipnosis
para
estabilizar
y
trabajar
con
las
partes
en
el
trabajo
de
la
fase
II,
dirigiéndonos
a
las
necesidades
especiales
de
estabilización
continua
para
esta
población.
Desarrollar
un
entendimiento
de
cómo
fomentar
la
capacidad
integrativa
cuando
se
trabaja
el
trauma
con
clientes-‐DD.
Aplicación
de
técnicas
estructuradas
y
racionales
para
calmar
y
tranquilizar
a
los
pacientes
en
relación
con
su
capacidad
integrativa
durante
trabajo
extendido
con
EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
310. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with complex dissociative disorders usually are in trauma-induced wake trance-states. Due to this, they might thrive from
treatment-strategies, where skills in clinical hypnosis, from the side of the therapists, are added to the treatment model. Clinical hypnosis also
offers excellent tools for working with attachment traumas and reinstalls the neuroception of safety.
This workshop highlights seven strategies for extending the EMDR standard-protocol, mainly built on clinical hypnosis. They consist of:
1. Formal hypnotic induction of safe place/safe state BEFORE introducing EMDR under phase I treatment.
2. Informal hypnotic induction for ongoing activation of the social engagement system when clients are in trance.
3. Using hyper-empirical trance inductions under exposure phase (ie helping the clients to stay present with dual awareness by
continuously inducing trance, thus helping them to titrate the trauma-material.
4. Addressing ego-states that react as if they still are bound in trauma-time.
5. Addressing resource-rich ego-states and parts of the self, f ex ISH (internal self-helper), thus helping the client to begin to metabolize
the trauma material.
6. Installation of hope and the “memory of the future”.
7. Using post-hypnotic suggestions for enhancing the neuroception of safety between sessions.
Learning objectives:
Demonstrate how to use EMDR and hypnosis for stabilization and work with parts within phase II work, addressing the special needs of
continuous stabilization for this population.
Develop an understanding of how to enhance the integrative capacity during trauma-work with DD-clients. Apply structured techniques and
rationales for calming and soothing patients related to their integrative capacity during extended EMDR-work.
Los clientes con trastornos disociativos complejos normalmente se encuentran en estados de trance despierto inducido por el
trauma. Debido a esto, pueden crecer rápidamente de estrategias de tratamiento, donde estrategias de hipnosis clínica se añaden al modelo
de tratamiento por parte del terapeuta. La hipnosis clínica ofrece también excelentes herramientas para trabajar con traumas de apego y
reinstalar la neurocepción de seguridad.
Este taller subraya siete estrategias para ampliar el protocolo estándar de EMDR, principalmente basadas en la hipnosis clínica. Consisten en:
1. Inducción hipnótica formal del lugar seguro / estado de seguridad ANTES de introducir la fase I de tratamiento de EMDR.
2. Inducción hipnótica informal para la activación continuada de los sistemas de compromiso social cuando los clientes están en trance.
3. Uso de inducciones al trance hiper-empíricas en la fase de exposición (ej, ayudar a los clientes a estar presentes con conciencia dual
mediante la inducción continua al trance, por tanto ayudándoles a valorar el material traumático.
4. Dirigirse a los estados del ego que reaccionan como si aún estuviesen atados al tiempo traumático.
5. Dirigirse a estados del ego ricos en recursos y a partes del yo, por ejemplo, al ISH (en inglés yo-interno ayudante), por tanto
ayudando al cliente a empezar a metabolizar el material traumático.
6. Instalación de esperanza y la “memoria de futuro”.
7. Usando sugestión post-hipnótica para fomentar la neurocepción de seguridad entre sesiones.
Objetivos de aprendizaje:
Demostrar cómo usar EMDR e hipnosis para estabilizar y trabajar con las partes en el trabajo de la fase II, dirigiéndonos a las necesidades
especiales de estabilización continua para esta población.
Desarrollar un entendimiento de cómo fomentar la capacidad integrativa cuando se trabaja el trauma con clientes-DD. Aplicación de técnicas
estructuradas y racionales para calmar y tranquilizar a los pacientes en relación con su capacidad integrativa durante trabajo extendido con
EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
311. van der Weele, J., & With, A. (2007, June). Stabilization groups with ethnic minority women after domestic violence: Presentation of a model based on structural theory of dissociation, EMDR, intercultural comunication and expressive artwork. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Alternative to violence has developed a group treatment model structured by the theory of structural dissociation and EMDR trauma treatment theory. Woman with ethnic minority background received short terms group treatment at a shelter for victims of domestic violence at an outpatient clinic and at a domestic violence family treatment center. The groups were supplements to individual therapy/counseling. We have had 10 groups; one with only Pakistani women, several mixed ethnic minority cultural groups with translation and groups in “simple Norwegian.” Recruitment was enhanced by the policy of sharing of symptoms and problems today with no obligation to share about personal past. The model has low drop out rate and therapist working with the individuals report more effective treatment sessions. For some women the group becomes the preferred choice of treatment. We discovered that early phase trauma work can be done in a group format with severely and recently traumatized women. Methods used are resource installation and safe place work, increase awareness of negative/positive cognitions, butterfly hug, nightmare protocol, expressive art therapy techniques as grounding, breathing techniques working with personal borders, working with imagination and playfulness. Structural therapy of dissociation concepts as ANP/EP structures and mental capacity, working from here and now, focusing on the ANP above EP's are woven into how the therapists regulate the group process and plan content. The theory organizes how we handle flashbacks, current acute crisis and how we focus on the womens’ personal trauma. We also teach about the effect of violence in relationships, the need to work on personal safety and the needs of children in the aftermath of violence. Theory from the field of intercultural communication gave us guidelines in working with women from high context, indirect and collectivistic cultures. A workbook for the clients on violence, PTSD symptoms and stabilisation treatment has been developed in the aftermath of these groups and is translated into several languages. We will present the material at the conference in the structure of the early fase trauma treatment group format. Showing in vivo how we apply the theory to severely traumatized women. We will share some of our favorite group exercises, metaphors and group rituals. Our goal is: 1. to show how the theory of structural dissociation serves as guideline for organizing and resulting treatment with severely traumatized clients in groups. 2. Give insight into typical adjustments that have been made to tailor treatment to ethnic minority populations. 3. Explain how expressive art work needs to make adjustments to the population of severely traumatized women. 4. Finally show how the group uses elements from EMDR and enhances individual EMDR work. In our experience, the stabilisation groups have integrated the heart, mind and body in the work of healing with a population that is often found difficult to treat effectively. We hare started to retain other therapists in using the model and are in the process of applying for a research grant.
Keywords: Artwork Domestic Violence Dissociation Ethnic Intercultural Communication Minority Stabilization Women
Accuracy Verified: Yes
312. Leutner, S., & Cronauer, E. (2010, June). Stabilizing while processing - Integration of resources into the EMDR protocol (RIT). Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In EMDR, as in Pyschotrauma Therapy in general, it is important neither to ask too much of the client, which leads to re-traumatization and a breakthrough of necessary dissociative barriers, nor to ask too little of the client, which in turn could increase avoidance.
Specialists should be able to tailor their interventions well, in accordance with the needs of the clients. Resource activation and trauma processing should be in an appropriate balance, keeping in mind that the most important thing is to let the client be in charge and "keep out of the way" of his or her process as much as possible.
The neurological background of balancing work with traumatic memories and resources lies in promoting effective and permanent links between the neuronal trauma network and one or more corresponding resource networks.
A process-oriented model will be shown during the workshop, which does just that, as well as taking the different stages of trauma treatment with EMDR into consideration. An experimental EMDR-Protocol will be explained and practiced, which directly connects resource activation and processing of trauma in accordance with the AIP Model.
It is the presenter's goal to clearly show how the integration of resources can greatly accelerate processing. It is imperative, however, that the use of these resources is not random, but oriented towards the specific needs of the client at that specific point in time while giving attention to how much resource or trauma is activated.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
313. Thaxton, D. (2007, June). Star wars therapy: Integrating EMDR with children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: EMDR with children can be clinically challenging. Traditional protocols are difficult to follow, especially with younger children. Unique to this approach, Star Wars therapy allows children to produce their own bilateral stimulation while the therapist installs verbal cognitive interweaves. Star Wars therapy facilitates the integration of resource installations; it provides children with an exciting venue to explore schemas and ego states resulting form trauma, abuse and neglect. Star Wars play therapy is a practical skill set for clinicians interested in integrating EMDR with children. Star Wars is unique in its immediate accessibility for children. The rich story line it provides them with accessible themes of good and evil, betrayal, injustice, universal hierarchy, and connectedness with “the force:’ the main characters act as primary archetypes. The body of this work is dived into two mains sections. The first section outlines Star Wars Play Therapy from a theoretical standpoint. The goal is to address the neurobiological, psychological, and attachment aspects which are the basis for treatment. The second reaction addresses the technique form a practical perspective. A complete clinical protocol is outlines, from conceptualization to execution of play, to the integration of EMDR instillations and trauma targeting.
Keywords: Children Star Wars Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
314. Plassmann, R. (2005, September). Stationare psychotherapie mit EMDR bei patientinnen mit anorexie und bulimie [Inpatient psychotherapy with EMDR in patients with anorexia and bulimia]. Vortrag auf der 13th International Conference on Eating Disorders, Innsbruck, Österreich.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract: Ein traumatherapeuisches Konzept fur die stationare Psychotherapie von Patientinnen mit Essstorungen (Anorexie und Bulimie) wird vorgestellt. Die Behandlung ist aufgebaut in 4 Phasen (Stabilisierung, Ressourcenorganisation, Exposition, Neuorientierung). Neue methodische Elemente sind die aktive Selbstatabilisierung und die Integration von EMDR. Durch diese traumatherapeutische Konzeption haben sich die Behandlungsergebnisse sehr verbessert. Vorgestellt wird die Auswertung von insgesamt 174 abgeschlossenen stationaren Psychotherapien.
A concept for the steady traumatherapeuisches psychotherapy of patients with eating disorders (anorexia and bulimia) is presented. The treatment is structured in four phases (stabilization, resource organization, exposure, orientation). New methodological elements are active Selbstatabilisierung and integration of EMDR. Through this concept, the traumatic therapeutic treatment results have improved a lot. Presented is the evaluation of a total of 174 completed stationary psychotherapy.
Keywords: Anorexia Bulemia Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
315. Adler-Tapia, R., Settle, C., & Onsager, D. (2004, September). Staying true to the model: Using the 8 phases of EMDR with children 2-10 years of age. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This half-day workshop focuses on how staying true to eight phases of
the EMDR model will result in successful treatment outcomes with children
ages 2-10. Participants will be provided with specific and creative bilateral
techniques to use with children, and methods for identifying a
child's PC, NC, VOC, and SUDS. Skills to utilize with children to further
facilitate processing, including cognitive interweaves and resource
installation techniques will be demonsuated. In addition, the efficacy of
utilizing a parent co-therapist model will be established.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
316. Hornsveld, H. K., de Jongh, A., ten Broeke, E. (2012). Stop the use of eye movements in resource development and installation, until their additional value has been proven: A rejoinder to Leeds and Korn (2012). Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(4), 174-178. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.4.174.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This brief article responds to Leeds and Korn's (2012) commentary on our article (Hornsveld et al., 2011) in which we found that eye movements (EMs) during recall of positive and resourceful autobiographic memories (such as those used in resource development and installation [RDI]) led to decreases of (a) vividness, (b) pleasantness, and (c) experienced strength of the intended quality or resource. Hence, we found an opposite effect than what was intended and critically discussed this in our article. In their comments, Leeds and Korn stress their positive clinical experience with RDI and emphasize the limitations of our study. Here we argue that our results, despite their limitations, are fully in line with mounting evidence supporting a working memory account for EMs. Moreover, opposite effects for EMs in the RDI and the safe place procedure accord with several other clinical observations. Given the absence of any confirmatory results, we again advocate, and now even more strongly, to stop the use of EMs in the RDI and safe place procedures until their additional value has been proven.
Keywords: Clinical Impressions RDI Resource Development and Installation Safe Place Working Memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
317. Leeds, A. M. (2002, June). Strengthening identity and performance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will articulate an enlarged set of EMDR related Resource Development and Installation (RDI) protocols. All these procedures emphasize the deliberate incorporation of positive emotion as part of restructuring and developing new affect scripts across discrete behavioral states. A majority of workshop time will be devited to experiential practice in dyads and small groups of these clinically relevant procedures. Strategies for accessing and evoking positive emotion will include movement, posture, music, artistic and emotional expression, and a variety of imagery processes.
In these experiential exercises, participants will identify personally relevant areas of desired professional development including issues of recurring countertransference stressors and compassion fatigue. The aim of these procedures is to access naturalistic capacities for positive emotion and incorporate these capacities into new affect scripts that strengthen identity and enhance performance and interaction.
Keywords: RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
318. Meignant, I. (2012, April). The systemic EMDR approach: Healing the couple. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Combining Mony Elkaim's Reciprocal Double Bind Systemic Model with the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model is a new perspective for couple therapy. This combination of approaches can be used to develop an EMDR treatment plan that incorporates and respects the relational systems, e.g., spouses and intimate partners, parent/child, employer/employee. In this presentation, participants will learn how and when it is appropriate to work with the one member of a couple as a co-therapist; how individual safe places can be applied to develop a safe place for the couple, both during the session and at home; how to develop a systemic EMDR targeting plan, guided by the understanding of the Reciprocal Double Bind, and finally, how to apply the 8 phases EMDR protocol to couple work, based on a Systemic Model.
Learning objectives:
1.Evaluate when to use EMDR in couple therapy session
2.Be able to do the installation of EMDR safe place as a resource for the couple
3.Understand how to use the systemic model, reciprocal double bind, to find the individual targets that are involved in the couple’s current issues and presenting problems.
4.Learn to apply the specifications of each of the 8 phases EMDR protocol with a couple.
Keywords: Couples Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
319. Yarosh, D. (2001, December). Teaseproofing a resource installation for adults. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(4), 37-38.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
I came across the “tease-proofing” repertoire
in Ricky Greenwald’s book Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR)
in Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy
(Greenwald,1999) According to Greenwald ,
“Tease Proofing includes a series of techniques
which help the youth become less reactive to
provocation. First the youth is asked to imagine
a fantasy scenario in which he is able to
overpower his antagonist. Then he is taught to
erect an imaginary wall to keep his antagonist’s
barbs from getting through to him. Finally he
is asked to consider, and then picture himself
imitating a pro-social role model’s effective
coping.”(Greenwald, in press) The goal is to
help the child or adolescent understand the
dynamics of teasing so he no longer takes it
personally.
Keywords: Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
320. Beswick, K. (2008, June). Theory and practice at the interface of EMDR and systemic psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Theory - EMDR can be seen as working on one level of the human system - the neurobiological level. However
the human brain is formed and is constantly changed by it’s interactions with others. The neurobiology of
relationships is an expanding field and I will be arguing that EMDR and systemic theory have much to offer each
other at this juncture. I will be putting forward my ideas about the scope for creative thinking and practice at the
interface of these paradigms. By utilizing the client’s relationships and seeing them as a resource in the EMDR,
EMDR practitioners can facilitate change at that wider level. In order to make the presentation accessible to
those who are not particularly familiar with current systemic theory, I will briefly outline some of the main
systemic principles currently in use. Practice - I will illustrate my theoretical points with examples from my EMDR
practice where I have: 1) included more than one family member in the room at the same time; 2) where parallel
work has been done with the family and the individual; and 3) where I have incorporated significant systemic
thinking into my work with an individual. These examples will demonstrate skills in applying EMDR within a
broad systemic frame. They will illustrate how EMDR can enhance relationships, and conversely, how systemic
thinking can enhance the application of EMDR.
Keywords: Practice Systematic Psychotherapy Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
321. Woller, W. (2010, July). Therapeutic relationship in the treatment of traumatized clients with personality disorders. Preconference presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Therapeutic relationship is often a major challenge in the treatment of traumatized clients with
comorbid personality disorders. Maladaptive interpersonal styles and negative transferences resulting
from attachment trauma can make a trauma-oriented therapy very difficult. However, an understanding
of personality disorders as a consequence of attachment trauma creates new therapeutic possibilities
for patients who are considered difficult to treat though urgently in need of therapy.
Given this background, the workshop aims at enhancing the participants’ capacity to manage problems
of therapeutic relationship in traumatized clients with personality disorder.
In the first part of the workshop, an overview on possible neurobiological causes of specific patterns of experiencing and
behavior in personality disorders will be given. Deficits in emotion regulation, mentalization function, and personality
integration, all of which have been identified as underlying dysfunctional and self-destructive behavioral patterns, can
be understood as consequences of attachment trauma. In the second part of the workshop, a phase-oriented treatment
conception will be presented which combines elements from resource-oriented trauma therapies with aspects of a
psychodynamic understanding of attachment relationships. In the framework of this concept, the notions of transference
and countertransference will be introduced to explain difficulties typically arising in the relationship with traumatized clients
with severe personality disorders. On the basis of case material, strategies will be presented to deal with recurrent problems
of therapeutic relationship.
Keywords: Interpersonal Relationship Personality Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
322. Parnell, L. (2008). A therapist's guide to EMDR tools and techniques for successful treatment. Princeton, NJ: Recording for Blind & Dyslexic.
Language: English
Format: Audio
Abstract:
For over a decade, eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been gaining attention and momentum as an effective therapeutic tool for treating a range of trauma and phobic disorders. More and more therapists are seeking proper training to be able to incorporate EMDR into their practices. But often, therapists leave EMDR training enthusiastic, desiring to use these techniques in their practice, only to lose their nerve when encountering difficulties and treatment obstacles. Somehow, the theory learned in training is hard to translate into clinical practice. In A therapist's guide to EMDR, Parnell addresses this common dilemma by offering therapists an all-in-one, practical handbook for skillfully and successfully using EMDR in their practices. Drawing on fifteen years of experience as a pioneering EMDR clinician and trainer, Parnell bridges the gap between EMDR training and actual practice by identifying and exploring the four areas where most EMDR-trained therapists need help: case formulation, ego strengthening, target development, and processing difficulties. After a helpful refresher on basic EMDR procedure and protocol, as well as a discussion of how to modify these steps to fit your client's needs, Parnell delves into the areas essential to successful utilization of EMDR with clients: case conceptualization; preparation for EMDR trauma processing, including resource development and installation; target development; methods for unblocking blocked processing, including the creative use of interweaves; and session closure. A step-by-step description of a typical EMDR session is also presented, including all the major procedural steps, followed by an explanation of the clinical applications of EMDR in working with phobias, traumas, and critical incidents. Case examples, vignettes, and illustrations throughout help to clarify important concepts. Written in an accessible and practical style by someone who has trained thousands of EMDR practitioners, Parnell bases the book on on-the-ground experience of doing EMDR, incorporating the tools, techniques, and tips she has generated and gathered from conferences, workshops, and consultation with colleagues, as well from her own clinical experience. Perhaps most importantly, she acknowledges the unique approaches to EMDR use that are possible, emphasizing therapist-client flexibility, attunement, and intuition, rather than rigidity of practice. For EMDR-trained therapists who would like a little help integrating EMDR into their day-to-day practice, A therapist's guide to EMDR is a useful resource. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)
Accuracy Verified: Yes
323. Parnell, L. (2007). A therapist's guide to EMDR: Tools and techniques for successful treatment. New York: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
The book reviews the theoretical basis for EMDR and new information on the neurobiology of trauma. It provides a detailed explanation of the procedural steps along with helpful suggestions and modifications. Areas essential to successful utilization of EMDR are emphasized. These include: case conceptualization; preparation for EMDR trauma processing, including resource development and installation; target development; methods for unblocking blocked processing, including the creative use of interweaves; and session closure. Case examples are used throughout to illustrate concepts. The emphasis in this book is on clinical usefulness, not research. [Preface]
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
324. Robinson, N. S. (2001). Time-line EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(3), 4-5.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
We often find clients who are not satisfied with their life
situation, are underfunctioning, or have negative thoughts/
cognitions about themselves. These issues persist in spite of
successful lives or significant amounts of therapy. Trauma concerns
are either non-existent or resolved. Existing EMDR techniques such
as Resource Development and Installation (Deborah Korn, Andrew
Leeds), Performance Enhancement (Lendl & Foster, 1997) or doing a
“float back” can be tried with these clients. RDI can strengthen clients
and increase their ability to cope. Performance protocol can help them
improve functioning with mental rehearsals. The float back technique
can put them in touch with affect and accompanying bodily sensations
which can help identify blocking beliefs or identify early events still
impacting current difficulties. These techniques have not always been
sufficient for some of my clients. I have turned to my family systems
training in order to expand my clinical resources. Family systems
reminds us that negative and positive messages, beliefs, loyalties and
ways of being are passed down through generations and have a farreaching
impact on each of us. I have developed a time-line technique
that allows me to use EMDR to tap into historical and cultural sources
to help clients clear through blockages as well as discover new personal
resources.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
325. Grand, C., & Grant, D. (2003, September). Toolkits for the every body: Working with the physiology of emotion. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Learn how to work more directly with the body and the physiology of emotion during key phases of EMDR treatment with individuals, including
assessment, case conceptualization, affect tolerance work, resource development and trauma/standard protocol processing. Celia Grand, LCSW; and Deborah Grant, LCSW; will introduce workshop panicipants to the Four Panes Model as a treatment model for using somatically-based work
in the context of EMDR therapy. They will present psychophysical techniques and protocols for managing and regulating arousal states, giving
special attention to when to use these techniques and why using them may best support clients in working with complex PTSD.
Keywords: Four Panes Model Physiology of Emotion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
326. Ferrie, R. K. (2006, September). Transforming imagery in the treatment of complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many trauma therapies, including EMDR, rely
on the transformation of traumatic imagery to
images of self-empowerment and safety, either
spontaneously or by design. When traumatic
memories resolve by transformation, many of the
same areas of the brain are involved, as in the
original perception: the brain revisits the scene
and has a second chance to "see" it a different
way i.e. to reprocess the memory. This workshop
will begin by examining the neuroscience
supporting this hypothesis. Fortunately, not only
is mental imagery central to trauma therapy,
facility with mental imagery is a set of skills,
which can be learned by clients. Participants will
be introduced to a method of teaching mental
imagery skills as part of no overall resource
development protocol the presenter has used in a single-case design study of Complex PTSD. This
study examines the correlation between the
client's degeee of facility with mental imagery and
subsequent recovery from the symptoms of
Complex PTSD. The method and results of this
study will be presented. Client material will be
used to illustrate these techniques and their
application to EMDR therapy. Participants will
be able to critique this study as well, and in the
process, will learn how to apply the single case
design paradigm to their own practices.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Mental Imagery
Accuracy Verified: Yes
327. Gimenez, A., Bonet, M. D., Gonzalez, L., & Santos, L. (2011, Julio). Tratamiento preventivo con EMDR del trastorno por estres postraumatico y el duelo patologico: caso clinico [Preventive treatment with EMDR of posttraumatic stress disorder and pathological grief: Case report]. En Casos clínicos: varios. Simposio realizado en el IX Congreso Nacional de Psicología Clínica, San Sebastián, España.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Introducción:
La desensibilización y reprocesamiento por movimientos oculares (EMDR) es un
abordaje psicoterapéutico que acelera el tratamiento de diversas patologías fóbicas y
traumáticas, especialmente del Trastorno por estrés postraumático (TEPT). En el abordaje
de duelos traumáticos , derivados de una situación excepcionalmente impactante para el
paciente, puede prevenir el desarrollo de un TEPT grave. Se pretende realizar una investigación sobre cómo una intervención temprana y
breve con EMDR en un caso de síndrome por estrés agudo reactivo a duelo puede paliar
los síntomas característicos del TEPT y complicaciones psicológicas del duelo. Permitiendo
la elaboración temprana de la situación traumática para que no devenga patológica en el
futuro.
Material y métodos
Paciente de 50 años diagnosticada de estrés agudo reactivo a duelo que acude a
consulta de salud mental por muerte brusca de su pareja en una situación violenta y muy
traumática.
Método: 2 sesiones de EMDR en dos semanas (sesiones de 90 minutos).
Instrumentos: Escala de gravedad del TEPT (Echeburúa), Escala de depresión de
ZUNG y Escala de ansiedad‐estado (STAI).
Resultados:
Se observa mejoría significativa en Escala de gravedad del TEPT, con disminución en
síntomas de reexperimentación, evitación y aumento de la activación. Se aprecia un leve
incremento en síntomas ansioso‐ depresivos más característicos de un proceso de duelo
normal.
Conclusiones:
Con el tratamiento con EMDR podemos reducir los síntomas del TEPT, así como la
prevención de un duelo patológico. Que el paciente sea derivado tempranamente a la
unidad de salud mental, y que se intervenga con esta herramienta, puede ser un recurso
muy valioso, rápido y breve con unos beneficios importantes para su salud.
Introduction:
Desensitization and reprocessing eye movement (EMDR) is a
psychotherapeutic approach that accelerates the treatment of various diseases and phobic
traumatic, especially posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). In dealing with traumatic grief, derived from an exceptionally impressive to the patient, can prevent the development of severe PTSD.
It aims to conduct research on how early intervention and
EMDR brief in a case of acute stress syndrome, reactive to grief may alleviate the characteristic symptoms of PTSD and psychological complications of grief. Allowing early development of the trauma accrues not to be pathological in the future.
Material and methods:
50 year old patient diagnosed with acute stress reactive to grief that comes to
mental health consultation sudden death of his partner in a violent situation and very traumatic.
Method: 2 sessions of EMDR in two weeks (90 minute sessions).
Instruments: Scale of severity of PTSD (Echeburúa), Scale for Depression
Zung scale and state anxiety (STAI).
Results: Observed significant improvement in PTSD severity scale, with a decrease in
symptoms of reexperiencing, avoidance and increased arousal. It shows a slight
increase in anxiety-depressive symptoms more characteristic of a grieving process
normal.
Conclusions:
With EMDR therapy can reduce symptoms of PTSD and the
prevention of pathological mourning. That the patient be referred to early
mental health unit, and to intervene with this tool, you can be a resource
very valuable, quick and short with significant benefits to your health.
Keywords: Pathological Grief Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Preventive Treatment PTSD Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
328. Greenwald, R. (2000). The trauma orientation and child therapy. In K. N. Dwivedi (Ed.), Post-traumatic stress disorder in children and adolescents (pp. 7-24). London: Whurr Publishers.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Trauma is proposed as a key to understanding the development and persistence of conduct disorder in conjunction with other contributing factors. Trauma history is virtually universal in this population, and trauma effects can help to account for many features of the disorder including lack of empathy, impulsivity, anger, acting out, and resistance to treatment. The current standard of care fails to fully address trauma, which may partially explain the low success rate. A trauma-focused individual therapy approach is presented as one example of how this population might be more effectively treated. This approach features motivational interviewing, self-control training, and trauma resolution and integrates eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Two illustrative case examples are presented and discussed. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adolescents Assessment Children Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
329. Fisher, J. (2012, June). Trauma, body and neurobiology EMDR and sensorimotor psychotherapy in treatment of dissociative disorders [Trauma, neurobiología y el cuerpo: EMDR y la psicoterapia sensoriomotriz en el tratamiento de los trastornos disociativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Although
most
patients
respond
well
to
EMDR
treatment,
those
with
dissociative
disorders
often
become
more
fragmented:
they
experience
flooding
of
memory,
or
they
become
disconnected
and
numb.
Faced
with
the
dissociative
patient
who
cannot
tolerate
emotions,
who
cannot
manage
self-‐destructive
impulses,
differentiate
past
and
present,
or
create
a
Safe
Place—is
there
any
way
that
EMDR
can
be
helpful?
The
answer
is,
“Yes.”
With
an
understanding
of
post-‐traumatic
neurobiology
and
the
Structural
Dissociation
model,
the
responses
of
dissociative
disorder
patients
to
EMDR
become
logical
rather
than
surprising.
If
we
understand
their
purpose
and
meaning,
we
can
better
address
the
responses
that
interfere
with
successful
EMDR
processing.
Then
if
we
use
simple
body-‐centered
interventions
drawn
from
Sensorimotor
Psychotherapy
that
modulate
autonomic
arousal
and
address
the
needs
and
fears
of
each
part
of
the
personality,
EMDR
treatments
can
help
even
our
most
de-‐stabilized
and
dissociative
clients.
This
workshop
will
introduce
a
neurobiological
model
for
understanding
how
and
when
EMDR
treatments
can
be
effective
even
with
dysregulated
and
dissociative
clients
and
offer
an
introduction
to
Sensorimotor
Psychotherapy,
a
body-‐centered
therapy
developed
specifically
to
treat
post-‐traumatic
symptoms.
Participants
will
be
taught
simple,
body-‐centered
interventions
that
can
be
woven
into
both
trauma
processing
and
Resource
Development
protocols.
Using
lecture,
videotape,
session
demonstration
and
actual
practice,
participants
will
have
an
opportunity
to
integrate
these
simple
but
effective
techniques
into
their
EMDR
practice.
Si
bien
la
mayoría
de
los
pacientes
responden
bien
al
tratamiento
con
EMDR,
con
frecuencia
aquellos
que
sufren
trastornos
disociativos
se
vuelven
más
fragmentados:
sienten
una
inundación
de
la
memoria
o
se
vuelven
desconectados
y
“anestesiados”.
Ante
el
paciente
disociativo
que
no
es
capaz
de
tolerar
las
emociones,
que
no
puede
gestionar
los
impulsos
auto-‐destructivos,
distinguir
entre
pasado
y
presente
o
crear
un
Lugar
Seguro,
¿existe
alguna
manera
en
la
cual
puede
resultar
útil
EMDR?
La
respuesta
es,
“Sí.”
Con
una
comprensión
de
la
neurobiología
post
traumática
y
del
modelo
de
disociación
estructural,
las
respuestas
de
los
pacientes
con
trastorno
disociativo
a
EMDR
se
vuelven
lógicas
en
lugar
de
sorprendentes.
Si
entendemos
su
propósito
y
significado,
estaremos
mejor
situados
para
abordar
las
respuestas
que
interfieren
con
el
éxito
del
procesamiento
con
EMDR.
De
ahí,
si
aplicamos
intervenciones
sencillas
centradas
en
el
cuerpo
derivadas
de
la
psicoterapia
sensoriomotriz
que
modulan
la
excitación
autonómica
y
abordan
las
necesidades
y
miedos
de
cada
parte
de
la
personalidad,
los
tratamientos
con
EMDR
pueden
ayudar
a
nuestros
clientes,
incluso
a
los
más
desestabilizados
y
disociativos.
Este
taller
introducirá
un
modelo
neurobiológico
para
comprender
el
cómo
y
cuándo
los
tratamientos
basados
en
EMDR
pueden
resultar
efectivos
aún
en
los
clientes
desregulados
y
disociativos
y
ofrece
una
introducción
a
la
psicoterapia
sensoriomotriz,
una
terapia
que
se
centra
en
el
cuerpo
desarrollada
específicamente
para
tratar
los
síntomas
post-‐traumáticos.
Se
les
enseñará
a
los
participantes
intervenciones
sencillas
y
centradas
en
el
cuerpo
que
pueden
entretejerse
en
los
protocolos
tanto
de
procesamiento
del
trauma
como
de
desarrollo
de
recursos.
Mediante
la
conferencia,
vídeos,
demostraciones
de
sesiones
y
prácticas
reales,
los
participantes
tendrán
la
oportunidad
de
integrar
estas
técnicas
sencillas
a
la
vez
que
efectivas
en
su
ejercicio
de
EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorder Neurobiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
330. Page, R. (2009, August). Trauma, invisibility, and identity development: An EMDR framwork. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Traumatically experienced events, captured in memory and replayed like a familiar musical refrain from an operatic score, are negatively stored in the memory network. Recall of traumatic experience is characteristically difficult, despite the repetitive, nearly obsessive, refrain with which traumatic events broadcast into daily life experience. One of the sequelae of traumatic memories negatively stored is the complication of making sense of the self or self-understanding. Moreover, negatively stored memories complicate and perplex self-understanding. When viewed psychosically through the major statuses: race, sex and gender, social class and sexual orientation the affect of the environment on the self is significant. Racial and ethnic self-understanding, in particular, illuminates the way in which the self can become invisible rather than understood. EMDR an adaptive information processing theory, consistent with constructive versus essentialist conceptions of persons, is proposed, with its self-interpretation process, as a effective psychotherapy.
Keywords: Identity Development Invisibility Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
331. Streeck-Fischer, A. (2005). Traumaexposition bei jugenlichen? Ein fallbeispiel [Trauma exposure with adolescents? A case report]. PTT: Personlichkeitsstorungen Theorie und Therapie, 9(1), 22-29.
Language: German
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Im Allgemeinen ist es vorgeschlagen, um Jugendlichen mit schweren posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung zu einer EMDR-Behandlung in der Psychotherapie eingebettet aussetzen. Wegen der Jugendlichen spezifische Konflikte wie Autonomie und Unabhängigkeit, Sprachlosigkeit und "erlassen Nachrichten" und der instabilen Lebens-Situation der Jugendlichen therapeutische Schritte statbilization und Entwicklung der Humanressourcen zu vorheriger Schwerpunkt sein. Trauma Exposition mit EMDR kann innerhalb bestimmter Grenzen, die sich aus aktuellen Konflikten und Aufgaben erfolgen benutzen, was muss zuerst gelöst werden. Ein Fallbericht zeigt die verschiedenen Probleme.
In general it is suggested to expose adolescents with severe posttraumatic stress disorder to an EMDR treatment embedded in psychotherapy. Because of adolescent-specific conflicts like autonomy and independency, speechlessness and "enacted messages" and the unstable life-situation of those adolescents therapeutic steps of statbilization and resource development have to be given prior emphasis. Trauma exposure with EMDR can be done within certain limits resulting from actual conflicts and tasks whih have to be resolved first. A case report demonstrates the different problems.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
332. Schubbe, O. (2006). Traumatherapie mit EMDR: Ein handbuch für die ausbildung [Trauma therapy with EMDR: A manual for the training]. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
Language: German
Format: Book
Abstract:
"Traumatherapie mit EMDR" ist ein Trainingsmanual für Psychotherapeuten, die sich für eine Ausbildung in dieser Traumaverarbeitungsmethode interessieren oder sie in ihrer therapeutischen Arbeit bereits anwenden. EMDR steht für Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, deutsch: Desensibilisierung und Neubearbeitung mit Augenbewegungen. Es ist eine Technik therapeutischer Traumaverarbeitung und gleichzeitig eine innere Haltung und fast ein kleines Wunder. Die Methode folgt einer klaren Zielorientierung, um dysfunktionale Lernerfahrungen in funktionale verwandeln zu helfen. Ausgegangen wird davon, dass Menschen ein natürlicher Antrieb zu Wachstum und Integration von Erfahrung innewohnt. Der angeleitete EMDR-Prozess unterstützt die genaue Beobachtung und das differenzierte Erleben bewusstseinsfähiger innerer Prozesse und ein nachvollziehendes Verstehen und Akzeptieren von Zusammenhängen. Oft berichten die Klienten von spontanen inneren Einsichten, die sich mit den traumatischen Erinnerungen verbinden und anschließend zu neuen Gefühlen, Gedanken und Handlungen befähigen.
Nach einer Einführung zur allgemeinen Psychotraumatologie und zum theoretischen Hintergrund werden empirische Erfahrungen m it EMDR berichtet.
Der Schwerpunkt des Buches liegt auf der Erläuterung der praktischen Durchführung von EMDR. Dabei werden therapeutische Schwierigkeiten differenziert aufgegriffen, angemessene Umgangsweisen damit dargestellt, professionelles Affektmanagement und ressourcenorientiertes Arbeiten vorgestellt.
"Trauma Therapy with EMDR is a training manual for psychotherapists who are interested in training in this trauma processing method or apply them in their therapeutic work already. EMDR stands for Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, German: desensitization and revised edition with eye movements. It is a technique of therapeutic trauma processing, while an inner attitude, and almost a small miracle. The method follows a clear goal orientation, to help transform learning experiences into functional dysfunctional. The starting point is the fact that inherent in a natural human impulse to growth and integration of experience. The guided EMDR process supports the close monitoring and the differentiated experience of becoming conscious of inner processes and understand understanding and accepting connections. Often, clients report of spontaneous internal insights that are combined with the traumatic memories and then to new feelings, thoughts and actions qualify.
After a general introduction to psychological trauma and the theoretical background, empirical experience w ith EMDR are reported.
The focus of the book is on explaining the practical application of EMDR. These therapeutic difficulties are addressed differentiated, appropriate ways of dealing presented thus presented professional resource-management and emotional work.
Keywords: Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
333. Staff. (2000). Treating complex PTSD II: Stabilization techniques, therapeutic modalities. Cavalcade Productions, Inc., Nevada City, CA.
Language: English
Format: Video
Abstract:
This video presents information on treating complex PTSD. Topics discussed include: Importance of Stabilization Work, Stabilization Techniques, Adjunctive Therapies in PTSD Treatment, EMDR as Resource Development, Psychodrama, Group Therapy, Body-Oriented Group Work. Also included with this video is a trainer's guide.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stabilization Techniques Therapeutic Modalities Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
334. Wizanky, B., & Sadeh, E. B. (2013, June). Treating early trauma-engaging parent and child in the therapeutic journey of healing with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The EMDR treatment of early trauma begins best when both the child and parent can truly experience relaxation and safety in the therapy room. Here we would like to share our experience in creating a non-threatening, environment that is both playful and nurturing. Our presentation will concentrate on teaching ways in which to use the parent-child dyad as a major safety resource as well as integrating the EMDR protocol with a variety of playful modalities tailored to the language of a child. We will demonstrate and teach the specific methods with which our young clients strengthen the attachment bond as they learn to talk about feelings and use spontaneous games to move the treatment forward through the EMDR protocol.
Learning objectives:
Learn to use the parent-child dyad as a major safety resource; and
Learn to integrate the EMDR protocol with a variety of playful modalities tailored to the language of a child.
Keywords: Children Early Trauma Parents Safety Resourcing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
335. Cooke, L. J., & Grand, C. (2006, September). Treating eating disorders using EMDR and its variations. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This is a three-hour program designed for the
EMDR professional who is interested in learning
about using EMDR with clients with eating disorders. Attendees will receive updated, current
treatment approaches, with the latest research on
attachment and its impact on early brain
development. The program will describe how
early brain development relates to the
development of eating disorders. Trauma's impact
on the body will be reviewed. Trauma's impact
on emotion regulation and the management of
affect will be discussed. Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into a phase oriented treatment approach through the following techniques:
Variations of EMDR for symptom reduction and
stabilization in eating disorder treatment;
Resource development for affect regulation;
Identification of triggers and targets for standard
EMDR protocol; Working with future templates
for relapse prevention using EMDR.
Keywords: Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
336. Carbone, D. (2005, July). Treating trauma, depression and anxiety in gay men with childhood trauma histories using EMDR. Presentation at the World Congress of Sexology, Montréal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Mental health research tells us that gay men use psychological services in far more greater numbers than their heterosexual counterparts. Gay men typically present themselves in treatment for problems relating to depression and anxiety, often the result of past and present social stigma. Quite frequently in treatment, it has been noted that these men report frequent childhood experiences of peer and familial ridicule, experienced during formative periods in the development of identity. This ridicule may be conceptualized as a chronic stressor that often results in traumatic responses in adulthood such as substance abuse and self-destructive sexual behavior. This presentation puts forth a treatment model for assisting gay men in overcoming their tramatic responses to childhood ridicule that take the form of self-destructive behaviors in adulthood. Participants will become familiar with the special mental health needs of the gay client and through the presentation of case studies, will become familiar with therapeutic techniques designed to releave the resulting depression and anxiety by employing cognitive restructuring techniques. Participants will come to understand the value of gay affirmative psychotherapy, the need for advocacy outside of the gay community and ancillary treatment options for therapists.
Keywords: Anxiety Depression Homosexuality Sexual Orientation Sexuality
Accuracy Verified: Yes
337. Whisman, M. (2000, May 6). Treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on key factors believed to contribute to the development and maintenance of OCD: a damaged, diffuse sense of self; a perceived inadequacy to function, to meet the vicissitudes of life; and an elaborate defence system designed to offer the illusion of safety and control (avoidance of affect and action). Given the prominence of cognitive distortions and avoidance of affect in OCD, and the impact of EMDR on such phenomena as exhibited in the literature about EMDR treatment with PTSD, Whisman believes EMDR has the potential to be quite beneficial in the treatment of OCD. EMDR seems to allow the OCD client to hold a dual focus: the illusion of the disorder and the reality of the self; and to tolerate the affect accompanying this processing. Bridging past experience and present behavior, EMDR appears to allow new connections to be made that offer the client a distance form the disorder and a strengthening of the self. A model for educating the client about OCD will be presented a model whcih develops a "language" between therapist and client and bridges self and disorder; changes in the standard EMDR protocol will be presented and demonstrated via videotape; and EMDR components such as targeting, cognitive interweaves, and resource installation will be addressed. Clinical observation and client self-report are pointing to EMDR as an effective treatment component for OCD.
Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
338. Whisman, M. (2000, May 6). Treatment of panic disorder with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on incorporating EMDR into the treatment of panic and phobia. Emphasis will be given to the preparation phase of EMDR: an educational model will be presented which is a necessary prerequisite to processing. A three-level approach to processing will be presented, targeting different cognitions and affect at each level. Level three includes the behavioral aspect of overcoming phobia avoidance. It is Whisman’s experience that a panic disorder can be its own origin (i.e., panic from on overdose of caffeine perpetuates itself because the client does not have the knowledge that s/he experienced a caffeine/adrenaline reaction, not symptoms of impending mental or physical catastrophe); however, panic and phobia can also be symptoms of underlying trauma, acute stress disorder, or PTSD. These distinctions will be discussed and relevant case material will be offered. Targeting, negative and positive cognitions, cognitive interweaves, and resource installation will be addressed as each level is discussed. A videotaped session will be shown: the client enters this session experiencing anxiety, dissociation, and trauma response. Clinical observation and client self-report are demonstrating that EMDR can be an effective treatment component for panic/phobia.
Keywords: Panic Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
339. Diegelmann, C., & Isermann, M. (2011, July). Trust: Activating positive emotions in patients facing cancer or death. Poster presented at the 2nd World Congress on Positive Psychology, Philadelphia PA..
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trust interventions focus on strengthening resilience and prevent clients from being flooded by uncontrollable ideas. They include working with imagination, metaphors, symbols and artwork and cognitions. Bilateral stimulation (BLS), an element of EMDR therapy is used for: 1) resource installation and anchoring, 2)reducing distress, 3) creating new chains of associations, 4) finding new perspectives. Trust interventions aim to: 1) bring the brain back from fear made into a a state of balance, 2) draw attention to concrete [new] experiences, 3) discover and strengthen subjective and objective resources in everyday life, 4) identify and, if required, change evaluation processes and attitudes.
Keywords: Cancer Positive Emotions Trust
Accuracy Verified: Yes
340. Nickerson, M. (2011, August). Undoing stigma: EMDR applications for the dismantling of culturally-based internalized oppression and prejudice. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will depict the nature of internalized oppression and social prejudice as they relate to client difficulties and treatment objectives. Research supported information and theory from the fields of social psychology and social work will be integrated within the AIP model to predict the profound potential EMDR offers for addressing culturally based trauma. Research supported strategies to dismantle internalized oppression and social prejudice will be taught including a more culturally aware psycho-social assessment and case formulation, resource development, target selection and special protocols. Practical strategies will be described with case examples including clinical videos to illuminate points.
Keywords: Cultural-Based Trauma Internalized Oppression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
341. Chambless, D.L., Sanderson, W.C., Shoham, V., Bennett Johnson, S., Pope, K.S., Crits-Christoph, P., Baker, M., Johnson, B., Woody, S.R., Sue, S., Beutler, L., Williams, D.A., & McCurry, S. (1996). An update on empirically validated therapies. The Clinical Psychologist, 49, 5-18.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In 1995 the Division 12 Task Force on Promotion and
Dissemination of Psychological Procedures published its
report in this journal. A major focus of that report was
increasing training in psychological interventions that have
been supported in empirical research by making clinical
psychologists and students more aware of these treatments
and facilitating training opportunities. To provide the basis
for a survey on the degree to which clinical programs and
internships were currently providing training in empirically
supported therapies, the task force constructed a list of
examples of treatments meeting criteria for efficacy as
established by the task force.
Based on feedback that members of the profession found
this list of interventions to be very useful in training and
clinical work, while also recognizing its very incomplete
basis, the Division 12 board charged the succeeding task
force (Task Force on Psychological Interventions), appointed
in succession by Presidents Martin Seligman and Gerald
Koocher, with adding to this preliminary list on an annual
basis. This is one purpose of the current report. In
addition, we raise several issues about the use and
limitations of empirically supported treatments as currently
identified. In keeping with the practice established by the
first task force, the members of the group who constructed
the present report are diverse in theoretical orientation and
work in a variety of settings -- psychology departments,
medical schools, and private practice.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
342. Barrett, W. (2011, March). Use of constant installation of present orientation & safety (CIPOS) in children and young people. Symposium conducted at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The aim of the paper would be to present a series of case studies relating to use of the
CIPOS procedure (Eckers, 2009) with children and young people. Practice issues and areas for future
development will be considered, together with feedback from the children and parents involved in
the case studies.
Keywords: Adolescents Children CIPOS Constant Installation of Present Orientation & Safety Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
343. Ferrie, R. (2012, April). The use of dreams in ego state and EMDR therapies for trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Today, the dreaming mind is understood to improve learning, organize novel solutions to problems from waking consciousness and, thus, creatively support survival. This function, of finding new creative solutions, is also observed in the desensitization phase four of the EMDR protocol and is a key component in Ego State Therapy (EST). Dreams appear to select targets from the client’s history, that are causing problems in current time. In addition, dreams may respond to interventions made during a therapeutic session, as if the dreaming mind were in a dialogue with the client and the therapist. This type of dream leads to a more creative dialogue in subsequent therapy. Repetitive nightmares are the dreaming signature of PTSD, and these too respond well to EMDR and rehearsed changes in imagery, including that of ego states and can result in improved sleep quality. Dreams can offer a resource figure in blocked therapy; demonstrate the validity of ego states and of ego state relationships. This presentation focuses on the use of dreams, in combination with EMDR, as well as EST, for clients suffering from post traumatic syndromes. A review of the literature will be given but primarily case studies and video material from actual sessions will shared.
Learning objectives:
1. Understand the neuroscience that underlies the present state ofknowledge of the dreaming mind/brain
2. Develop skill in using the language of the dreaming mind to improve interweaves and interventions in the course of therapy
3. Develop skills in carrying nightmares forward using EMDR and thus improving sleep quality
4. Formulate a script that explains to clients why dreams and the imagination are useful in therapy.
5. Participate in a practicum on the use of dreams.
Keywords: Dissociation Dreams Ego State Therapy Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
344. Hingorany, S. (2010, July). Use of resource development in Miss India participants by using EMDR - A case report. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Girls who participate in Miss India Pageants are a mix of different cultures and background. They stay together for 40 days,
and have grueling sessions by expert trainers from different fields. The Pageant Organizers appoint a Psychologist to deal
with their hidden conflicts, fears and pressure of wining. As these girls stay in a very competitive milieu, they tend to lose
their inner confidence and start judging their own beauty negatively. As the day of pageant dawns they report being nervous
and anxious. The psychologist chose to use Resource Development technique from EMDR mainly composed of Calm and
Safe Palce, Butterfly Hug and Future Templates .The participants were told to chose their Calm and safe place. The protocol
was properly followed from the trainers’ manual. Five sessions of Coping Resources treatment were done for the contestants.
Before teaching Calm and Safe Place, each of the contestants was interviewed by the Psychologist to understand their
limitations and flaws, which might hinder them from winning the pageant. After the installation of Future Templates, the
contestants reported that they were better equipped to deal with the pressures of the pageant. This report suggests that the
Resource Development treatment using EMDR may be effective for such important events.
Keywords: Case Report Miss India Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
345. Tobin, S. (2002, June). Use of therapeutic alliance for resource installation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Tobin will show why it is important to address the often overlooked therapeutic relationship; how to notice transference and
countertransference issues, how to foster the therapeutic alliance; and how to utilize EMDR to install the alliance, once it has been established, as a resource to foster increased self-support, grounding, enhanced self-esteem
and self-soothing capacities. Relevant psychodynamic theory on transference and countertransference, the applicability of this approach to various diagnostic groups will be discussed, contraindications will be
cited and clinical examples will be presented.
Keywords: RDI Resource Installation Therapeutic Alliance
Accuracy Verified: Yes
346. Ross, C., & Rouanzoin, C. (2012, October). Uses of EMDR in complex dissociative disorders. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR can be used in the treatment of complex dissociative disorders. Both presenters have been treating dissociative disorders for decades and one is an approved EMDR trainer. This workshop will not include instruction on specific techniques: these can be learned from approved EMDR trainings which require six full days of workshop teaching, assigned readings, and 10 hours of supervision. Instead, the presenters will explain how EMDR is based on a trauma-dissociation model and is therefore highly suited to the treatment of complex dissociative disorders including DID. A brief description of EMDR will be provided, including its 8 phases, of which only one involves eye movements or other forms of bilateral stimulation. EMDR is consistent with three-stage models of trauma therapy: the eye movements are used in stage two, the active working phase of therapy. In EMDR this is called Phase 4. The work in trauma stage one (EMDR phases 1-3), in patients with DID or DDNOS, involves grounding, stabilization, system mapping, building co-consciousness, orientation of parts to the body and the present, and other elements from the dissociative disorders literature. The bilateral stimulation phase of EMDR should not be used until this phase one work is complete, or at least well underway. The presenters will then go on to provide case examples of how EMDR can be used in the psychotherapy of DID, DDNOS and the complex comorbidity that usually accompanies both.
Learning Objectives:
Participants will be able to describe how EMDR can be used in complex dissociative disorders.
Participants will be able to describe how EMDR is based on a trauma-dissociation model of mental disorders and addictions.
Participants will be able to describe the basic feaures of EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
347. Kiessling, R. (2000, September). Using a conference room of resources to process part, present, and future issues. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) learn the basic protocol for developing and installing a "conference room team" of resources; 2) learn how to negotiate cooperation and compromise between established strengths; 3) learn how to utilize this team of resources for managing present and future stress; 4) learn how to strengthen existing and add additional resources through re-evaluation and re-scripting; and 5) learn how to access the solidified resource team in reprocessing past overwhelming traumatic memories.
Keywords: Conference Room
Accuracy Verified: Yes
348. Rost, C. (2005, June). Using EMDR during the stabilization phase for patients with complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation offers a systematic approach for the treatment of patients
with complex traumatization. The first step involves assessing the severity of
the illness, using Babette Rothchild's trauma classification. A variety of
techniques will then be introduced, all of which have recently been
successfully combined with bipolar EMDR stimulation, and which serve to
increase stability and resources ["a safe place", Forgash's body sensation
resource, working with the inner child, Popkin's "position of power",
Hofmann's absorption routine, the CIPOS-technique developed by Knipe and
Forgash, etc.]. The lecture closes with a survey of methods useful for
fractioning trauma in EMDR.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Stabilization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
349. Leeds, A. M. (1999, May). Using EMDR in complex PTSD and adult attachment disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, Washington, DC.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
"Using EMDR in Complex PTSD and Adult Attachment Disorders" was presented as a part of a symposium organized by Bessel A. van der Kolk, M.D with additional papers by Francine Shapiro, Ph.D., Friedhelm Lamprecht, MD and Bessel A. van der Kolk, M.D., at the 1999 American Psychiatric Association (May 19) in Washington, DC.
This talk frames the use of Resource Development and Installation in the larger historical context of ego strengthening and briefly reviews theoretical and neurobiological correlates hypothesized to be involved in the application of RDI. The case material presented is similar to that presented in 1997 and 1998 EMDRIA presentations.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD RDI Resource Development and Installation Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
350. Wesselmann, D. (2013, April). Using EMDR to treat attachment trauma in adults and children. Preconference presentation at the Congress EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, the Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trauma experienced within the earliest attachment relationships leave children and adults at great risk for the development of psychiatric disorders. Maltreatment by attachment figures and traumatic losses are both closely associated with attachment disorganization, the attachment category identified in 70% of patients in psychiatric hospitals. Research shows insecure and disorganized attachments to be transmitted transgenerationally at a rate of between 70 and 80%.Adults and children with disturbed attachments frequently experience severe emotional dysregulation along with intense feelings of despair, anxiety, shame, and mistrust of others. Affected children and adults frequently lack helpful or adaptive information or insights and exhibit behaviors that elicit negative responses from those around them. Due to heavy defenses and poor self-regulation and self-awareness, patients suffering from attachment trauma are traditionally difficult to treat. However, with proper adaptations, the EMDR approach becomes a powerful method for healing attachment injuries in adults, children, and parent-child dyads. Participants will learn creative methods of adapting EMDR for the special challenges that accompany attachment injury. Participants will learn to utilize attachment resource development techniques designed to strengthen the capacity for closeness, trust, and self-compassion. They will discover how to coach an attachment figure to provide emotional regulation and help with cognitive interweaves. Participants will be able to write a therapeutic story to help process pre-verbal trauma and develop adaptive information for successful reprocessing. Creative interweaves, contained reprocessing, and methods for weaving together of past, present, and future will help participants experience successful EMDR with their most challenging cases. Case studies, video, and EMDR/attachment research will be presented.
Keywords: Adults Children Trauma Attachment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
351. Knipe, J. (2008, Maart). Using EMDR with dissociative clients: The CIPOS method. Keynote gepresenteerd op het derde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
During this keynote the so called CIPOS procedure will be fully explained which is helpful with clients who are vulnerable to dissociative aabreaction (e.g. DID, DDNOS). This involves first a method for measuring degree of dissociation during a session (the so-called Back-of-the-Head Scale) and then a method for maintaining present orientation during traums processing (the moeht of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety)
Keywords: CIPOS Dissociation Keynote
Accuracy Verified: Yes
352. Freedland, E. (2002, June). Using EMDR with eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on the integration of EMDR into the treatment
of Eating Disorders, primarily Bulimia and Binge Eating Disorder.
Participants will learn the aspects of history taking, treatment planning,
and preparation unique to working with this population. Videotaped
client sessions will demonstrate how to implement a variation of Resource
lnstallation before, during, and after EMDR processing and choose EMDR
targets, including those based on the client's "Eating Disorder Myths."
Moving flexibly through the eight phases of treatment, allowing for
relapse, will be highlighted and handouts will be given to assist clinicians
in organizing these complex cases.
Keywords: Binge Eating Bulimia Eating Disorders Myths Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
353. Knipe, J. (2006, June). Using EMDR with substance addictions and with behavior problems that have an addictive pattern. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It is clear from over 17 published studies that the EMDR method is highly effective in
assisting clients in resolving PTSD (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002). However, most clients who enter therapy do not have a simple problem of a single disturbing memory, but a complex history. Typically, clients come to therapy with a mixed presentation, of not only emotional disturbance, but also mental structures and actions which function to soothe, contain, avoid or dissociate from emotional disturbance. Thus, the initial
presentation of most clients is complex and often ambivalent. In this workshop, examples will illustrate Adaptive Information Processing methods of targeting and resolving psychological defenses, such as avoidance, ambivalence, and idealization. Also, the BHS/CIPOS (Back-of-the-Head Scale/Constant Installation of Present
Orientation and Safety) method will be described. This method is a set of procedures that can be used during the EMDR Desensitization Phase to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Video segments from therapy sessions will be shown to illustrate each of these methods.
Keywords: Addictions Substance Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
354. Gomez, A. (2009). Using olfactory stimulation with children to cue resource development and installation. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 19-29). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Children Resource Development and Installation RDI Olfactory Stimulation Cueing Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
355. Foster, S. (2002, May). Using resource oriented EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Resource Oriented
Accuracy Verified: Yes
356. Kiessling, R. (2003, September). Using resources as cognitive interweaves. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is for clinicians having completed an EMDRIA Approved EMDR training. While a great deal has been said about RDI development,
little has been said about the paths to follow and pitfalls to avoid when attempting to use them as cognitive inteweaves. Through lecture, case
example, and interactive participation, participants will be able to describe
the difference between "State" and "Trait" change. Participants will be
able to discuss how to develop "Target Specific" Resources. And by the
conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to demonstrate a number of traditional cognitive interweave methods using Resource as a
means of helping facilitate "State" change during EMDR reprocessing.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave State Change Trait Change
Accuracy Verified: Yes
357. Dworkin, M. (2008, June). Using the therapeutic relationship in EMDR with patients with complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Now that the therapeutic relationship is firmly part of EMDR, it is time to show its uses with difficult populations.
Skilful emphasis on empathic attunement beginning in the history taking phase with emphasis on using the
Procedural Steps Outline diagnostically, and Light stream as an affect management tool, starting in the first
session will be shown to be of use specifically with this population. This population needs special attention
regarding alterations in affect regulation, self perception, consciousness and attention, somatisation, trust, and
identity. In the preparation phase participants will learn various relational strategies to accomplish these tasks.
They will also learn to use the relationship as an additional resource for containment with appropriate
boundaries. Relational concepts such as “Implicit Relational Knowing”, “Moments of Meeting”, and “Dyadic
Expansion of Consciousness” will be taught to expand methods of stabilization for preparation, and for active
trauma work. Modifications of active trauma work using active resourcing; titrating or dosing; treating
transference and counter transference phenomenon will all be demonstrated to enhance EMDR work with
complex PTSD and Dissociation. Dworkin's Trauma Case Conceptualization Questionnaire and his Clinician Self
Awareness Questionnaire will be taught and used to
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Therapeutic Relationship
Accuracy Verified: Yes
358. Ebner, F., & von Burgsdorff, K. (2008). Vom uberleben zum leben-ressourcenaktivierung mit EMDR im stationaren kontext [From survive on life-resource-activation with EMDR in the stationary context]. In C. Rost (Hsrg.), Ressourcenarbeit mit EMDR, bewährte techniken im uberblick (pp. 153-170). Paderborn: Junfermann.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Accuracy Verified: Yes
359. Kiessling, R. (2009). The wedging technique. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 91-92). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Some clients may be able to talk about their trauma; however, the thought of processing it with the Standard EMDR Protocol may seem too overwhelming. In cases such as these, having the client develop a resource to address the "fear of the fear" may reduce the anxiety of reprocessing the traumatic memory. The Wedging Technique Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
360. Marich, J. (2009, August). What makes a good EMDR therapist?: Exploratory findings from client-centered inquiry. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Although there is emerging literature on training clinicians in principles of trauma (Black, 2008; Greenwald, Maguin, Smyth, Greenwald, Johnston, & Weiss, 2008), there is a lack of systematized research on the teaching of EMDR, formation of EMDR therapists, and the role of the therapeutic alliance in EMDR treatment. Despite the numerous changes in approved training models since the creation of EMDR, all the EMDR community has gathered is commentary and hypotheses on what works in terms of training therapists. Greenwald (2006) asserted that studying the clients of EMDR trainees would be “an impossibly resource-intensive endeavor,” (51), yet principles of phenomenology (Crotty, 1998) suggest that using clients as primary sources could yield the best possible information about what constitutes an effective EMDR therapist.
Keywords: Client-Centered Inquiry
Accuracy Verified: Yes
361. Knipe, J. (2010, September/October). What the adaptive information processing model brings to the assessment and treatment of dissociative disorders. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with a dissociative personality structure can be very vulnerable to dissociative abreaction – i.e. “reliving” the trauma with intense disturbance while experiencing a loss of present orientation and safety. In addition, a client who has repeatedly experienced this type of traumatic intrusion is likely to have developed complex psychological defenses. This presentation will include the description of certain AIP “tools” that can be used to help dissociative clients who have strong phobic fears of their own post-traumatic material and who have developed additional mental actions to prevent the emergence of that troubling material. These “tools” will be illustrated with brief session transcripts and video segments.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Plenary
Accuracy Verified: Yes
362. Wilensky, M., & O'Shea, K. (2013, May). When calm/safe place doesn’t work. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the Client Preparation Phase (Phase 2), the client learns self-soothing skills before progressing to trauma
processing. It is essential that the client be able to voluntarily change from a state of high distress to a state of
lower distress. Commonly, this is accomplished through the development of a Calm Place (used to be called
Safe Place). Some clients are unable to do this exercise. This is often a clue about the presence of a Dissociative
Disorder. Generally, they will require a longer Preparation Phase. This workshop will teach how to identify these
clients, what it means and two methods to find resources for self-soothing and self-regulation. These resource
states provide a base of operations for trauma processing.
Learning objectives:
• To identify clients, including those with dissociative disorders, who need more preparation before trauma
processing.
• To learn two methods to increase readiness for trauma processing
• To learn two methods for increased client self-regulation
Keywords: Calm/Safe Place Preparation Phase Self-Soothing Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
363. Aasen, B. (2007, June). When traumatization continues: The combined use of resource development and installation and EMDR standard protocol in the treatment of children. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Conference, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
When children (or adults) in treatment continue to be traumatized, the general rule is to assure that they are safe from further traumatization, before applying the EMDR standard protocol to these experiences. Stopping traumatization is of course always a primary objective, but it is unfortunately not always possible to do so in a complete fashion. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) can be a viable protocol to use in this type of situation. RDI does however have its limitations, as it does not process trauma.
This paper investigates how the EMDR standard protocol can be adopted to situations of continued traumatization, balanced with the use of RDI. This will be illustrated by a case presentation of the treatment of an 11-year old bullied boy. Video tapes of some of the sessions will be shown. A complete session according to the standard protocol, ending up with SUD=0, VoC=7 can not be obtained with continued traumatisation. However, this presentation will illustrate how SUDs can be lowered in relation to specific situations and how there can be a shift in negative cognitions. The presentation will also show how processing can be alternated with RDI, to increase the client’s ability to cope with the ongoing stressful situation. The combination of RDI and standard protocol resulted in positive treatment outcomes.
Keywords: Children RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
364. Sack, M. (2008, September). Wirkmechanismen von EMDR [Work mechanisms in EMDR]. Pre-Congress presentation at the 11th Congress of the European Society of Hypnosis in Psychotherapy and Psychosomatic Medicine, Vienna, Austria.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) ist ein expositionsbasiertes Verfahren zur Behandlung von Patienten mit posttraumatischen Belastungsstörungen (PTSD). Während die Wirksamkeit der EMDR-Behandlung empirisch gut nachgewiesen ist, besteht nach wie vor Unklarheit, ob die beim EMDR eingesetzte bilaterale Stimulation durch Augenbewegungen einen spezifischen Effekt hat.
Wir stellen Ergebnisse aus mehreren Studien zum Monitoring autonom-vegetativer Parameter während Traumatherapiesitzungen mit EMDR vor. Es lässt sich unmittelbar nach Beginn der Augenbewegungen ein starker Anstieg des Parasympathikotonus und ein Abfall der Herzfrequenz beobachten. Diese
Reaktion erstreckt sich über etwa 10 Sekunden und entspricht damit dem Verlaufsmuster einer so genannten Orientierungsreaktion auf einen neuen Stimulus. Im Sitzungsverlauf zeigt sich, dass die Herzfrequenz abfällt und der Parasympathikotonus ansteigt. Damit liefern unsere Befunde eine empirische Bestätigung für die Hypothese, dass es während EMDR-Sitzungen zu Orientierungsreaktionen kommt.
Nach unserer Einschätzung werden durch die bilaterale Stimulation biologische Ressourcen aktiviert, die eine Verarbeitung traumatischer Erinnerungen begünstigen.
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is an exposure based method for the treatment of patients with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). While the effectiveness of EMDR treatment is well established empirically, there is still uncertainty whether the bilateral stimulation used in EMDR by eye movements has a specific effect.
We present results of several studies on vegetative-autonomous monitoring parameters before, during trauma therapy sessions with EMDR. It can be observed immediately after the start of eye movement, a sharp increase parasympathetic tone and a decrease in heart rate. This reaction extends over about 10 seconds and corresponds to the pattern during a so-called orientation reaction to a new stimulus. During the session shows that decreases the heart rate and increases the parasympathetic tone. Thus our findings provide empirical confirmation for the hypothesis that during EMDR sessions is to guide responses.
In our view be activated by bilateral stimulation of biological resources, encourage the processing of traumatic memories.
Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation BLS Mechanisms Vegetative-Autonomous Monitoring Parameters
Accuracy Verified: Yes
365. Wesselmann, D. (2012, June). Working with EMDR in adopted children and their parents. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many
children
who
are
adopted
due
to
difficult
early
circumstances
exhibit
severe
and
challenging
behaviors
due
to
a
history
of
attachment
trauma
and
loss.
This
presentation
will
describe
an
EMDR
Integrative
Team
Treatment
of
attachment
trauma
in
children.
Integration
of
family
therapy
interrupts
unhealthy
dynamics
and
increases
parents’
compassion
and
emotional
support
for
their
children,
allowing
them
to
open
up
emotionally
and
resolve
trauma
and
loss
with
EMDR.
Participants
will
learn
to
implement
EMDR
Attachment
Resource
Development
exercises
to
strengthen
the
bonds
between
children
and
their
adoptive
parents.
They
will
be
able
to
apply
cognitive
interweaves
to
assist
children
in
EMDR
reprocessing
who
are
looping,
overwhelmed,
or
dissociating.
The
use
of
storytelling
aids
in
accessing
preverbal
trauma.
Preliminary
research
data
will
be
presented
showing
positive
changes
in
attachment
and
decrease
in
aggression
and
defiance
following
EMDR
Integrative
Team
Treatment.
The
presentation
will
combine
lecture,
practicum,
and
videos.
Muchos
niños
que
son
adoptados
debido
a
sus
tempranas
circunstancias
difíciles
exhiben
comportamientos
graves
y
desafiantes
debido
a
su
historia
de
trauma
de
apego
y
pérdida.
Esta
presentación
describe
un
tratamiento
integrado
en
equipo
de
EMDR
del
trauma
de
apego
en
niños.
La
integración
de
la
terapia
familiar
interrumpe
las
dinámicas
dañinas
y
aumenta
la
compasión
de
los
padres
y
el
apoyo
emocional
para
sus
hijos,
permitiéndoles
abrirse
emocionalmente
y
resolver
el
trauma
de
abandono
con
EMDR.
Los
participantes
aprenderán
a
implementar
las
herramientas
de
apego
en
EMDR
y
los
ejercicios
para
estrechar
los
lazos
entre
el
niño
y
los
padres
adoptivos.
Serán
capaces
de
aplicar
entretejidos
cognitivos
para
ayudar
a
sus
hijos
en
reprocesamiento
EMDR
cuando
están
en
“looping”,
en
abreacción
o
disociados.
El
uso
de
el
Cuentacuentos
para
acceder
al
trauma
preverbal.
Datos
preliminares
de
investigaciones
serán
presentados
mostrando
los
cambios
positivos
en
las
relaciones
de
apego
y
el
descenso
en
la
agresividad
y
la
confrontación
después
del
tratamiento
integrado
en
equipo
EMDR.
Esta
presentación
combinara,
ponencia,
práctica
y
videos.
Keywords: Adoptives
Accuracy Verified: Yes
366. Crystal, S. (2009, March). “And they lived happily ever after”: EMDR and the use of stories for traumatized children and adolescents. Symposium conducted at the 7th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Manchester, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of EMDR with younger age children presents extra challenges for
the practitioner who often needs to include the child’s parents/carers as a resource in the
treatment process. Parents /carers can become the child’s spokesperson through creating a
narrative of the child’s story. Based on the work of Joan Lovell, the EMDR protocol is
assimilated and adapted to suit the diversity of each child’s unique experience through the
process of story writing where the traumatic events are digested and processed with the
help of the protective parental figure(s). The presentation will illustrate through the use of
clinical material (video; drawings; collage; etc) how the practitioner can develop a multitude
of creative means to access the pre-verbal or the severely traumatized young child; for
whom we need to step “outside the box” and transform the EMDR protocol to suit each
child’s needs.
Keywords: Adolscents Children Stories Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
367. Besser, L. (2005, June). The “Sarajevo-EMDR-protokoll” [The "Sarajevo EMDR protocol"]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Resource-georiënteerde groep EMDR in een Trauma-en EMDR-opleiding groep van inheemse helpers, die zelf te lijden van de oorlog in Bosnië-trauma-Herzigowina. De presentatie toont een succesvolle en indrukwekkende experiment van de EMDR-groep behandeling (22 volwassen helpers) na een nieuwe installatie ontwikkeld ressource protocoll door Lutz-Ulrich Besser, EMDRIA Trainer voor EMDR met kinderen, in verband met de EMDR-trauma-expositie en "4 vierkante verf -techniek ". Het experiment is reeds uitgevoerd in het jaar 2000 als een onderzoeks-en project te helpen door Robert H. Tinker Wilson en Sandra met de oorlog getraumatiseerde kinderen uit Kosovo wonen in een vluchtelingenkamp in Duitsland. Het zal niet alleen de techniek aan te tonen met foto's en "SUC-Werten" (subjectieve eenheden van comfort), maar toont ook de processieweg zoals de zaken er van negatieve naar positieve ontwikkeling in beelden, cognities, emoties en lichamelijke gevoelens. De "Sarajevo-Protocoll" en dat de mogelijkheid van EMDR behandeling in groepen zal zeer binnenkort het voorwerp uitmaken van een wetenschappelijke studie, georganiseerd door de ZPTN (Zentrum für Psychotraumatologie und Traumatherapie Niedersachsen), LMU München / Kinderklinik im Dr von Haunerschen Kinderspital en de stichting "Wings of Hope" Deutschland.
Resource oriented group-EMDR in a Trauma- and EMDR-Training group of native helpers who suffered themselves from war-trauma in Bosnia-Herzigowina. The presentation shows a successful and impressive experiment of EMDR group treatment (22 adult helpers) after a new developed ressource installation protocoll by Lutz-Ulrich Besser, EMDRIA Trainer for EMDR with children, in connection with EMDR-Trauma-Exposition and “4 square paint-technique”. The experiment has already been carried out in the year 2000 as a research- and help project by Robert H. Tinker and Sandra Wilson with war traumatised children from Kosovo living in a refugee camp in Germany. It will not only demonstrate the technique with pictures and “SUC-Werten”(subjective units of comfort) but also show the processional way as things develop from negative to positive in pictures, cognitions, emotions and physical feelings. The “Sarajevo-Protocoll” and with that the possibility of EMDR treatment in groups will be very shortly the subject of a scientific study organised by the ZPTN (Zentrum für Psychotraumatologie und Traumatherapie Niedersachsen), LMU München / Kinderklinik im Dr. von Haunerschen Kinderspital and the foundation “Wings of Hope” Deutschland.
Accuracy Verified: Yes


